WO2014175040A1 - Polarizing plate, method for producing same and liquid crystal display device - Google Patents
Polarizing plate, method for producing same and liquid crystal display device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014175040A1 WO2014175040A1 PCT/JP2014/059926 JP2014059926W WO2014175040A1 WO 2014175040 A1 WO2014175040 A1 WO 2014175040A1 JP 2014059926 W JP2014059926 W JP 2014059926W WO 2014175040 A1 WO2014175040 A1 WO 2014175040A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- film
- range
- polarizing plate
- polarizer
- formula
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
- G02B5/3025—Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B15/00—Layered products comprising a layer of metal
- B32B15/04—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
- B32B15/08—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B23/00—Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
- B32B23/04—Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising such cellulosic plastic substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
- B32B23/08—Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising such cellulosic plastic substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B23/00—Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
- B32B23/20—Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising esters
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/30—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
- B32B27/306—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising vinyl acetate or vinyl alcohol (co)polymers
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/30—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
- B32B27/308—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising acrylic (co)polymers
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
- B32B7/04—Interconnection of layers
- B32B7/12—Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
- C08J5/18—Manufacture of films or sheets
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/40—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
- B32B2307/402—Coloured
- B32B2307/4026—Coloured within the layer by addition of a colorant, e.g. pigments, dyes
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/40—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
- B32B2307/418—Refractive
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/40—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
- B32B2307/42—Polarizing, birefringent, filtering
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/50—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
- B32B2307/514—Oriented
- B32B2307/516—Oriented mono-axially
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a polarizing plate, a manufacturing method thereof, and a liquid crystal display device. More specifically, when a polarizing plate using an acrylic film and a cellulose acetate film as a protective film for a polarizer is provided in a liquid crystal display device, even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, the display unevenness and polarization of the liquid crystal panel
- the present invention relates to a polarizing plate in which no deterioration of the child adhesion is observed, a manufacturing method thereof, and a liquid crystal display device including the polarizing plate.
- a film disposed on the liquid crystal cell side of the VA mode type liquid crystal display device conventional cellulose is used from the viewpoints of easy expression of retardation, productivity (handleability, reworkability, etc.) and cost. It is preferable to use a retardation film containing an ester resin.
- a retardation film containing an acrylic film / polarizer / cellulose ester resin from the viewing side in the present invention, a cellulose ester film or a cellulose acetate. It is preferable to take the form of a film).
- a liquid crystal display device having a thin film polarizing plate having the above-mentioned acrylic film / polarizer / cellulose ester film structure is changed from a high temperature and high humidity atmosphere to a low temperature and low humidity atmosphere.
- the screen was moved and the display screen was observed, it was found that display irregularities peculiar to the liquid crystal panel occurred.
- the actinic radiation curable adhesive is used for bonding, the range of the display unevenness is enlarged. This is particularly true when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the use environment changes rapidly. The speed of dimensional change of the protective film was different, and it was presumed to be due to optical unevenness caused by the distortion of the two films and the adhesive part across the polarizer.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above-mentioned problems and situations, and the problem to be solved is that a polarizer is bonded to a protective film via an actinic radiation curable adhesive layer, and the protective film is an acrylic film.
- a polarizing plate using a cellulose acetate film and when the polarizing plate is provided in a liquid crystal display device, even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel, the undulation of the protective film, and the film
- An object of the present invention is to provide a polarizing plate in which deterioration of polarizer adhesion such as peeling is not observed. Moreover, it is providing the liquid crystal display device excellent in the visibility which comprised the manufacturing method of the said polarizing plate, and the said polarizing plate.
- the present inventor is a polarizing plate in which a polarizer is sandwiched between films A and B through an active ray curable adhesive layer in the process of examining the cause of the above problems.
- the film A is an acrylic film that is a thin film and has a dimensional change within a specific range
- the film B contains cellulose acetate having a low degree of substitution.
- the polarizing plate is a cellulose acetate film within a specific range, and even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel and deterioration of the polarizer adhesion are not seen.
- the inventors have found that a polarizing plate can be obtained and have reached the present invention.
- the polarizer is a polarizing plate sandwiched between the film A and the film B through an active ray curable adhesive layer
- the film A is an acrylic film containing an acrylic resin having a thickness in the range of 20 to 60 ⁇ m and satisfying the following formulas (1) to (4):
- the film B contains cellulose acetate having a film thickness in the range of 20 to 60 ⁇ m and an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5, and the following formulas (1) to ( A polarizing plate characterized by being a cellulose acetate film satisfying 4).
- L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD are determined by the following formulas (a) to (f) after 1 minute, 5 minutes, And the dimensional change rate of the film after 30 minutes.
- the film A and the film B are sampled in a rectangular shape so that one side is parallel to the TD direction or the MD direction, and this is obtained under a temperature and humidity condition of 23 ° C. and 55% RH.
- the specified dimensions of the film left over are measured in the MD and TD directions and are designated as L 0 MD and L 0 TD, respectively.
- This film is left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH, the dimensions after 1 minute, the dimensions after 5 minutes, and 30 minutes.
- the subsequent dimensions are measured in the MD direction and TD direction, respectively, and are defined as L 1 MD ′, L 1 TD ′, L 5 MD ′, L 5 TD ′, L 30 MD ′, and L 30 TD ′, respectively. Substituting into (a) to (f), the dimensional change rate is obtained.
- L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD are synonymous with the first term.
- B 3- (G 2 -A) n -G 2 -B 4 (In the above general formula, B 3 and B 4 each independently represents an aliphatic or aromatic monocarboxylic acid residue or a hydroxy group.
- G 2 represents an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms
- A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
- N represents an integer of 1 or more.
- the film A has a configuration of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, the core layer contains an acrylic resin, and the skin layer contains a cellulose ester.
- the polarizing plate as described in any one to 4th term
- the in-plane retardation value Ro defined by the following formulas (i) and (ii) is in the range of 40 to 60 nm, and the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction is in the range of 100 to 140 nm.
- n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film.
- n y in-plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x.
- nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film.
- d represents the thickness (nm) of the film.
- Item 8 The film B according to any one of items 1 to 7, wherein the film B contains cellulose acetate having an average degree of substitution of acetyl groups within a range of 2.1 to 2.4. Polarizer.
- B 3- (G 2 -A) n -G 2 -B 4 (In the above formula, B 3 and B 4 each independently represents an aliphatic or aromatic monocarboxylic acid residue or a hydroxy group.
- G 2 represents an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 6 carbon atoms.
- A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
- N represents an integer of 1 or more.
- the film B has a structure of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, and the core layer contains cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.0 to 2.45, Item 10.
- a method for producing a polarizing plate in which films A and B are bonded to both surfaces of a polarizer via an active ray curable adhesive layer As the film A, an acrylic film containing an acrylic resin having a thickness in the range of 20 to 60 ⁇ m and satisfying the following formulas (1) to (4) is used.
- the film B contains cellulose acetate having a film thickness in the range of 20 to 60 ⁇ m and an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5, and the following formulas (1) to ( A method for producing a polarizing plate, comprising using a cellulose acetate film satisfying 4).
- L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD are determined by the following formulas (a) to (f) after 1 minute, 5 minutes, And the dimensional change rate of the film after 30 minutes.
- the film A and the film B are sampled in a rectangular shape so that one side is parallel to the TD direction or the MD direction, and this is obtained under a temperature and humidity environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. Measure the specified dimensions of the film left over in the MD and TD directions, which are L 0 MD and LoTD, respectively.
- This film is left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH, the dimensions after 1 minute, the dimensions after 5 minutes, and 30 minutes.
- the subsequent dimensions are measured in the MD direction and TD direction, respectively, and are defined as L 1 MD ′, L 1 TD ′, L 5 MD ′, L 5 TD ′, L 30 MD ′, and L 30 TD ′, respectively. Substituting into (a) to (f), the dimensional change rate is obtained.
- the film A is Casting a dope containing at least an acrylic resin and an organic solvent to form a web on a metal support; Drying and peeling the formed web from the metal support; Stretching the peeled web; Drying the stretched web in a dryer zone; A cooling step of cooling the web at a rate in the range of 50-100 ° C./second after the web exits the dryer zone; 13.
- the film B is Casting a dope containing at least cellulose acetate and an organic solvent to form a web on a metal support; Drying and peeling the formed web from the metal support; Stretching the peeled web; Drying the stretched web in a dryer zone; The step of drying the web in the dryer zone is formed at a temperature in the range of 130 to 150 ° C., and the B side facing the A side of the web is alternately turned inside by the conveying roller.
- the bending step when the radius when bending the web was a (mm), the range value of the 1 / a is 0.035 mm -1 ⁇ 0.050 mm -1
- a liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to any one of items 1 to 11.
- liquid crystal display device a VA mode type liquid crystal display device.
- a polarizer is bonded to a protective film via an active ray curable adhesive layer, and a polarizing plate using an acrylic film and a cellulose acetate film as the protective film,
- a plate is provided in a liquid crystal display device, it is possible to provide a polarizing plate that does not show deterioration in polarizer adhesion such as uneven display of the liquid crystal panel, undulation, film peeling, etc. even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes.
- the manufacturing method of the said polarizing plate and the liquid crystal display device excellent in visibility which comprised the said polarizing plate can be provided.
- a polarizer is bonded to a protective film through an actinic radiation curable adhesive layer, and a thin film polarizing plate having a structure of acrylic film / polarizer / cellulose acetate film is changed from a high temperature and high humidity atmosphere to a low temperature and low humidity atmosphere.
- a thin film polarizing plate having a structure of acrylic film / polarizer / cellulose acetate film is changed from a high temperature and high humidity atmosphere to a low temperature and low humidity atmosphere.
- the present inventor can adjust the dimensional change of the film after being left for a relatively long time such as one day in a specific environment as in the past.
- a relatively long time such as one day in a specific environment as in the past.
- acrylic The film and various cellulose ester films were found to follow a specific history of dimensional change within the short time, and it was estimated that the problem of the present invention could be improved by adjusting the difference in the behavior of the dimensional change. It was done.
- FIG. 1 shows the above formula (a) after 1 minute, 5 minutes, 30 minutes and 60 minutes immediately after the environmental change of the acrylic film (under an environment of 80 ° C./90% RH to 23 ° C./55% RH).
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram showing dimensional change rates (%) in the MD direction and the TD direction represented by () to (f).
- the acrylic film changes (shrinks) in dimension from 1 minute to 5 minutes, and thereafter exhibits a stable behavior with little dimensional change.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing a similar dimensional change of a triacetyl cellulose film (TAC film).
- TAC film triacetyl cellulose film
- the triacetyl cellulose film is greatly different from the acrylic film, and when it is moved from a high temperature and high humidity to a low temperature and low humidity environment, the film slightly expands and then continues to fluctuate (shrink).
- FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing a similar dimensional change of a cellulose acetate propionate film (CAP film).
- CAP film cellulose acetate propionate film
- Cellulose acetate propionate film unlike an acrylic film, greatly varies (shrinks) in dimensions from 1 minute to 5 minutes, and continues to vary (shrink) thereafter.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing a similar dimensional change of a diacetylcellulose film (DAC film).
- the diacetyl cellulose film shows a slightly larger dimensional change (shrinkage) than that of the acrylic film from 1 minute to 5 minutes later, but thereafter exhibits a stable behavior with almost no dimensional change similar to the acrylic film. I understand that.
- the technical characteristics of the polarizing plate of the present invention are the use of an acrylic film as the two protective films and a film containing diacetyl cellulose as the cellulose acetate film, and the dimensional change during each short time is specified.
- the distortion in the protective film and the adhesive part can be suppressed, and even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, the display unevenness that appears on the liquid crystal panel can be reduced. It is presumed that a polarizing plate can be obtained in which the adhesiveness with the polarizer is not deteriorated even in a harsh environment.
- Schematic showing the dimensional change of acrylic film in a short time Schematic showing the dimensional change of triacetyl cellulose film in a short time
- Schematic showing the dimensional change of cellulose acetate propionate film in a short time Schematic showing the dimensional change of diacetylcellulose film in a short time
- the schematic diagram which shows an example of the dope preparation process of the preferable solution casting film forming method of the cellulose-ester film based on this invention, a casting process, and a drying process.
- Schematic diagram showing a co-casting die and casting to form a multilayer web Schematic diagram of a bending processing apparatus preferably applicable to the present invention
- the polarizing plate of the present invention is a polarizing plate in which a polarizer is sandwiched between a film A and a film B via an actinic radiation curable adhesive layer, and the film A is a thin film and has dimensions under specific conditions. It is an acrylic film whose change is within a specific range, the film B is a cellulose acetate film containing a low-substituted cellulose acetate, a thin film, and the above dimensional change is also within a specific range.
- a feature of the present invention is to provide a polarizing plate in which when such a polarizing plate is provided in a liquid crystal display device, even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel and the deterioration of the polarizer adhesion are not observed. is there.
- This feature is a technical feature common to the inventions according to claims 1 to 17.
- MD is an abbreviation for “Machineach Direction”
- the MD direction is a direction in which a film generally called a casting direction or a longitudinal direction is conveyed during film formation.
- TD is an abbreviation for Transverse Direction
- the TD direction is a direction perpendicular to the transport direction generally called the width direction and the lateral direction.
- the film A and the film B may be simply referred to as a protective film.
- the film A and the film B are polarizing plates satisfying the range of dimensional change represented by the formulas (5) to (8) from the viewpoint of manifesting the effects of the present invention. It is preferable that the L 30 TD and the L 30 MD of the film A and the film B are in the range of ⁇ 0.10 to 0.10%, respectively, even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the use environment changes rapidly. This is a preferred embodiment from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel and further improving the durability against the deterioration of the adhesion to the polarizer.
- the film A preferably contains a sugar ester or a polycondensed ester having a structure represented by the general formula (1) from the viewpoint of reducing the dimensional change due to its plastic effect.
- A is a structure of at least three layers having a skin layer on both sides of the core layer, the core layer contains an acrylic resin, and the skin layer contains a cellulose ester. It is easier to control by adjusting within the range of dimensional change represented by the formulas (1) to (4), which is preferable.
- the film A is stretched within a range of 1.05 to 1.5 times the original width in the TD direction, thereby improving the orientation of the molecular chain of the acrylic resin, thereby increasing the dimension due to the entry and exit of moisture. The change can be reduced, and the effect of improving the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel and the adhesiveness of the polarizer can be easily expressed, which is preferable.
- the in-plane retardation value Ro defined by the above formulas (i) and (ii) is in the range of 40 to 60 nm, and the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction is in the range of 100 to 140 nm. It is preferable from the viewpoint of enlarging the viewing angle of the liquid crystal display device and improving the visibility. In order to express the retardation value, it is preferable to contain cellulose acetate having an average degree of substitution of acetyl groups in the range of 2.1 to 2.4.
- the film B preferably contains a sugar ester or a polycondensation ester having a structure represented by the general formula (1) because the plastic effect is exhibited, Further, the film B has at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, and the core layer contains cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.0 to 2.45, and the skin
- the layer contains cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.6 to 2.95 means that the dimensional change represented by the above formulas (1) to (4) can be achieved by stacking different types of resins. The relationship can be more easily controlled, and the influence of environmental humidity fluctuations on the film can be reduced.
- the polarizer has a thickness in the range of 2 to 15 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the entire polarizing plate. Further, the flexibility of the polarizer increases, and it becomes easier to follow the dimensional change of the protective film. When an actinic radiation curable adhesive is used, the adhesion between the polarizer and the protective film can be further improved, and there is also an effect of reducing display unevenness, which is preferable.
- the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate of this invention is a manufacturing method of the polarizing plate which bonds the film A and the film B to both surfaces of a polarizer through an active ray curable adhesive layer, Comprising: As the said film A, the said acrylic resin When manufacturing the polarizing plate which expresses the effect of this invention, it is preferable that it is a manufacturing method using the said cellulose acetate film as the said film B using the acrylic film containing this.
- the film A is formed by adding a cooling step of cooling the web at a speed in the range of 50 to 100 ° C./second after the step of drying the stretched web in the dryer zone in the forming step. It is preferable that the molecular chain can be made dense to adjust the amount of water that can be contained in the film, and the shrinkage ratio of the film containing moisture can be effectively controlled.
- the step of drying the web is performed in the dryer zone held within a specific temperature range, and the B surface facing the A surface of the web is alternately turned inward by the conveying roller.
- a bending process that bends as follows, and the bending process is performed by repeating the bending within a specific range of the radius when the web is bent, and by repeating the bending within a specific number of times,
- a polarizing property is formed by forming a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer on one surface of a base film in which a rubber component is dispersed in a thermoplastic resin, and then uniaxially stretching, dyeing, crosslinking, and drying. After forming the laminated film, it is preferable to peel off the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer of the polarizing laminated film from the base film to form the polarizer, so that a thin film and a high-quality polarizing plate can be obtained. .
- the polarizing plate of the present invention is suitably provided in a liquid crystal display device, and particularly suitable for a VA mode liquid crystal display device.
- ⁇ is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention is a polarizing plate in which a polarizer is sandwiched between a film A and a film B via an active ray curable adhesive layer
- the film A is an acrylic film containing an acrylic resin having a thickness in the range of 20 to 60 ⁇ m and satisfying the following formulas (1) to (4):
- the film B contains cellulose acetate having a film thickness in the range of 20 to 60 ⁇ m and an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5, and the following formulas (1) to ( It is a cellulose acetate film satisfying 4).
- L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD are determined by the following formulas (a) to (f) after 1 minute, 5 minutes, And the dimensional change rate of the film after 30 minutes.
- the film A and the film B are sampled in a rectangular shape so that one side is parallel to the TD direction or the MD direction, and this is obtained under a temperature and humidity environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH.
- the specified dimensions of the film left over are measured in the MD and TD directions and are designated as L 0 MD and L 0 TD, respectively.
- This film is left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH, the dimensions after 1 minute, the dimensions after 5 minutes, and 30 minutes.
- the subsequent dimensions are measured in the MD direction and TD direction, respectively, and are defined as L 1 MD ′, L 1 TD ′, L 5 MD ′, L 5 TD ′, L 30 MD ′, and L 30 TD ′, respectively. Substituting into (a) to (f), the dimensional change rate is obtained.
- the other side of the polarizer contains a conventional cellulose ester resin as a retardation film from the viewpoint of ease of retardation development, productivity (handleability, reworkability, etc.) and cost.
- a configuration using a retardation film that is, a configuration of a retardation film containing an acrylic film / polarizer / cellulose ester resin was examined from the viewing side.
- the thin film polarizing plate which is composed of the above acrylic film / polarizer / cellulose ester film, transfers the liquid crystal display device from a high temperature / high humidity atmosphere to a low temperature / low humidity atmosphere and observes the display screen. Then, it became clear that there was a problem that display unevenness peculiar to a liquid crystal panel appeared. This is particularly because the two protective films and the adhesive part are sandwiched by sandwiching the polarizer because the dimensional change speeds of the two protective films are different immediately after a rapid change in the temperature and humidity environment of the environment. It was presumed to be caused by optical non-uniformity due to distortion.
- the present invention does not use a protective film in which a dimensional change after being left for a relatively long time such as one day or night in a specific environment as in the prior art, but immediately after a rapid change in the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the environment.
- a protective film for a thin film polarizing plate a specific film that has been adjusted to match the speed of dimensional change in a relatively short time within a specific range, even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes
- the present inventors have found that a polarizing plate can be obtained in which display unevenness of the panel and deterioration of polarizer adhesion are not observed.
- FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a film when measuring specific L 0 MD and L 0 TD.
- Two films A and B are sampled in 10 cm square so that one side is parallel to the TD direction or the MD direction, and used for measuring the dimensional change in the MD direction or the TD direction, respectively.
- the film is scratched with a razor so that the distance is 8 cm, and then placed in a thermostatic oven at 23 ° C. and 55% RH and left for 24 hours.
- the humidity-controlled film is placed on a microscope stage, a glass plate is placed on the film, and the specified dimension (8 cm) is precisely measured with a microscope in the MD direction and the TD direction. L 0 MD and L 0 TD, respectively.
- the microscope was Nikon MEASURESCOPE MM-11 (eyepiece: x10, objective lens: x3) manufactured by Nikon, and the data measuring machine was directly connected to the microscope using Nikon DP-302 DATA PROCESSOR. Output to spreadsheet software.
- the film A and the film B according to the present invention are preferably an acrylic film and a cellulose acetate film satisfying the following (5) to (8).
- the L 30 TD and L 30 MD of the film A and the film B are in the range of ⁇ 0.10 to 0.10%, respectively, even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the environment changes rapidly. From the standpoint of further improving durability against display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel and deterioration of adhesion to the polarizer, this is a preferred embodiment.
- Means for adjusting the initial dimensional change rate of the film A and the film B according to the present invention to be within the range indicated by the above (1) to (8) is not particularly limited, but the following means are appropriately selected. It is possible to adjust by adopting.
- the means for adjusting the dimensional change rate of the film A according to the present invention within the range indicated by the above (1) to (8) is not limited to the following, but the type of acrylic resin and the weight average molecular weight In addition to selection, adjustment of the type and amount of plasticizer, adjustment of the stretching direction and stretching ratio, and adjustment of the film thickness, details will be described later. It is preferable to form a film by adding a cooling step of cooling the web at a speed in the range of 50 to 100 ° C./second after the above.
- the film A has a structure of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, the core layer contains an acrylic resin, and the skin layer has a laminated structure containing a cellulose ester.
- the film A can be more easily controlled within the range of dimensional change represented by the above formulas (1) to (8).
- the acrylic resin and cellulose ester can be mixed and used as a thermoplastic resin, or the film A can be represented by the above formulas (1) to (8) by utilizing the characteristics of different resins synergistically. This is preferable because it can be controlled more easily within the range of dimensional change.
- Means for adjusting the dimensional change rate of the film B according to the present invention within the range represented by the above (1) to (8) is not limited to the following, but the degree of acetyl group substitution and the weight of cellulose acetate.
- the dryer zone within the range has a bending process in which the B surface facing the A surface of the web is alternately turned inside by the conveying roller, and the bending process determines the radius when the web is bent.
- the film B has a structure of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, and the core layer contains cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.0 to 2.45.
- the skin layer is a film having a laminated structure containing cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.6 to 2.95.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic view showing a dimensional change of film B (improved diacetylcellulose film) according to the present invention.
- the film A according to the present invention is characterized in that it is an acrylic film having a total film thickness within a range of 20 to 60 ⁇ m. By making the film thickness within the range, the effects of the present invention are exhibited, A thin-film polarizing plate having sufficient rigidity and excellent handleability can be provided. More preferably, it is in the range of 20 to 40 ⁇ m.
- the film A according to the present invention is a film containing an acrylic resin, and in the present invention, the acrylic resin is a polymer of an acrylate ester or a methacrylate ester, and includes a copolymer with another monomer. It is.
- the acrylic resin used in the present invention includes a methacrylic resin.
- the resin is not particularly limited, but a resin having a methyl methacrylate unit content in the range of 50 to 99% by mass and other monomer units copolymerizable therewith is preferably in the range of 1 to 50% by mass. .
- alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 alkyl carbon atoms alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy Hydroxyalkyl acrylates such as ethyl acrylate, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated acids such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, acrylamides such as acryloylmorpholine, Nhydroxyphenyl methacrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, etc.
- Unsaturated divalent carboxylic acid aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutarimide , Glutaric anhydride Etc.
- Examples of the copolymerizable monomer that forms a unit excluding glutarimide and glutaric anhydride from the above units include monomers corresponding to the above units. That is, alkyl methacrylate having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, alkyl acrylate having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, hydroxyalkyl acrylate such as isobornyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, etc.
- ⁇ , ⁇ -Unsaturated acids acrylamides such as acryloylmorpholine, N-hydroxyphenylmethacrylamide, divalent carboxylic acids containing unsaturated groups such as N-vinylpyrrolidone, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene And monomers such as ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, maleimide, and N-substituted maleimide.
- acrylamides such as acryloylmorpholine, N-hydroxyphenylmethacrylamide
- divalent carboxylic acids containing unsaturated groups such as N-vinylpyrrolidone
- maleic acid fumaric acid, itaconic acid
- styrene ⁇ -methylstyrene
- monomers such as ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated nit
- the glutarimide unit can be formed, for example, by reacting a primary amine (imidizing agent) with an intermediate polymer having a (meth) acrylic acid ester unit (see JP 2011-26563 A). ).
- the glutaric anhydride unit can be formed, for example, by heating an intermediate polymer having a (meth) acrylic ester unit (see Japanese Patent No. 496164).
- acrylic resin used in the present invention among the above structural units, from the mechanical properties, isobornyl methacrylate, acryloylmorpholine, N-hydroxyphenylmethacrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone, styrene, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, maleic anhydride , Maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride or glutarimide are particularly preferred.
- acrylic resin used for this invention the acrylic resin which has a lactone ring structure in a structure from viewpoints of high heat resistance, high transparency, etc. is used preferably.
- acrylic resins having a lactone ring structure include, for example, JP 2000-230016, JP 2001-151814, JP 2002-120326, JP 2002-254544, and JP 2005-146084.
- the acrylic resin used for the film A according to the present invention has a viewpoint of controlling a dimensional change with respect to a change in the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the use environment, peelability from a metal support during film production, drying property of an organic solvent, and heat resistance.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 80,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably in the range of 90,000 to 1,000,000. It is particularly preferable that it is within the range of 10,000.
- the heat resistance and mechanical properties are excellent, and if it is 2 million or less, the peelability from the metal support and the drying property of the organic solvent are excellent. If it is 80,000 or more, the heat resistance and mechanical properties are further excellent, and if it is 500,000 or less, the peelability from the metal support and the drying property of the organic solvent are further excellent.
- the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin used in the present invention can be measured by gel permeation chromatography.
- the measurement conditions are as follows.
- the production method of the acrylic resin used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and any known method such as suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, or solution polymerization may be used.
- a polymerization initiator a normal peroxide type and an azo type can be used, and a redox type can also be used.
- suspension or emulsion polymerization may be carried out within a range of 30 to 100 ° C.
- bulk or solution polymerization may be carried out within a range of 80 to 160 ° C.
- polymerization can be carried out using alkyl mercaptan or the like as a chain transfer agent.
- acrylic resins can be used as the acrylic resin used in the present invention.
- Delpet 60N, 80N, 980N, SR8200 above, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation
- Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88 EMB-143, EMB-159, EMB-160, EMB-161, EMB-218, EMB-229, EMB-270, EMB-273 (above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.)
- KT75, TX400S, IPX012 aboveve, manufactured by Denki Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.
- Two or more acrylic resins can be used in combination.
- the acrylic resin is a polymer obtained by polymerizing one or more kinds of monomers containing an acrylic ester monomer, and is preferably a copolymer of plural kinds of monomers from the viewpoint of optical properties, heat resistance and mechanical properties.
- the film A according to the present invention can contain additives other than acrylic resin, but the acrylic resin is contained within the range of 80 to 100% by mass with respect to the film. It is preferable from the viewpoints of heat resistance, mechanical properties and cost.
- acrylic particles (D) described in International Publication No. 2010/001668 may be included to adjust the mechanical strength of the film in order to adjust the dimensional change rate.
- examples of commercially available products of such a multilayer structure acrylic granular composite include, for example, “Metablen W-341” manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., “Kane Ace” manufactured by Kaneka Co., “Paraloid” manufactured by Kureha Co., Ltd., Rohm and "Acryloid” manufactured by Haas, "Staffyroid” manufactured by Gantz Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., Chemisnow MR-2G, MS-300X (manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd.) and "Parapet SA” manufactured by Kuraray These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- additives such as a plasticizer, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a deterioration inhibitor, a peeling aid, a surfactant, a dye, and fine particles, which will be described later.
- sugar ester or polycondensation ester is preferably contained.
- the sugar ester according to the present invention is preferably a sugar ester obtained by esterifying at least one pyranose ring or furanose ring and having one or more and twelve or less OH groups in the structure.
- the sugar ester according to the present invention is a compound containing at least one of a furanose ring and a pyranose ring, and may be a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide having 2 to 12 sugar structures linked together.
- the sugar ester is preferably a compound in which at least one OH group of the sugar structure is esterified.
- the average ester substitution degree is preferably within the range of 4.0 to 8.0, and more preferably within the range of 5.0 to 7.5.
- the sugar ester applicable to the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include sugar esters represented by the following general formula (A).
- G represents a monosaccharide or disaccharide residue
- R 2 represents an aliphatic group or an aromatic group
- m is directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue
- N is the total number of — (O—C ( ⁇ O) —R 2 ) groups directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue, 3 ⁇ m + n ⁇ 8, and n ⁇ 0.
- the sugar ester having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is a single kind of hydroxy group (m) and-(O—C ( ⁇ O) —R 2 ) groups in which the number (n) is fixed. It is difficult to isolate as a compound, and it is known that a compound in which several components different in m and n in the formula are mixed is obtained. Accordingly, the performance as a mixture in which the number of hydroxy groups (m) and the number of — (O—C ( ⁇ O) —R 2 ) groups (n) are changed is important. In the case of the protective film according to the present invention, A sugar ester having an average degree of ester substitution within the range of 5.0 to 7.5 is preferred.
- G represents a monosaccharide or disaccharide residue.
- monosaccharides include allose, altrose, glucose, mannose, gulose, idose, galactose, talose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, and the like.
- disaccharide residue examples include trehalose, sucrose, maltose, cellobiose, gentiobiose, lactose, and isotrehalose.
- R 2 represents an aliphatic group or an aromatic group.
- the aliphatic group and the aromatic group may each independently have a substituent.
- m is the total number of hydroxy groups directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue, and n is directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue.
- the total number of — (O—C ( ⁇ O) —R 2 ) groups it is necessary that 3 ⁇ m + n ⁇ 8, and it is preferable that 4 ⁇ m + n ⁇ 8. Further, n ⁇ 0.
- the — (O—C ( ⁇ O) —R 2 ) groups may be the same as or different from each other.
- the aliphatic group in the definition of R 2 may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Those of ⁇ 15 are particularly preferred. Specific examples of the aliphatic group include, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, amyl, iso-amyl, tert-amyl, n- Examples include hexyl, cyclohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, bicyclooctyl, adamantyl, n-decyl, tert-octyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, didecyl and the like.
- the aromatic group in the definition of R 2 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and terphenyl.
- rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and terphenyl.
- a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and a biphenyl ring are particularly preferable.
- As the aromatic heterocyclic group a ring containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable.
- heterocyclic ring examples include, for example, furan, pyrrole, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, triazole, triazine, indole, indazole, purine, thiazoline, thiadiazole, oxazoline, oxazole, oxadiazole, quinoline, Examples of each ring include isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, acridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, tetrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzthiazole, benzotriazole, and tetrazaindene.
- aromatic heterocyclic group a pyridine ring, a triazine ring, and a quinoline ring are particularly preferable
- a sugar ester may contain two or more different substituents in one molecule, contains an aromatic substituent and an aliphatic substituent in one molecule, and contains two or more different aromatic substituents. Two or more different aliphatic substituents contained in one molecule can be contained in one molecule.
- the addition amount of the sugar ester is preferably within a range of 0.1 to 20% by mass, and more preferably within a range of 1 to 15% by mass with respect to the acrylic resin.
- the film A according to the present invention preferably contains the following ester (polycondensation ester).
- the ester other than the sugar ester applicable to the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use a polycondensed ester having a structure represented by the following general formula (1).
- the polycondensed ester is preferably contained in the range of 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably in the range of 2 to 15% by mass in the film A according to the present invention. preferable.
- B 3 and B 4 each independently represent an aliphatic or aromatic monocarboxylic acid residue or a hydroxy group.
- G 2 represents an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl glycol residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms.
- A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
- n represents an integer of 1 or more.
- the polycondensed ester is a polycondensed ester containing a repeating unit obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid and a diol, A represents a carboxylic acid residue in the polycondensed ester, and G 2 represents an alcohol residue.
- the dicarboxylic acid constituting the polycondensed ester is an aromatic dicarboxylic acid, an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid or an alicyclic dicarboxylic acid, preferably an aromatic dicarboxylic acid.
- the dicarboxylic acid may be one type or a mixture of two or more types. In particular, it is preferable to mix aromatic and aliphatic.
- the diol constituting the polycondensed ester is an aromatic diol, an aliphatic diol or an alicyclic diol, preferably an aliphatic diol, more preferably a diol having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- the diol may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.
- Both ends of the polycondensed ester molecule may or may not be sealed.
- alkylene dicarboxylic acid constituting A in the general formula (1) examples include 1,2-ethanedicarboxylic acid (succinic acid), 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid (glutaric acid), 1,4-butanedicarboxylic acid. Divalent groups derived from (adipic acid), 1,5-pentanedicarboxylic acid (pimelic acid), 1,8-octanedicarboxylic acid (sebacic acid) and the like are included.
- alkenylene dicarboxylic acid constituting A include maleic acid and fumaric acid.
- aryl dicarboxylic acid constituting A examples include 1,2-benzenedicarboxylic acid (phthalic acid), 1,3-benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and the like. Can be mentioned.
- A may be one type or two or more types may be combined. Among them, A is preferably a combination of an alkylene dicarboxylic acid having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and an aryl dicarboxylic acid having 8 to 12 carbon atoms.
- G 2 in the general formula (1) is a divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent group derived from an aryl glycol having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. It represents a divalent group derived from oxyalkylene glycol of 4 to 12.
- Examples of the divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms in G 2 include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, , 3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol (Neopentyl glycol), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-di-) Methylol heptane), 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-p
- divalent groups derived from aryl glycols having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in G 2 include 1,2-dihydroxybenzene (catechol), 1,3-dihydroxybenzene (resorcinol), 1,4-dihydroxy Divalent groups derived from benzene (hydroquinone) and the like are included.
- divalent group derived from oxyalkylene glycol having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in G are derived from diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and the like. Divalent groups are included.
- G 2 may be a single type or a combination of two or more types.
- G 2 is preferably a divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 5, and most preferably 2 to 4.
- B 3 and B 4 in the general formula (1) are each a monovalent group derived from an aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid or an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, or a hydroxy group.
- the aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid in the monovalent group derived from the aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid is a carboxylic acid containing an aromatic ring in the molecule, and not only those in which the aromatic ring is directly bonded to a carboxy group, Also included are those in which an aromatic ring is bonded to a carboxy group via an alkylene group or the like.
- monovalent groups derived from aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid, para-tert-butyl benzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethyl benzoic acid, ethyl benzoic acid, and normal propyl benzoic acid.
- Examples of monovalent groups derived from aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include monovalent groups derived from acetic acid, propionic acid, butanoic acid, caprylic acid, caproic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid and the like. Is included. Among these, a monovalent group derived from an alkyl monocarboxylic acid having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the alkyl portion is preferable, and an acetyl group (a monovalent group derived from acetic acid) is more preferable.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polycondensed ester according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 500 to 3000, and more preferably in the range of 600 to 2000.
- the weight average molecular weight can be measured by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
- the flask is charged and gradually heated with stirring until it reaches 230 ° C. in a nitrogen stream.
- the dehydration condensation reaction was carried out while observing the degree of polymerization.
- unreacted 1,2-propylene glycol was distilled off under reduced pressure at 200 ° C. to obtain a polycondensed ester P2.
- ⁇ Polycondensed ester P5 251 g of 1,2-propylene glycol, 354 g of terephthalic acid, 680 g of p-troyl acid, and 0.191 g of tetraisopropyl titanate as an esterification catalyst are charged into a 2 L four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, stirrer, and slow cooling tube. The temperature is gradually raised with stirring until it reaches 230 ° C. in a nitrogen stream. The dehydration condensation reaction was carried out while observing the degree of polymerization. After completion of the reaction, unreacted 1,2-propylene glycol was distilled off under reduced pressure at 200 ° C. to obtain a polycondensed ester P5. The acid value was 0.30 and the number average molecular weight was 400.
- Film A according to the present invention has a structure of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of a core layer, the core layer containing an acrylic resin, and the skin layer containing a cellulose ester. It is preferable to stack different types of resins because the dimensional change rate represented by the formulas (1) to (4) can be easily controlled within a desired range.
- core layer refers to the thickest layer among the layers of the film
- skin layer refers to a layer that is thinner than the “core layer”.
- the “skin layer” may have the same or different film thickness.
- acrylic resin contained in the core layer As the acrylic resin contained in the core layer, the above-mentioned acrylic resin and additives can be used as appropriate.
- the cellulose ester contained in the skin layer is not particularly limited, but specific cellulose esters include cellulose (di, tri) acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose It is preferably at least one selected from acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, and cellulose phthalate, and cellulose triacetate having an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.6 to 2.95 It is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion to the child and reducing the occurrence of distortion of the film and the adhesive part due to dimensional change.
- the core layer and skin layer preferably contain additives such as a plasticizer, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a deterioration inhibitor, a peeling aid, a surfactant, a dye, and fine particles, which will be described later.
- additives such as a plasticizer, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a deterioration inhibitor, a peeling aid, a surfactant, a dye, and fine particles, which will be described later.
- the film formation is simultaneous multilayer casting film formation, and co-casting described later is preferable.
- the thickness of each layer is not particularly limited as long as the skin layer is thinner than the core layer, but preferably the skin layer is 0.2 to 50% of the total thickness of the film A.
- the thickness is preferably 2 to 30%. Since the total film thickness of the film A is in the range of 20 to 60 ⁇ m, it is preferable to adjust the film thickness of the core layer and the film thickness of the skin layer within the above ranges.
- the film A according to the present invention may be used by mixing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester.
- the acrylic resin can be appropriately selected from the aforementioned acrylic resins.
- a resin contained in the skin layer can be used.
- Cellulose triacetate having an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.6 to 2.95, or a total substitution degree of total acyl groups of 2 Cellulose acetate propio, which is in the range of 0.0 to 2.9, has an acetyl group substitution degree of 0.1 to 1.9, and a propionyl group substitution degree of 1.1 to 2.8 It is more preferable to use an acrylate, and it is particularly preferable to use the cellulose acetate propionate.
- ⁇ Film B Cellulose acetate film ⁇
- the film B according to the present invention is characterized in that it contains a cellulose acetate having a thickness of 20 to 60 ⁇ m and an average acetyl group substitution degree of 2.0 to 2.5.
- the film thickness is more preferably in the range of 20 to 40 ⁇ m. If it is in this range, it is possible to obtain a property having sufficient rigidity and excellent handleability, and it becomes easy to produce a thin film polarizing plate.
- the film B according to the present invention is characterized in that the main component is cellulose acetate having an average degree of substitution of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5.
- the main component means that the cellulose acetate constituting the cellulose acetate film has a ratio of 60% by mass or more of cellulose acetate having an average degree of substitution of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5. Yes, preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more.
- the average degree of substitution of the acetyl group is in the range of 2.1 to 2.4, it is easy to control the behavior of dimensional change, and in addition, the development of retardation is high, and it can be used as a retardation film. preferable.
- the average degree of substitution of acetyl groups in cellulose acetate can be determined by measurement according to ASTM-D817-96.
- the average substitution degree of the acetyl group of cellulose acetate to be applied is within the above range, the effect of the present invention is exhibited, the castability at the time of film formation is high, and the handleability is excellent as a film. It is possible to realize characteristics such as being.
- the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the cellulose acetate is preferably in the range of 80000 to 155000, and more preferably in the range of 90000 to 152000.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 120,000 to 310000.
- the ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of 1.4 to 2.5, more preferably in the range of 1.5 to 2.0. preferable.
- the average molecular weight (Mn, Mw) of the cellulose acetate can be measured by gel permeation chromatography. The measurement conditions are as described above.
- the cellulose acetate according to the present invention can be produced by a conventional method such as a sulfuric acid catalyst method, an acetic acid method, a methylene chloride method, and the raw materials are not particularly limited. ), Kenaf and the like. Moreover, the cellulose acetate obtained from them can be mixed and used in arbitrary ratios, respectively.
- the cellulose acetate according to the present invention can be synthesized with reference to the methods described in JP-A Nos. 10-45804 and 2005-281645, for example.
- the film B according to the present invention contains the aforementioned sugar ester or the polycondensed ester having the structure represented by the above general formula (1) in the same manner as the film A. ,preferable.
- the content of the sugar ester and the polycondensed ester in the film B is preferably in the range of 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably in the range of 2 to 15% by mass.
- Film A and film B according to the present invention preferably contain additives such as a plasticizer, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a deterioration inhibitor, a peeling aid, a surfactant, a dye, and fine particles.
- additives such as a plasticizer, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a deterioration inhibitor, a peeling aid, a surfactant, a dye, and fine particles.
- polyhydric alcohol ester In the protective film which concerns on this invention, it is also preferable to contain the polyhydric alcohol ester represented by following General formula (2).
- B 1 -GB 2 In the general formula (2), B 1 and B 2 each independently represent an aliphatic or aromatic monocarboxylic acid residue.
- G represents an alkylene glycol residue having a straight chain or branched structure having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
- G represents a divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having a linear or branched structure having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms in G include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1, 3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol ( Neopentyl glycol), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylol) Heptane), 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanedio ,
- B 1 and B 2 are each independently a monovalent group derived from an aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid or an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.
- the aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid in the monovalent group derived from the aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid is a carboxylic acid containing an aromatic ring in the molecule, and not only those in which the aromatic ring is directly bonded to a carboxy group, Also included are those in which an aromatic ring is bonded to a carboxy group via an alkylene group or the like.
- monovalent groups derived from aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid, para-tert-butyl benzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethyl benzoic acid, ethyl benzoic acid, and normal propyl benzoic acid.
- Examples of monovalent groups derived from aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include monovalent groups derived from acetic acid, propionic acid, butanoic acid, caprylic acid, caproic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid and the like. Is included. Of these, a monovalent group derived from an alkyl monocarboxylic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety is preferable, and an acetyl group (a monovalent group derived from acetic acid) is more preferable.
- polyhydric alcohol esters applicable to the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these exemplified compounds.
- the polyhydric alcohol ester having the structure represented by the general formula (2) according to the present invention is preferably contained in the range of 0.5 to 5% by mass with respect to the protective film.
- the content is more preferably within the range, and particularly preferably within the range of 1 to 2% by mass.
- the polyhydric alcohol ester having the structure represented by the general formula (2) according to the present invention can be synthesized according to a conventionally known general synthesis method.
- a phosphoric acid ester can be used for the protective film according to the present invention.
- phosphoric acid esters triaryl phosphoric acid esters, diaryl phosphoric acid esters, monoaryl phosphoric acid esters, aryl phosphonic acid compounds, aryl phosphine oxide compounds, condensed aryl phosphoric acid esters, halogenated alkyl phosphoric acid esters, halogen-containing condensed phosphoric acid Examples thereof include esters, halogen-containing condensed phosphonic acid esters, and halogen-containing phosphorous acid esters.
- Specific phosphoric acid esters include triphenyl phosphate, 9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, phenylphosphonic acid, tris ( ⁇ -chloroethyl) phosphate, tris (dichloro) Propyl) phosphate, tris (tribromoneopentyl) phosphate, and the like.
- glycolic acid esters (glycolate compounds) can be used as one kind of polyhydric alcohol esters.
- the glycolate compound applicable to the present invention is not particularly limited, but alkylphthalylalkyl glycolates can be preferably used.
- alkyl phthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl Ethyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl butyl Glycolate, butyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl
- the protective film according to the present invention preferably contains an ultraviolet absorber from the viewpoint of improving light resistance.
- the ultraviolet absorber is intended to improve light resistance by absorbing ultraviolet rays of 400 nm or less, and the transmittance at a wavelength of 370 nm is preferably in the range of 2 to 30%, more preferably. It is within the range of 4 to 20%, more preferably within the range of 5 to 10%.
- the UV absorbers preferably used in the present invention are benzotriazole UV absorbers, benzophenone UV absorbers, and triazine UV absorbers, and particularly preferably benzotriazole UV absorbers and benzophenone UV absorbers.
- a discotic compound such as a compound having a 1,3,5-triazine ring is also preferably used as the ultraviolet absorber.
- the protective film according to the present invention preferably contains two or more kinds of ultraviolet absorbers.
- a polymeric ultraviolet absorber can also be preferably used, and in particular, a polymer type ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-6-148430 is preferably used. Moreover, it is preferable that the ultraviolet absorber does not have a halogen group.
- the method of adding the UV absorber can be added to the dope after dissolving the UV absorber in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or butanol, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone or dioxolane or a mixed solvent thereof. Or you may add directly in dope composition.
- an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or butanol
- an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone or dioxolane or a mixed solvent thereof.
- inorganic powders that do not dissolve in organic solvents use a dissolver or sand mill in the organic solvent and cellulose ester (cellulose acetate) to disperse them before adding them to the dope.
- cellulose ester cellulose acetate
- the amount of UV absorber used is not uniform depending on the type of UV absorber, the operating conditions, etc., but when the dry film thickness of the protective film is in the range of 15 to 50 ⁇ m, it is 0.5 to It is preferably in the range of 10% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.6-4% by mass.
- Antioxidant are also referred to as deterioration inhibitors. When an organic electroluminescence display device or the like is placed in a high humidity and high temperature state, the protective film may be deteriorated.
- the antioxidant has a role of delaying or preventing the protective film from being decomposed by, for example, the residual solvent amount of halogen in the protective film or phosphoric acid of the phosphoric acid plasticizer. It is preferable to make it contain in a film.
- a hindered phenol compound is preferably used.
- 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di- -T-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] triethylene glycol-bis [3- (3-t-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis [3 -(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilino)- 1,3,5-triazine, 2,2-thio-diethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], oct Decyl-3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl
- 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], triethylene glycol-bis [3 -(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] is preferred.
- hydrazine-based metal deactivators such as N, N′-bis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyl] hydrazine and tris (2,4-di- A phosphorus processing stabilizer such as t-butylphenyl) phosphite may be used in combination.
- the amount of these compounds added is preferably in the range of 1 ppm to 1.0% by weight with respect to the protective film, more preferably in the range of 10 to 1000 ppm.
- the protective film may further contain fine particles (matting agent) as necessary in order to improve the slipperiness of the surface.
- the fine particles may be inorganic fine particles or organic fine particles.
- inorganic fine particles include silicon dioxide (silica), titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples include magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate.
- silicon dioxide and zirconium oxide are preferable, and silicon dioxide is more preferable in order to reduce the increase in haze of the obtained film.
- Examples of the fine particles of silicon dioxide include Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, TT600, NAX50 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.), Seahoster KE-P10, KE-P30, KE-P50, KE-P100 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) and the like are included.
- Aerosil R972V, NAX50, Seahoster KE-P30 and the like are particularly preferable because they reduce the coefficient of friction while keeping the turbidity of the resulting film low.
- the primary particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 50 nm, and more preferably in the range of 7 to 20 nm.
- a larger primary particle size has a larger effect of increasing the slipperiness of the resulting film, but the transparency tends to decrease. Therefore, the fine particles may be contained as secondary aggregates having a particle diameter of 0.05 to 0.3 ⁇ m.
- the size of primary particles or secondary aggregates of the fine particles is determined by observing the primary particles or secondary aggregates with a transmission electron microscope in the range of magnification of 500 to 2 million times. It can obtain
- the content of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 0.8% by mass with respect to the resin forming the protective film. preferable.
- the film B has a structure of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, and the core layer has a degree of acetyl group substitution within the range of 2.0 to 2.45. It is a heterogeneous film containing a certain diacetyl cellulose (DAC), and the skin layer is a laminated structure film containing triacetyl cellulose (TAC) having a degree of acetyl group substitution in the range of 2.60 to 2.95.
- DAC diacetyl cellulose
- TAC triacetyl cellulose
- the adhesiveness to the polarizer is excellent, and the viewpoint of reducing the occurrence of distortion between the film and the adhesive portion due to dimensional change. Are particularly preferred.
- the core layer and the skin layer appropriately contain additives such as the plasticizer, ultraviolet absorber, antioxidant, deterioration inhibitor, peeling aid, surfactant, dye, and fine particles.
- the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the skin layer is thinner than the core layer, but preferably the skin layer is in the range of 0.2 to 50% of the total thickness of the film B.
- the thickness is preferably in the range of 2 to 30%. Since the total film thickness of the film B is in the range of 20 to 60 ⁇ m, it is preferable to adjust the film thickness of the core layer and the film thickness of the skin layer within the above ranges.
- Examples of the method for producing the acrylic film as the film A and the cellulose acetate film as the film B according to the present invention include a normal inflation method, a T-die method, a calendar method, a cutting method, a casting method, an emulsion method, and a hot press method.
- a solution casting film forming method and a melt casting film forming method can be selected from the viewpoint of obtaining a uniform and smooth surface.
- a method for producing a protective film As a method for producing a protective film according to the present invention, production methods such as a normal inflation method, a T-die method, a calendar method, a cutting method, a casting method, an emulsion method, and a hot press method can be used. From the viewpoint of suppressing foreign matter defects and suppressing optical defects such as die lines, a film casting method can be selected from a solution casting film forming method and a melt casting film forming method, and the solution casting method is particularly preferable.
- the production of the protective film according to the present invention comprises the steps of preparing a dope by dissolving an additive such as an acrylic resin, cellulose ester and the plasticizer in a solvent, and casting the dope on a belt-like or drum-like metal support. It is carried out by a step of drying, a step of drying the cast dope as a web, a step of peeling from the metal support, a step of stretching, a step of further drying, and a step of winding after cooling.
- the protective film of the present invention preferably contains acrylic resin or cellulose acetate in the solid content in the range of 60 to 95% by mass.
- the film forming method of the cellulose acetate film which is the film B will be described as an example, it can be similarly applied to the manufacturing method of the acrylic film which is the film A. Further, in the following description, portions relating to the manufacturing method related to the acrylic film will be appropriately described as an acrylic film.
- a dissolution process In a dissolution vessel, the cellulose acetate, in some cases, a sugar ester, a polycondensation ester, a polyhydric alcohol ester, or other compound is added to an organic solvent mainly composed of a good solvent for cellulose acetate.
- an organic solvent useful for forming a dope can be used without limitation as long as it dissolves cellulose acetate and other compounds at the same time.
- methylene chloride as a non-chlorinated organic solvent, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, etc.
- Methylene chloride, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and acetone can be preferably used.
- the dope preferably contains a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the range of 1 to 40% by mass.
- a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the range of 1 to 40% by mass.
- the proportion of alcohol in the dope increases, the web gels, and peeling from the metal support becomes easy.
- the proportion of alcohol is small, cellulose acetate and other compounds dissolve in non-chlorine organic solvents.
- the film is formed using a dope having an alcohol concentration in the range of 0.5 to 15.0% by mass in order to improve the flatness of the obtained cellulose acetate film. The method can be applied.
- a dope in which cellulose acetate and other compounds are dissolved in a total amount of 15 to 45 mass% in a solvent containing methylene chloride and a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- a composition is preferred.
- linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms examples include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, and tert-butanol. Methanol and ethanol are preferred because of the stability, boiling point of these inner dopes, and good drying properties.
- Cellulose acetate and sugar ester, polycondensation ester, polyhydric alcohol ester, or other compounds are dissolved at atmospheric pressure, below the boiling point of the main solvent, or pressurized above the boiling point of the main solvent.
- Various dissolution methods such as a method of performing can be used, and a method of performing pressurization at a pressure equal to or higher than the boiling point of the main solvent is particularly preferable.
- the concentration of cellulose acetate in the dope is preferably in the range of 10 to 40% by mass.
- a filter medium having a collected particle diameter of 0.5 to 5 ⁇ m and a filtering time of 10 to 25 sec / 100 ml.
- the aggregate remaining at the time of particle dispersion and the aggregate generated when the main dope is added are within the range of the collected particle diameter of 0.5 to 5 ⁇ m and the filtering time is within the range of 10 to 25 sec / 100 ml. Only the aggregates can be removed by using. In the main dope, the concentration of particles is sufficiently thinner than that of the additive solution, so that aggregates do not stick together at the time of filtration and the filtration pressure does not increase suddenly.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing an example of a dope preparation step, a casting step, and a drying step of a solution casting film forming method preferable for the present invention.
- the main dope is filtered by the main filter 3, and an ultraviolet absorber additive solution is added inline to the main dope 16.
- the main dope may contain about 10 to 50% by weight of recycled material.
- Recycled material is a finely pulverized cellulose acetate film, which is generated when the cellulose acetate film is formed, and is obtained by cutting both sides of the film, or cellulose acetate that exceeds the specified value of the film due to scratches, etc. Film stock is used.
- the raw material of the resin used for the dope preparation those obtained by pelletizing cellulose acetate and other compounds in advance can be preferably used.
- the metal support in the casting process is preferably a mirror-finished surface, and a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used as the metal support.
- the cast width can be in the range of 1 to 4 m, preferably in the range of 1.5 to 3 m, more preferably in the range of 2 to 2.8 m.
- the surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is set in the range of ⁇ 50 ° C. to the temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam, more preferably in the range of ⁇ 30 to 100 ° C. A higher temperature is preferable because the web can be dried faster, but if it is too high, the web may foam or the flatness may deteriorate.
- the preferred support temperature is appropriately determined within the range of 0 to 100 ° C, and more preferably within the range of 5 to 30 ° C.
- the method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of contacting hot water with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short.
- ⁇ Pressure dies that can adjust the slit shape of the die base and make the film thickness uniform are preferred.
- the pressure die include a coat hanger die and a T die, and any of them is preferably used.
- the surface of the metal support is a mirror surface. In order to increase the film forming speed, two or more pressure dies may be provided on the metal support, and the dope amount may be divided and stacked.
- a film having a laminated structure such as a (TAC / acrylic / TAC) film and a (TAC / DAC / TAC) film according to the present invention contains a dope containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester. Each dope can be used to form a film by casting two or more kinds of dopes on a smooth band or drum as a support.
- Two or more kinds of dopes may be cast on the support at the same time or separately on the support.
- the dope on the support side can be cast first and dried to some extent on the support, and then overlaid on the support.
- a film having a laminated structure can be produced by appropriately combining simultaneous casting (also called co-casting) and sequential casting.
- the production method in the case where the film A and the film B according to the present invention are formed into the above laminated structure is preferably performed by co-casting from the viewpoint of productivity, and a known co-casting method can be used.
- a film is produced while casting and laminating a solution containing an acrylic resin and a solution containing a cellulose ester from a plurality of casting openings provided at intervals in the traveling direction of the metal support.
- the methods described in JP-A-61-158414, JP-A-1-122419, JP-A-11-198285 and the like can be applied.
- a film may be formed by casting a solution containing an acrylic resin and a solution containing a cellulose ester from two casting ports, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 60-27562 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-94724. It can be carried out by the methods described in JP-A 61-947245, JP-A 61-104413, JP-A 61-158413, JP-A 6-134933, and the like.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic view showing a co-casting die and a multi-layered web formed by casting.
- the web on the support after casting is preferably dried on the support in an atmosphere of 40 to 100 ° C. In order to maintain the atmosphere at 40 to 100 ° C., it is preferable to apply hot air at this temperature to the upper surface of the web or heat by means such as infrared rays.
- the temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C, more preferably in the range of 11 to 30 ° C.
- the amount of residual solvent at the time of peeling of the web on the metal support at the time of peeling is preferably peeled within a range of 50 to 120% by mass depending on the strength of drying conditions, the length of the metal support, and the like.
- the amount of residual solvent is determined.
- the residual solvent amount of the web is defined by the following formula (Z).
- Residual solvent amount (%) (mass before web heat treatment ⁇ mass after web heat treatment) / (mass after web heat treatment) ⁇ 100 Note that the heat treatment for measuring the residual solvent amount represents performing heat treatment at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.
- the peeling tension when peeling the metal support from the film is usually in the range of 196 to 245 N / m. However, when wrinkles are likely to occur during peeling, peeling with a tension of 190 N / m or less is preferable. .
- the temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably in the range of ⁇ 50 to 40 ° C., more preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C., and in the range of 15 to 30 ° C. Is most preferred.
- the drying step can be divided into a preliminary drying step and a main drying step.
- the web obtained by peeling from the metal support is dried.
- the web may be dried while being conveyed by a large number of rollers arranged above and below, or may be dried while being conveyed while fixing both ends of the web with clips like a tenter dryer. .
- the means for drying the web is not particularly limited, and can be generally performed with hot air, infrared rays, a heating roller, microwave, or the like, but it is preferably performed with hot air in terms of simplicity.
- the drying temperature in the web drying step is preferably a glass transition temperature of the film of ⁇ 5 ° C. or lower, and it is effective to perform heat treatment at 100 ° C. or higher and 10 minutes or longer and 60 minutes or shorter. Drying is performed at a drying temperature in the range of 100 to 200 ° C, more preferably in the range of 110 to 160 ° C.
- the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is preferably stretched in the MD direction and / or TD direction, and is preferably produced by stretching in the TD direction by at least a tenter stretching apparatus.
- the stretching may be uniaxial stretching or biaxial stretching, and biaxial stretching includes a mode in which stretching is performed in one direction and the tension in the other direction is relaxed and contracted.
- the acrylic film according to the present invention is oriented in the MD direction and / or so that the film thickness after stretching is in the range of 20-60 ⁇ m, and the cellulose acetate film is in the range of 20-60 ⁇ m after stretching.
- the film is preferably stretched in the temperature range of (Tg + 15) to (Tg + 50) ° C., where Tg is the glass transition temperature of the film in the TD direction, preferably in the TD direction.
- Tg is the glass transition temperature of the film in the TD direction, preferably in the TD direction.
- the stretching temperature is preferably within the range of (Tg + 20) to (Tg + 40) ° C.
- the glass transition temperature Tg referred to here is a midpoint glass transition temperature (Tmg) measured at a rate of temperature increase of 20 ° C./min using a commercially available differential scanning calorimeter and determined according to JIS K7121 (1987). It is.
- a specific method for measuring the glass transition temperature Tg of the optical film is measured using a differential scanning calorimeter DSC220 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. according to JIS K7121 (1987).
- the acrylic film according to the present invention is preferably stretched within a range of 1.05 to 1.5 times the original width in the TD direction. By stretching within the above range, the flatness can be improved and the behavior of dimensional change can be controlled within a desired range.
- the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention preferably stretches the web at least 1.1 times in the TD direction.
- the stretching range is preferably in the range of 1.1 to 1.5 times the original width, and more preferably in the range of 1.05 to 1.3 times.
- the movement of molecules in the film is large, and not only a desired retardation value can be obtained, but also the behavior of the dimensional change of the film can be controlled within the desired range.
- the film in the MD direction when the residual solvent amount is 40% by mass or more after film formation, and in the TD direction when the residual solvent amount is less than 40% by mass. It is preferable to stretch.
- peeling is preferably performed at a peeling tension of 130 N / m or more, and particularly preferably in the range of 150 to 170 N / m. Since the web after peeling is in a high residual solvent state, stretching in the MD direction can be performed by maintaining the same tension as the peeling tension. As the web dries and the residual solvent amount decreases, the draw ratio in the MD direction decreases.
- the draw ratio in the MD direction can be calculated from the rotation speed of the belt support and the tenter operation speed.
- the entire drying process or a part of the process as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-46625 can be performed while holding the width ends of the web with clips or pins in the width direction.
- a drying method (referred to as a tenter method), among them, a tenter method using clips and a pin tenter method using pins are preferably used.
- the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention inevitably has a retardation by stretching, but the in-plane retardation value Ro and the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction are determined by an automatic birefringence meter Axoscan (Axo Scan Mueller Matrix). Polarimeter: manufactured by Axometrics Co., Ltd.) can be calculated from the obtained refractive indexes nx, ny, and nz by performing a three-dimensional refractive index measurement at a wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. .
- the retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction defined by the following formulas (i) and (ii) is in the range of 40 to 60 nm, and the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction is 100.
- the range of ⁇ 140 nm is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the VA mode liquid crystal display device.
- the cellulose acetate film can be adjusted within the above retardation value by stretching at least while adjusting the stretching ratio in the TD direction.
- n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film.
- n y in-plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x.
- nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film.
- d represents the thickness (nm) of the film.
- the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is a step in which a web is stretched and then dried in a dryer zone in order to adjust the speed of dimensional change immediately after changing the ambient temperature and humidity atmosphere.
- a bending step in which the temperature is maintained within a range of 130 to 150 ° C.
- the bending zone has a bending step in which a B-side facing the A-side of the web is alternately turned inside by a conveying roller in the dryer zone; but when the radius when bending the web was a (mm), the value of 1 / a is in the range of 0.035 mm -1 ⁇ 0.050 mm -1, and the bending 50 times or more 120 times It is preferable to dry by carrying out while repeating less than.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a bending processing apparatus that can be preferably applied to the present invention.
- a dope solution is cast from a die 101 onto a metal support 102 and continuously dried on the metal support by a driving roller 103 to obtain a web (referred to as a dope film after casting on the metal support. Form).
- the web is dried so that the residual solvent amount becomes a desired value, peeled into a film at the peeling point 104, subjected to preliminary drying and stretching treatment (not shown), conveyed to the bending zone 106,
- the transport roller 105 continuously conveys the A surface (the surface opposite to the surface where the web contacts the metal support) and the B surface (the surface where the web contacts the metal support) alternately inside the transport roller 105.
- the bending process is repeated.
- the bending process is performed in a bending zone 106 having an intake port 107 and an exhaust port 108, and is adjusted so that the film is bent at a desired atmospheric temperature.
- the diameter of the conveying roller is preferably in the range of 90 to 108 mm, and the distance between the rollers is preferably about 1800 mm.
- the radius when bending the film may be determined roller diameter as the value of 1 / a when the a (mm) is in the range of 0.035mm -1 ⁇ 0.050mm -1.
- hot air whose temperature has been adjusted is introduced from the intake port 107, and the inside of the bending zone 106 is maintained at a constant atmospheric temperature and is exhausted from the exhaust port 108.
- the atmospheric temperature in the bending zone 106 it may be performed by infrared rays, a heating roller, or the like, but it is preferably performed by hot air in terms of simplicity.
- the atmosphere in the drying apparatus may be air, but may be performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen gas, carbon dioxide gas, or argon.
- the atmospheric temperature during the bending treatment of the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is preferably within the range of 130 to 150 ° C., and more preferably within the range of 135 to 150 ° C. in order to obtain the effects of the present invention.
- the number of times of bending the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is preferably 50 times or more and less than 120 times, and more preferably 70 times or more and 100 times or less.
- the film folding interval is preferably within a range of 1 second to 1 minute, and more preferably within a range of 2 to 30 seconds.
- the conveyance speed of the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is preferably 10 to 150 m / min, more preferably 15 to 100 m / min in terms of productivity and breakage.
- the acrylic film according to the present invention further includes a step of drying the web in the dryer zone in order to adjust the speed of dimensional change immediately after changing the ambient temperature and humidity atmosphere. It is preferably formed later by a cooling step in which the web is cooled at a rate in the range of 50-100 ° C./second.
- a film is formed by adding a cooling step of cooling the web at a speed in the range of 50 to 100 ° C./second, thereby densifying the molecular chains of the film.
- the amount of water that can be contained in the film is adjusted, and the shrinkage ratio of the film containing water can be effectively controlled, which is preferable.
- the cooling rate is more preferably in the range of 70 to 90 ° C./second.
- the means for cooling the web is not particularly limited, and can be generally performed by using a cold air nozzle, a cooling roller, etc., but in terms of simplicity, while conveying the web in the cooling zone, It is preferable to carry out by blowing from a cold air nozzle. At that time, it is preferable to blow cold air on both sides of the web because the web can be cooled with high accuracy.
- the knurling process can be formed by pressing a heated embossing roller. Fine embossing is formed on the embossing roller, and by pressing the embossing roller, unevenness can be formed on the film and the end can be made bulky.
- the height of the knurling at both ends of the width of the retardation film of the present invention is preferably in the range of 4 to 20 ⁇ m and in the range of 5 to 20 mm.
- the knurling process is preferably provided after the drying in the film forming process and before winding.
- Winding step This is a step of winding as a film after the residual solvent amount in the web is 2% by mass or less, and the film having good dimensional stability by making the residual solvent amount 0.4% by mass or less. Can be obtained.
- a generally used method may be used, and there are a constant torque method, a constant tension method, a taper tension method, a program tension control method with a constant internal stress, and the like.
- the protective film according to the present invention preferably has a haze of less than 1%, more preferably less than 0.5%. By setting the haze to less than 1%, there is an advantage that the transparency of the film becomes higher and it becomes easier to use as an optical film.
- the equilibrium water content at 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60% is preferably 4% or less, and more preferably 3% or less.
- the equilibrium moisture content is preferable to easily cope with a change in humidity and to hardly change the optical characteristics and dimensions.
- the protective film of the present invention is preferably long, and specifically, preferably has a length of about 100 to 10,000 m, and is wound into a roll.
- the width of the protective film of the present invention is preferably 1 m or more, more preferably 1.4 m or more, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 4 m.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention is characterized in that the polarizer is a polarizing plate sandwiched between the film A and the film B according to the present invention via an active ray curable adhesive layer.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention When the polarizing plate of the present invention is used as a polarizing plate on the viewing side, it is preferable to provide an antiglare layer or a clear hard coat layer, an antireflection layer, an antistatic layer, an antifouling layer, etc. on the viewing side of the film A. .
- the polarizer which is the main component of the polarizing plate according to the present invention, is an element that passes only light having a polarization plane in a certain direction, and a typical polarizer currently known is a polyvinyl alcohol polarizing film.
- the polyvinyl alcohol polarizing film includes those obtained by dyeing iodine on a polyvinyl alcohol film and those obtained by dyeing a dichroic dye.
- polarizer a polarizer obtained by forming a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution into a film and dyeing it by uniaxial stretching or dyeing and then uniaxially stretching and then preferably performing a durability treatment with a boron compound may be used.
- the thickness of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 2 to 30 ⁇ m, particularly preferably in the range of 2 to 15 ⁇ m.
- the ethylene unit content described in JP-A-2003-248123, JP-A-2003-342322, etc. is 1 to 4 mol%
- the degree of polymerization is 2000 to 4000
- the degree of saponification is 99.0 to 99.99 mol%.
- the ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol is also preferably used.
- an ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol film having a hot water cutting temperature of 66 to 73 ° C. is preferably used.
- a polarizer using this ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol film is excellent in polarization performance and durability performance and has little color mottle, and is particularly preferably used for a large liquid crystal display device.
- the thickness of the polarizer is particularly preferably in the range of 2 to 15 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of achieving both the strength of the polarizing plate and the thinning.
- a laminated film type polarizer can be produced by the method described in JP 2011-1000016 A, JP 4691205 A, JP 4751481 A, and JP 4804589 A. Is preferred.
- a thin film-type polarizer (polarizing laminate film) produced by the following steps, which can improve display unevenness and adhesion, which are the effects of the present invention.
- the manufacturing method of the light-polarizing laminated film which concerns on this invention includes the following process.
- D) The polyvinyl alcohol resin layer of the dyed film is immersed in a solution containing a crosslinking agent to form a polarizer layer, and a crosslinking step for obtaining a crosslinked film; and
- a drying step for drying the crosslinked film for drying the crosslinked film.
- (A) Laminating step In this step, a film obtained by dispersing (blending) a rubber component in a thermoplastic resin is used as a base film, and a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer is formed on one surface thereof to obtain a laminated film.
- the thermoplastic resin used as the base of the base film is preferably a thermoplastic resin excellent in transparency, mechanical strength, thermal stability, stretchability, and the like.
- a thermoplastic resin include, for example, a chain polyolefin resin; a cyclic polyolefin resin; a (meth) acrylic resin; a polyester resin; a cellulose ester resin; a polycarbonate resin; and a polyvinyl alcohol resin.
- the rubber component dispersed in the thermoplastic resin is a resin component having rubber elasticity, and is usually uniformly dispersed in the thermoplastic resin as rubber particles. By mixing and dispersing the rubber component, it is possible to improve the tear strength of the base film and thus the stretched film.
- the rubber component is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin having rubber elasticity. However, from the viewpoint of compatibility with the thermoplastic resin, the rubber component is preferably composed of the same or similar resin as the thermoplastic resin to be used.
- the rubber component can be a copolymer of two or more monomers selected from ethylene and ⁇ -olefin.
- the content (polymerization ratio) of each monomer constituting the copolymer is preferably less than 90% by mass, and more preferably less than 80% by mass.
- the thermoplastic resin is a (meth) acrylic resin
- the acrylic polymer is preferably a polymer mainly composed of alkyl acrylate, and may be a homopolymer of alkyl acrylate, or 50% by mass or more of alkyl acrylate and 50% by mass or less of other monomers. And a copolymer thereof.
- the compounding amount of the rubber component is preferably 5 to 50% by mass of the thermoplastic resin, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass. If the blending amount of the rubber component is too small, a sufficient tear strength improving effect tends to be difficult to obtain, and if the blending amount of the rubber component is too large, the handleability of the base film tends to be lowered.
- the method for dispersing the rubber component in the thermoplastic resin is not particularly limited.
- the thermoplastic resin and rubber component (rubber particles) produced separately are kneaded and dispersed with a plastmill or the like, or the same reaction when preparing the thermoplastic resin.
- examples thereof include a reactor blend method in which a rubber component is also prepared in a container to obtain a thermoplastic resin in which the rubber component is dispersed.
- the reactor blending method is advantageous in improving the degree of dispersion of the rubber component.
- Polyvinyl alcohol resin layer As a polyvinyl alcohol-type resin which forms a polyvinyl alcohol-type resin layer, polyvinyl alcohol resin and its derivative (s) are mentioned, for example.
- Derivatives of polyvinyl alcohol resin include polyvinyl formal, polyvinyl acetal, etc., olefins such as ethylene and propylene, unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and crotonic acid, and alkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids. And those modified with acrylamide or the like. Among these, it is preferable to use a polyvinyl alcohol resin.
- the polyvinyl alcohol resin is preferably a completely saponified product.
- the range of the degree of saponification is preferably within the range of 80.0 to 100.0 mol%, more preferably within the range of 90.0 to 99.5 mol%, and even more preferably 94.0 to 99. Within the range of 0.0 mol%.
- additives such as a plasticizer and a surfactant may be added as necessary.
- plasticizer polyols and condensates thereof can be used, and examples thereof include glycerin, diglycerin, triglycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and polyethylene glycol.
- the compounding quantity of an additive is not restrict
- a method for coating a polyvinyl alcohol resin solution on a base film As a method for coating a polyvinyl alcohol resin solution on a base film, a wire bar coating method, a roll coating method such as reverse coating or gravure coating, a spin coating method, a screen coating method, a fountain coating method, a dipping method, or a spray method. It can select suitably from well-known methods, such as.
- the drying temperature is, for example, in the range of 50 to 200 ° C., and preferably in the range of 60 to 150 ° C.
- the drying time is, for example, in the range of 2 to 20 minutes.
- the thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol resin layer in the laminated film is preferably 3 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 45 ⁇ m or less. If it is 3 ⁇ m or less, it becomes too thin after stretching and the dyeability is significantly deteriorated. If it exceeds 50 ⁇ m, the resulting polarizing laminate film becomes thick.
- the thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer as the polarizer used in the present invention is within the range of 2 to 15 ⁇ m as the film thickness after the following stretching treatment from the viewpoint of thinning, strength and flexibility as the polarizer. Is preferred.
- This step is a step of obtaining a stretched film by uniaxially stretching a laminated film including a base film and a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer.
- the stretching ratio of the laminated film can be appropriately selected according to the desired polarization characteristics, but is preferably more than 5 times and 17 times or less, more preferably more than 5 times and 8 times or less with respect to the original length of the laminated film. It is.
- Stretching is preferably longitudinal stretching in which stretching is performed in the longitudinal direction (film transport direction) of the laminated film.
- the longitudinal stretching method include an inter-roller stretching method, a compression stretching method, and a stretching method using a tenter.
- the uniaxial stretching is not limited to the longitudinal stretching process, and may be oblique stretching or the like.
- (C) Dyeing step This step is a step of obtaining a dyed film by dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol resin layer of the stretched film with a dichroic dye.
- the dichroic dye include iodine and organic dyes.
- organic dyes include Red BR, Red LR, Red R, Pink LB, Rubin BL, Bordeaux GS, Sky Blue LG, Lemon Yellow, Blue BR, Blue 2R, Navy RY, Green LG, Violet LB, Violet B, Black H, Black B, Black GSP, Yellow 3G, Yellow R, Orange LR, Orange 3R, Scarlet GL, Scarlet KGL, Congo Red, Brilliant Violet BK, Spura Blue G, Spura Blue GL, Spura Orange GL, Direct Sky Blue, Direct First Orange S, First Black, etc. can be used.
- These dichroic substances may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- iodine When iodine is used as the dichroic dye, it is preferable to further add iodide to the dyeing solution containing iodine because the dyeing efficiency can be further improved.
- the iodide include potassium iodide, lithium iodide, sodium iodide, zinc iodide, aluminum iodide, lead iodide, copper iodide, barium iodide, calcium iodide, tin iodide, and iodide.
- examples include titanium.
- (D) Crosslinking step In this step, the polyvinyl alcohol resin layer of the dyed film obtained by dyeing with a dichroic dye is subjected to a crosslinking treatment, and a crosslinked film using the polyvinyl alcohol resin layer as a polarizer layer is obtained. It is a process to obtain.
- the crosslinking step can be performed, for example, by immersing the dyed film in a solution containing a crosslinking agent (crosslinking solution).
- crosslinking solution Conventionally known substances can be used as the crosslinking agent. Examples thereof include boron compounds such as boric acid and borax, glyoxal, and glutaraldehyde. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the obtained crosslinked film is usually dried after washing. Thereby, a light-polarizing laminated film is obtained.
- Washing can be performed by immersing the crosslinked film in pure water such as ion exchange water or distilled water.
- the water washing temperature is usually in the range of 3 to 50 ° C., preferably in the range of 4 to 20 ° C.
- the immersion time is usually in the range of 2 to 300 seconds, preferably in the range of 5 to 240 seconds.
- the washing may be a combination of a washing treatment with an iodide solution and a water washing treatment, and a solution in which a liquid alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, propanol or the like is appropriately blended may be used.
- drying temperature in the case of heat drying is usually in the range of 20 to 95 ° C.
- drying time is usually about 1 to 15 minutes.
- the polarizing laminated film includes a polarizer layer composed of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer in which a dichroic dye is adsorbed and oriented, and can be used as a polarizing plate itself.
- a polarizer layer composed of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer in which a dichroic dye is adsorbed and oriented, and can be used as a polarizing plate itself.
- the polyvinyl alcohol layer of the polarizing laminated film is peeled from the substrate film, whereby the polyvinyl alcohol layer is related to the present invention. It is to be used as a polarizer.
- the thickness of the polarizer layer can be 15 ⁇ m or less, a thin polarizer can be obtained.
- the polarizer used in the present invention is excellent in polarization performance and durability.
- the above-described protective film which is an acrylic film and a polarizer, and a cellulose acetate film and a polarizer are bonded with an actinic radiation curable adhesive. .
- ultraviolet curable adhesive as the active ray curable adhesive.
- the present invention by applying an ultraviolet curable adhesive to the bonding between the protective film and the polarizer, it is possible to obtain polarizing plate characteristics having high strength and excellent flatness even in a thin film.
- composition of UV curable adhesive As the UV curable adhesive composition for polarizing plates, a photo radical polymerization composition using photo radical polymerization, a photo cation polymerization composition using photo cation polymerization, and photo radical polymerization and photo cation polymerization are used in combination. Hybrid type compositions are known.
- the radical photopolymerizable composition includes a radically polymerizable compound containing a polar group such as a hydroxy group and a carboxy group described in JP-A-2008-009329 and a radically polymerizable compound not containing a polar group at a specific ratio.
- Composition) and the like are known.
- the radical polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having a radical polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bond.
- the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond capable of radical polymerization include a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group.
- Examples of the compound having a (meth) acryloyl group include an N-substituted (meth) acrylamide compound and a (meth) acrylate compound.
- (Meth) acrylamide means acrylamide or methacrylamide.
- cationic photopolymerization type composition as disclosed in JP2011-08234A, ( ⁇ ) a cationic polymerizable compound, ( ⁇ ) a cationic photopolymerization initiator, and ( ⁇ ) a wavelength longer than 380 nm.
- an ultraviolet curable adhesive composition containing each component of a photosensitizer exhibiting maximum absorption in the light of ( ⁇ ) and a naphthalene-based photosensitization aid.
- other ultraviolet curable adhesives may be used.
- a pre-processing process is a process of performing an easily bonding process on the adhesive surface of a protective film with a polarizer.
- easy adhesion treatment is performed on the adhesive surfaces of the respective protective films with the polarizer. Examples of the easy adhesion treatment include corona treatment and plasma treatment.
- the ultraviolet curable adhesive is applied to at least one of the adhesive surfaces of the polarizer and the protective film.
- the application method is not particularly limited. For example, various wet coating methods such as a doctor blade, a wire bar, a die coater, a comma coater, and a gravure coater can be used.
- various wet coating methods such as a doctor blade, a wire bar, a die coater, a comma coater, and a gravure coater can be used.
- a method of pressurizing with a roller or the like and spreading it uniformly after casting an ultraviolet curable adhesive between a roller or the like and spreading it uniformly.
- a bonding process After apply
- this bonding step for example, when an ultraviolet curable adhesive is applied to the surface of the polarizer in the previous application step, a protective film is superimposed thereon.
- a polarizer is superimposed thereon.
- an ultraviolet curable adhesive is cast between the polarizer and the protective film, the polarizer and the protective film are superposed in that state. In this state, the pressure is usually sandwiched between a pressure roller and the like from both protective film sides. Metal, rubber, or the like can be used as the material of the pressure roller.
- the pressure rollers arranged on both sides may be made of the same material or different materials.
- an uncured ultraviolet curable adhesive is irradiated with ultraviolet rays, and a cationic polymerizable compound (for example, epoxy compound or oxetane compound) or a radical polymerizable compound (for example, acrylate compound, acrylamide compound, etc.)
- a cationic polymerizable compound for example, epoxy compound or oxetane compound
- a radical polymerizable compound for example, acrylate compound, acrylamide compound, etc.
- ultraviolet rays are irradiated in a state where the protective film and the retardation film are superposed on both sides of the polarizer via an ultraviolet curable adhesive, respectively. It is advantageous to cure the UV curable adhesive on both sides simultaneously.
- the ultraviolet irradiation conditions can be adopted as the ultraviolet irradiation conditions as long as the ultraviolet curable adhesive applied to the present invention can be cured.
- the dose of ultraviolet rays in the range of 50 ⁇ 1500mJ / cm 2 in accumulated light amount, and even more preferably in the range of within the range of 100 ⁇ 500mJ / cm 2.
- the line speed depends on the curing time of the adhesive, but is preferably in the range of 1 to 500 m / min, more preferably in the range of 5 to 300 m / min, and still more preferably. It is within the range of 10 to 100 m / min. If the line speed is 1 m / min or more, productivity can be ensured, or damage to the protective film A can be suppressed, and a polarizing plate having excellent durability can be produced. If the line speed is 500 m / min or less, the ultraviolet curable adhesive is sufficiently cured, and an ultraviolet curable adhesive layer having a desired hardness and excellent adhesiveness can be formed.
- liquid crystal display device By using the polarizing plate on which the protective film according to the present invention is bonded to a liquid crystal display device, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention having various visibility can be manufactured.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention can be used for liquid crystal display devices of various driving systems such as STN, TN, OCB, HAN, VA (MVA, PVA), IPS, OCB.
- a VA (MVA, PVA) type liquid crystal display device is preferable.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention is preferably used as a polarizing plate on the viewing side that directly touches the external environment.
- the acrylic film according to the present invention is arranged on the viewing side, and the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is positioned.
- the phase difference film is preferably disposed on the liquid crystal cell side.
- a polarizing plate other than the present invention can also be used.
- a commercially available cellulose ester film e.g. KC4SR, KC4BR, KC4CR, KC4DR, KC4FR, KC4KR, KC8UY, KC6UY, KC4UY, KC4UE, KC8UE, KC8UY-HA, KC2UA, KC4UA, KC6UAKC, 2UAH, KU T60UZ, Fujitac T80UZ, Fujitac TD80UL, Fujitac TD60UL, Fujitac TD40UL, Fujitac R02, Fujitac R06, Fujifilm Polarizing plate stuck to manufacturing, etc.) are preferably used.
- the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is used on the liquid crystal cell side of the polarizer, and the above-mentioned commercially available cellulose ester film, polycarbonate film, or cycloolefin polymer film is bonded to the opposite surface.
- the polarizing plate made can also be used preferably.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention By using the polarizing plate of the present invention, it is possible to obtain a liquid crystal display device excellent in visibility such as display unevenness and front contrast even in the case of a large screen liquid crystal display device having a screen of 30 type or more.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention can be preferably used for an organic electroluminescence display device as well as a liquid crystal display device.
- Film A-101 which is a film containing an acrylic resin, was produced according to the following method.
- Polycondensed ester Polycondensed ester P1 represented by the general formula (1) 5 parts by mass Methylene chloride 360 parts by mass Ethanol 15 parts by mass 100 parts by mass of main dope 1 and 2.5 parts by mass of in-line additive solution are sufficient with an in-line mixer (Toray static in-tube mixer Hi-Mixer, SWJ) To obtain a dope 1.
- the obtained dope 1 is uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support using a belt casting apparatus under the conditions that the liquid temperature of the dope 1 is 35 ° C. and the width is 1.7 m, and the final film thickness is 40 ⁇ m. I let you.
- the organic solvent in the obtained dope film was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100% by mass to form a web, and then the web was peeled from the stainless steel band support.
- the obtained web was further pre-dried at 110 ° C. for 10 minutes, and then the web was stretched 1.5 times with respect to the original width in the TD direction at 160 ° C. with a tenter.
- the residual solvent amount of the web at the start of stretching was 2.0% by mass.
- the obtained dope 2 is uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support using a belt casting apparatus under the conditions that the liquid temperature of the dope 2 is 35 ° C. and the width is 1.95 m, and the final film thickness is 40 ⁇ m. I let you.
- the organic solvent in the obtained dope film was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100% by mass to form a web, and then the web was peeled from the stainless steel band support.
- the obtained web was further pre-dried at 110 ° C. for another 10 minutes, and then the web was stretched 1.2 times with respect to the original width in the TD direction at 160 ° C. with a tenter.
- the residual solvent amount of the web at the start of stretching was 2.0% by mass.
- the diameter and arrangement of the transport rollers so that the value of 1 / a is 0.040 mm ⁇ 1 when the radius when the B surface facing the A surface is alternately bent inward is a (mm).
- the web was conveyed at a conveyance speed of 20 m / min by repeating 80 times of bending.
- the obtained film was slit to 2.0 m width, 10 mm wide and 5 ⁇ m knurled at both ends of the film, wound on a core of 15.24 cm in inner diameter with an initial tension of 220 N / m and a final tension of 110 N / m.
- a film B-101 containing a long diacetyl cellulose having a thickness of 4000 m and a film thickness of 40 ⁇ m was obtained.
- B-133 to B138 were prepared in the same manner as B-132 using the following main dopes 3 to 8, respectively.
- thermoplastic resin and a rubber component were sequentially prepared in the same reaction vessel by a reactor blend method. Specifically, propylene monomer was fed in the gas phase as a first step using a Ziegler-Natta type catalyst to produce a propylene homopolymer as a thermoplastic resin. After stopping the reaction by stopping the propylene monomer feed, the ethylene monomer and the propylene monomer are fed into the reaction vessel as they are in the gas phase as the second step, and the ethylene-propylene copolymer as the rubber component is fed. Thus, a propylene homopolymer in which an ethylene-propylene copolymer as a rubber component was dispersed in a particulate form was obtained.
- the ethylene unit content in the copolymer was determined from the material balance during polymerization and found to be 35% by mass. Further, the content of ethylene units in the entire resin (total of thermoplastic resin and rubber component) is determined according to the method described on page 616 of the Polymer Handbook (published by Kinokuniya Shoten in 1995), and the resin is determined from this value. When the content of the ethylene-propylene copolymer in the whole was calculated, it was 29% by mass (that is, the content of the ethylene-propylene copolymer was 40.8% by mass of the thermoplastic resin).
- the obtained mixed resin was melt-kneaded at 250 ° C. and then melt-extruded with a T-die at a temperature of 280 ° C. to obtain a base film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
- the obtained mixed aqueous solution was applied onto the corona-treated surface of the base film subjected to the corona treatment using a micro gravure coater, and dried at 80 ° C. for 10 minutes to form a primer layer having a thickness of 0.2 ⁇ m. Formed.
- Polyvinyl alcohol powder (“PVA124” manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., average polymerization degree 2400, average saponification degree 98.0 to 99.0 mol%) is dissolved in hot water at 95 ° C.
- An aqueous polyvinyl alcohol solution having a concentration of 8% by mass was prepared.
- the obtained aqueous solution was coated on the primer layer using a lip coater, and dried under conditions of 80 ° C. for 2 minutes, 70 ° C. for 2 minutes, and then 60 ° C. for 4 minutes, whereby a base film A laminated film having a polyvinyl alcohol resin layer laminated thereon with a primer layer interposed therebetween was produced.
- the thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer was 9.8 ⁇ m.
- the laminated film was uniaxially stretched 5.8 times at a stretching temperature of 160 ° C. to obtain a stretched film.
- the obtained stretched film had a thickness of 28.5 ⁇ m, and the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer had a thickness of 5.0 ⁇ m.
- UV curable adhesive solution 1 After mixing the following components, defoaming was performed to prepare an ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 1. Triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate was blended as a 50% propylene carbonate solution, and the solid content of triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate was shown below.
- 3,4-Epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate 45 parts by mass Epolide GT-301 (alicyclic epoxy resin manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries) 40 parts by mass 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether 15 parts by mass Triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate 2.3 parts by mass 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene 0.1 parts by mass 1,4-diethoxynaphthalene 2.0 parts by mass
- a polarizing plate 101 was produced according to the following method.
- the above-prepared film B-101 was used as a retardation film, and its surface was subjected to corona discharge treatment.
- the corona discharge treatment was performed at a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a line speed of 18 m / min.
- the prepared UV curable adhesive liquid 1 is applied to the corona discharge-treated surface of the film B-101 with a bar coater so that the film thickness after curing is about 3 ⁇ m, and the UV curable adhesive layer is applied. Formed.
- the polarizer (thickness 5 ⁇ m) side of the produced polarizing laminated film was bonded to the obtained ultraviolet curable adhesive layer, and then the base film was peeled off.
- the produced film A-101 was subjected to corona discharge treatment.
- the conditions of the corona discharge treatment were a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a speed of 18 m / min.
- the UV curable adhesive liquid 1 prepared above is applied to the corona discharge treated surface of the film A-101 with a bar coater so that the film thickness after curing is about 3 ⁇ m, and the UV curable adhesive layer is applied. Formed.
- a polarizer bonded to one side of the film B-101 is bonded to this UV curable adhesive layer, and the film A-101 / UV curable adhesive layer / polarizer / UV curable adhesive layer / A laminate in which film B-101 was laminated was obtained. At that time, the films A-101 and B-101 were bonded so that the slow axis of the film and the absorption axis of the polarizer were orthogonal to each other.
- UV light was applied so that the integrated light amount was 750 mJ / cm 2.
- the UV curable adhesive layer was cured to produce a polarizing plate 101 having a total film thickness of 91 ⁇ m.
- the film A-101 to film A-138 and the film B-101 to film B-138 are respectively L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD were measured. From the measurement results, the respective values (%) of (L 1 MD-L 5 MD), (L 1 TD-L 5 TD), (L 5 MD-L 30 MD), and (L 5 TD-L 30 TD) ) was calculated.
- the obtained liquid crystal display device was left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber of 50 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment of 23 ° C./55% RH to display the liquid crystal display device in black at room temperature.
- the difference between the luminance near the four vertices of the display screen and the luminance near the center of the display screen was visually observed.
- Display unevenness was evaluated according to the following criteria. In the following evaluation, ⁇ or ⁇ is preferable.
- ⁇ No display unevenness.
- ⁇ Slight display unevenness is observed with very careful attention.
- ⁇ Display unevenness is observed at one of the four vertices.
- X Display unevenness occurs at three or more of the four vertices. Recognized (Evaluation of polarizer adhesion) The obtained liquid crystal display device was left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH for 1 hour. The cycle was repeated to observe the undulation and film peeling on the panel surface, and the adhesion between the film A and the film B and the polarizer was evaluated.
- film A is a web drying step in addition to the selection of the type of acrylic resin and the weight average molecular weight, the use of a plasticizer such as sugar ester or polycondensation ester, and the adjustment of the film thickness. Then, after the web exits the drying step (dryer zone), a film is formed by adding a cooling step of cooling the web at a speed in the range of 50 to 100 ° C./sec. It can be seen that it is possible to adjust within the range.
- the film B is a step of drying the web.
- a dryer zone in the range of 130 to 150 ° C., bending is performed by repeating 50 times or more and less than 120 times in a bending process in which the B surface facing the A surface of the web is alternately turned inside by the conveying roller.
- the polarizing plate using the film A and the film B adjusted within the range of the dimensional change rate according to the present invention is the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel, the undulation, the film even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment is changed. It is apparent that a polarizing plate can be obtained in which deterioration of the adhesiveness of the polarizer such as peeling is not observed. In particular, it has been found that even when a cycle test is performed under harsh temperature and humidity conditions that have never been seen before, a polarizing plate can be obtained in which deterioration of polarizer adhesion such as undulation and film peeling is not observed.
- the polarizing plate using B-137 and B-138 in which the dope of film B is changed to dope 7 and dope 8 not containing a retardation adjusting agent is used for B-132 to B using dope 2 to dope 6.
- the visibility (contrast) was slightly lowered.
- Example 2 In the preparation of the film A-104 and the film B-104 in Example 1, by changing the cooling rate in the film A, by changing the drying temperature and times when bending the film B, L 30 MD described in Table 3, Film A-201 to film A-204 and film B-201 to film B-204 having a value of L 30 TD were prepared, and a polarizing plate was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1. Display unevenness and polarizer adhesion was evaluated.
- Example 3 [Film A-301: (TAC / acrylic resin 2 / TAC) film and film A-302: (TAC / acrylic resin 3 / TAC) film production]
- a film A-301 having a three-layer structure of (TAC / acrylic resin 2 / TAC) and a three-layer simultaneous casting method (co-casting method) and ( A film A-302 having a three-layer structure of (TAC / acrylic resin 3 / TAC) was produced.
- Polycondensation ester Polycondensation ester represented by the general formula (1): P1 5 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by mass Ethanol 11 parts by mass 100 parts by mass of the main dope 11 and 2.5 parts by mass of the inline additive liquid prepared for the film B in Example 1 were combined with an inline mixer (Toray static type in-tube mixer) The dope 11 was obtained by thoroughly mixing with Hi-Mixer, SWJ.
- the dope 11 is used as the skin layer (B surface), the dope 9 is used as the core layer, and the skin layer (from the surface of the endless belt 16 which is the metal support for casting shown in FIG.
- the dope 11 is simultaneously supplied to the co-casting die 10 as the A-side), and the flow is a laminate composed of the skin layer (B-side) / core layer / skin layer (A-side) by one casting operation.
- the casting film 20 was supplied onto the endless belt 16.
- the organic solvent in the obtained dope film was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100% by mass to form a web, and then the web was peeled from the stainless steel band support. .
- the obtained web was further pre-dried at 110 ° C. for 10 minutes, and then the web was stretched 1.3 times with respect to the original width in the TD direction at 160 ° C. with a tenter.
- the residual solvent amount of the web at the start of stretching was 2.0% by mass.
- relaxation was performed at 130 ° C. for 5 minutes, and then the film was conveyed for 15 minutes at 130 ° C. by the dryer (bending zone 106) shown in FIG. 9 and then 23 ° C.
- a film A-301 having a long three-layer structure having a thickness of 4000 m and a film thickness of 36 ⁇ m was obtained.
- a film A-302 having a three-layer structure was obtained using the dope 10 as the core layer and the dope 11 as the skin layer.
- a single unit consisting of 0.36 g of ammonium persulfate (APS) and stirring for 5 minutes, consisting of 1657 g of methyl methacrylate (MMA), 21.6 g of n-butyl acrylate (BA), and 1.68 g of allyl methacrylate (ALMA)
- APS ammonium persulfate
- MMA methyl methacrylate
- BA n-butyl acrylate
- AMA allyl methacrylate
- a small amount of the polymer latex thus obtained was collected, and the flat particle size was determined by the absorbance method, which was 0.10 ⁇ m.
- the remaining latex was put into a 3% by mass sodium sulfate warm aqueous solution, salted out and coagulated, and then dried after repeated dehydration and washing to obtain acrylic fine particles (C1) having a three-layer structure.
- the obtained dope 12 was used on a stainless band support using a belt casting apparatus, and the liquid temperature of the dope 12 was 35 ° C. and the width was 1.7 m. Then, the film was uniformly cast under the condition that the final film thickness was 40 ⁇ m. On the stainless steel band support, the organic solvent in the obtained dope film was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100% by mass to form a web, and then the web was peeled from the stainless steel band support. The obtained web was further pre-dried at 110 ° C. for 10 minutes, and then the web was stretched 1.5 times with respect to the original width in the TD direction at 160 ° C. with a tenter.
- the residual solvent amount of the web at the start of stretching was 2.0% by mass.
- relaxation was performed at 130 ° C. for 5 minutes, and then the film was conveyed for 15 minutes at 130 ° C. by the dryer (bending zone 106) shown in FIG. Cooled to ° C.
- the obtained film was slit to 2.0 m width, 10 mm wide and 5 ⁇ m knurled at both ends of the film, wound on a core of 15.24 cm in inner diameter with an initial tension of 220 N / m and a final tension of 110 N / m.
- a film A-303 containing a long acrylic resin having a thickness of 4000 m and a film thickness of 40 ⁇ m was obtained.
- polarizing plates 301, 302 and 303 were produced using the film B-111.
- Example 1 Using the produced polarizing plates 301, 302, and 303, the evaluation conditions of Example 1 were changed to the following evaluation conditions.
- the obtained liquid crystal display device was left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber of 50 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment of 23 ° C./55% RH for 1 hour. After repeating the cycle, the difference (display unevenness) between the luminance near the four vertices of the display screen and the luminance near the center of the display screen was visually observed in a state where the liquid crystal display device was black-displayed at room temperature. Display unevenness was evaluated according to the following criteria. In the following evaluation, ⁇ or ⁇ is preferable.
- ⁇ No display unevenness.
- ⁇ Slight display unevenness is observed with very careful attention.
- ⁇ Display unevenness is observed at one of the four vertices.
- X Display unevenness occurs at three or more of the four vertices. Recognized (Evaluation of polarizer adhesion) The obtained liquid crystal display device was left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH for 1 hour. The cycle was repeated to observe the undulation and film peeling on the panel surface, and the adhesion between the film A and the film B and the polarizer was evaluated.
- the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes under more severe conditions by making the film A a three-layer film using TAC for the skin layer, such as a (TAC / acrylic resin / TAC) film. Even so, it can be seen that a more excellent polarizing plate can be obtained in which no deterioration of the polarizer adhesion such as display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel, undulation, and film peeling occurs.
- the liquid crystal panel using the three-layer film improved the warpage of the panel.
- a film having a configuration such as A-303 in which an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester are mixed also has excellent polarizer adhesion such as display unevenness of a liquid crystal panel, undulation, and film peeling.
- Example 4 In the production of the film A-104 of Example 1, the film A-401 to the film A-404 were produced by changing the stretching ratio in the TD direction as shown in Table 5, and the film B-104 was formed as the opposing film B. Thus, polarizing plates 401 to 404 were produced, and display unevenness and polarizer adhesion were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1.
- the film A is stretched within the range of 1.05 to 1.5 times the original width in the TD direction, so that even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel.
- a more excellent polarizing plate can be obtained in which deterioration of the adhesiveness of the polarizer such as waving and film peeling is not observed.
- Example 5 In the production of the film B-104 of Example 1, the stretching ratio in the TD direction was changed within the range of 1.05 to 1.4 times, and the films B-501 to B having the retardation values shown in Table 6 were obtained. -505 was produced, polarizing films 501 to 505 were produced using the film A-104 as the opposing film A, and display unevenness and polarizer adhesion were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The retardation was measured by the method described above.
- Example 6 [Film B-601: Production of (TAC / DAC2 / TAC) Film and Film B-602: (TAC / DAC3 / TAC) Film]
- the co-casting die shown in FIG. 8 according to the following procedure, the three-layer simultaneous casting method (co-casting method) (TAC / DAC2 / TAC) three-layer film B-601 and (TAC / A three-layer film B-602 (DAC3 / TAC) was produced.
- Polycondensation ester Polycondensation ester represented by formula (1): P8 5 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by mass Ethanol 11 parts by mass 100 parts by mass of the main dope 14 and 2.5 parts by mass of the inline additive solution prepared for the film B in Example 1 were combined with an inline mixer (Toray static type in-tube mixer) Mix well with Hi-Mixer, SWJ) to obtain Dope 14.
- the dope 11 is doped as the skin layer (B surface) and the core layer is doped from the surface of the endless belt 16 which is the metal support for casting shown in FIG.
- the dope 11 is supplied to the co-casting die 10 at the same time as a skin layer (A surface) 13 and is composed of skin layer (B surface) / core layer / skin layer (A surface) by a single casting operation.
- the organic solvent in the obtained dope film was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100% by mass to form a web, and then the web was peeled from the stainless steel band support. .
- the obtained web was further pre-dried at 110 ° C. for 10 minutes, and then the web was stretched 1.3 times with respect to the original width in the TD direction at 160 ° C. with a tenter.
- the residual solvent amount of the web at the start of stretching was 2.0% by mass. After stretching with a tenter, relaxation was performed at 130 ° C. for 5 minutes, and then the temperature was maintained at 135 ° C. by the dryer (bending zone 106) shown in FIG.
- the diameter and arrangement of the transport rollers so that the value of 1 / a is 0.040 mm ⁇ 1 when the radius when the B surface facing the A surface is alternately bent inward is a (mm).
- the web was conveyed at a conveyance speed of 20 m / min by repeating 80 times of bending.
- the obtained film was slit to 2.0 m width, 10 mm wide and 5 ⁇ m knurled at both ends of the film, wound on a core of 15.24 cm in inner diameter with an initial tension of 220 N / m and a final tension of 110 N / m.
- a film B-601 having a long three-layer structure having a thickness of 4000 m and a film thickness of 40 ⁇ m was obtained.
- a film B-602 having a three-layer structure was obtained using the dope 14 as the core layer and the dope 11 as the skin layer.
- a single-layer film B-603 containing diacetylcellulose was produced in the same manner as the film B-116 of Example 1 using the following dope 15.
- polarizing plates 601 to 603 were produced using the film A-116.
- film B is a three-layer film using TAC for the skin layer, such as a (TAC / DAC / TAC) film, so that the conditions are more severe than those of a single layer film. It can be seen that even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, an excellent polarizing plate can be obtained in which the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel, the deterioration of the adhesiveness of the polarizer such as waving and film peeling are not observed.
- TAC TAC / DAC / TAC
- Example 7 In the production of the polarizing laminate film used in Example 1, the polarizer was produced by changing the film thickness of the polarizer as shown in Table 7, and the polarizing plate 117 having the configuration of the polarizing plate 117 produced in Example 1 was used. 705 was produced.
- a conventional polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) film shown below was stretched to produce a polarizer, and a polarizing plate 706 was produced in the same manner.
- the polarizing plate of the present invention is a liquid crystal panel display even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes when a polarizing plate using an acrylic film and a cellulose ester film as a protective film for a polarizer is provided in a liquid crystal display device. Since deterioration of polarizer adhesion such as unevenness, undulation, and film peeling is not observed, it is suitably used for liquid crystal display elements and the like, and particularly suitable for VA mode liquid crystal display devices.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Polarising Elements (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、偏光板、その製造方法及び液晶表示装置に関する。より詳しくは、偏光子の保護フィルムとしてアクリルフィルムとセルロースアセテートフィルムとを用いた偏光板を液晶表示装置に具備したときに、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても液晶パネルの表示ムラや偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない偏光板、その製造方法及び当該偏光板を具備した液晶表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a polarizing plate, a manufacturing method thereof, and a liquid crystal display device. More specifically, when a polarizing plate using an acrylic film and a cellulose acetate film as a protective film for a polarizer is provided in a liquid crystal display device, even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, the display unevenness and polarization of the liquid crystal panel The present invention relates to a polarizing plate in which no deterioration of the child adhesion is observed, a manufacturing method thereof, and a liquid crystal display device including the polarizing plate.
近年、液晶表示装置の大型化や薄型化が求められているため、液晶表示装置に具備される偏光板も大型化や薄型化への要求が高い。具体的には、偏光板を構成する偏光子や、保護フィルムとして用いられている偏光板保護フィルムに対し、薄膜化が要望されている。しかしながら、偏光板を薄くする観点から、保護フィルムとして通常使用されているセルロースエステルフィルム(例えば、トリアセチルセルロース(TAC)フィルム等。)を薄くすると、フィルム強度や平面性が低下するといった問題があり、特に50μm以下の薄膜フィルムでは、膜物性の低下を引き起こすため、偏光板の薄膜化実現に対し、障害となっている。 In recent years, there has been a demand for an increase in size and thickness of a polarizing plate provided in a liquid crystal display device because of an increase in size and thickness of the liquid crystal display device. Specifically, there is a demand for thinning a polarizer constituting the polarizing plate and a polarizing plate protective film used as a protective film. However, from the viewpoint of thinning the polarizing plate, there is a problem that when the cellulose ester film (for example, a triacetylcellulose (TAC) film) that is usually used as a protective film is thinned, the film strength and flatness are lowered. In particular, a thin film having a thickness of 50 μm or less is a hindrance to the realization of a thin polarizing plate because it causes a decrease in film properties.
上記のような薄膜の保護フィルムを有する偏光板の強度を改善するため、偏光板用の保護フィルムの強度の増大や偏光子と保護フィルムの接着性の改善等の試みがなされてきた。例えば、偏光板用の保護フィルムの強度の増大を目的として、透明性、寸法安定性に優れ、低吸湿性の樹脂であるアクリル樹脂を用いたアクリルフィルムが提案されている(例えば、特許文献1参照。)。しかし、このようなアクリルフィルムは位相差が出にくいという性質を有するため、VAモード型液晶表示装置等の視野角拡大等を目的とした位相差フィルムには適さない。 In order to improve the strength of the polarizing plate having the thin film protective film as described above, attempts have been made to increase the strength of the protective film for the polarizing plate and to improve the adhesion between the polarizer and the protective film. For example, for the purpose of increasing the strength of a protective film for a polarizing plate, an acrylic film using an acrylic resin which is excellent in transparency and dimensional stability and is a low hygroscopic resin has been proposed (for example, Patent Document 1). reference.). However, since such an acrylic film has a property that a retardation is difficult to occur, it is not suitable for a retardation film for the purpose of expanding a viewing angle of a VA mode liquid crystal display device or the like.
したがって、例えば上記VAモード型液晶表示装置の液晶セル側に配置されるフィルムとしては、位相差の発現のしやすさや生産性(取り扱い性、リワーク性等)及びコスト等の観点から、従来のセルロースエステル樹脂を含有する位相差フィルムを用いることが好ましく、偏光板の構成として、視認側からアクリルフィルム/偏光子/セルロースエステル樹脂を含有する位相差フィルム(本発明では、セルロースエステルフィルム、又はセルロースアセテートフィルムともいう。)という態様をとることが好ましい。 Therefore, for example, as a film disposed on the liquid crystal cell side of the VA mode type liquid crystal display device, conventional cellulose is used from the viewpoints of easy expression of retardation, productivity (handleability, reworkability, etc.) and cost. It is preferable to use a retardation film containing an ester resin. As a polarizing plate, a retardation film containing an acrylic film / polarizer / cellulose ester resin from the viewing side (in the present invention, a cellulose ester film or a cellulose acetate). It is preferable to take the form of a film).
一方、偏光子と保護フィルムの接着性の改善としては、例えば偏光子とセルロースエステルフィルムとを活性線硬化型接着剤を介して貼合する方法が開示されている(例えば、特許文献2参照。)。この方法によれば、高温高湿等の過酷な環境条件下においても、偏光子(偏光フィルム)の脱色が生じにくく、また接着等に関して耐久性の高い偏光板を得ることができるとされている。 On the other hand, as an improvement in the adhesion between the polarizer and the protective film, for example, a method of bonding the polarizer and the cellulose ester film through an actinic radiation curable adhesive is disclosed (for example, see Patent Document 2). ). According to this method, it is said that a polarizer (polarizing film) is not easily decolorized even under severe environmental conditions such as high temperature and high humidity, and a polarizing plate having high durability with respect to adhesion or the like can be obtained. .
しかしながら、本発明者の詳細な検討によれば、上記アクリルフィルム/偏光子/セルロースエステルフィルムの構成である薄膜の偏光板を具備した液晶表示装置を、高温高湿雰囲気下から低温低湿雰囲気下に移設して表示画面を観察すると、液晶パネルに特有の表示ムラが発生することが分かった。しかも、上記活性線硬化型接着剤を用いて接着した場合に当該表示ムラの範囲が拡大する現象がみられ、これは、特に使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が急激に変化したときに上記2枚の保護フィルムの寸法変化の速度が異なり、偏光子を挟んで2枚のフィルムと接着剤部分のひずみに起因して発生する光学的なムラによるものと推定された。 However, according to a detailed study by the present inventors, a liquid crystal display device having a thin film polarizing plate having the above-mentioned acrylic film / polarizer / cellulose ester film structure is changed from a high temperature and high humidity atmosphere to a low temperature and low humidity atmosphere. When the screen was moved and the display screen was observed, it was found that display irregularities peculiar to the liquid crystal panel occurred. Moreover, when the actinic radiation curable adhesive is used for bonding, the range of the display unevenness is enlarged. This is particularly true when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the use environment changes rapidly. The speed of dimensional change of the protective film was different, and it was presumed to be due to optical unevenness caused by the distortion of the two films and the adhesive part across the polarizer.
また、当該ひずみにより偏光子と保護フィルム間での密着性が低下して、従来よりも過酷な環境で温湿度雰囲気が変化したときに、保護フィルムの波打ちや膜剥がれが生じやすくなるという問題もある。 In addition, due to the distortion, the adhesion between the polarizer and the protective film is reduced, and when the temperature and humidity atmosphere changes in a harsher environment than before, the problem is that the protective film is likely to wavy or peel off. is there.
本発明は、上記問題・状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、その解決課題は、偏光子が活性線硬化型接着剤層を介して保護フィルムと貼合され、かつ当該保護フィルムとしてアクリルフィルムとセルロースアセテートフィルムとを用いた偏光板であって、当該偏光板を液晶表示装置に具備したときに、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても液晶パネルの表示ムラや、保護フィルムの波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない偏光板を提供することである。また、当該偏光板の製造方法及び当該偏光板を具備した視認性に優れた液晶表示装置を提供することである。 The present invention has been made in view of the above-mentioned problems and situations, and the problem to be solved is that a polarizer is bonded to a protective film via an actinic radiation curable adhesive layer, and the protective film is an acrylic film. A polarizing plate using a cellulose acetate film, and when the polarizing plate is provided in a liquid crystal display device, even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel, the undulation of the protective film, and the film An object of the present invention is to provide a polarizing plate in which deterioration of polarizer adhesion such as peeling is not observed. Moreover, it is providing the liquid crystal display device excellent in the visibility which comprised the manufacturing method of the said polarizing plate, and the said polarizing plate.
本発明者は、上記課題を解決すべく、上記問題の原因等について検討する過程において、偏光子が活性線硬化型接着剤層を介してフィルムA及びフィルムBで挟持されている偏光板であって、当該フィルムAが、薄膜で特定の条件下での寸法変化が特定の範囲内であるアクリルフィルムであり、当該フィルムBが低置換度のセルロースアセテートを含有し、薄膜でかつ上記寸法変化が同様に特定の範囲内であるセロースアセテートフィルムであることを特徴とする偏光板によって、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても液晶パネルの表示ムラや偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない偏光板が得られることを見出し本発明に至った。 In order to solve the above problems, the present inventor is a polarizing plate in which a polarizer is sandwiched between films A and B through an active ray curable adhesive layer in the process of examining the cause of the above problems. The film A is an acrylic film that is a thin film and has a dimensional change within a specific range, and the film B contains cellulose acetate having a low degree of substitution. Similarly, the polarizing plate is a cellulose acetate film within a specific range, and even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel and deterioration of the polarizer adhesion are not seen. The inventors have found that a polarizing plate can be obtained and have reached the present invention.
すなわち、本発明に係る上記課題は、以下の手段により解決される。 That is, the above-mentioned problem according to the present invention is solved by the following means.
1.偏光子が活性線硬化型接着剤層を介してフィルムA及びフィルムBで挟持されている偏光板であって、
当該フィルムAが、膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であり、下記式(1)~(4)を満たす、アクリル樹脂を含有するアクリルフィルムであり、
当該フィルムBが、膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であり、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.0~2.5の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有し、かつ下記式(1)~(4)を満たすセルロースアセテートフィルムであることを特徴とする偏光板。
1. The polarizer is a polarizing plate sandwiched between the film A and the film B through an active ray curable adhesive layer,
The film A is an acrylic film containing an acrylic resin having a thickness in the range of 20 to 60 μm and satisfying the following formulas (1) to (4):
The film B contains cellulose acetate having a film thickness in the range of 20 to 60 μm and an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5, and the following formulas (1) to ( A polarizing plate characterized by being a cellulose acetate film satisfying 4).
(1)0.03(%)≦L1MD-L5MD≦0.30(%)
(2)0.03(%)≦L1TD-L5TD≦0.30(%)
(3)0(%)≦L5MD-L30MD≦0.10(%)
(4)0(%)≦L5TD-L30TD≦0.10(%)
上式において、L1MD、L1TD、L5MD、L5TD、L30MD、及びL30TDは、下記式(a)~(f)によって求められる1分後、5分後、及び30分後のフィルムの寸法変化率を表す。下記式(a)~(f)は、TD方向又はMD方向に一辺が平行となるようにフィルムA及びフィルムBを矩形に採取し、これを23℃・55%RHの温湿度条件下に24時間置いたフィルムの規定の寸法をMD方向及びTD方向で測り、それぞれL0MD及びL0TDとする。このフィルムを80℃・90%RHの恒温恒湿槽に1時間放置した後、23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に置き、1分後の寸法、5分後の寸法、及び30分後の寸法をMD方向、及びTD方向でそれぞれ測定し、それぞれL1MD′、L1TD′、L5MD′、L5TD′、L30MD′、及びL30TD′とし、下記式(a)~(f)に代入して上記寸法変化率を求める。
1分後の寸法変化率
(式a)L1MD(%)=(L1MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式b)L1TD(%)=(L1TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
5分後の寸法変化率
(式c)L5MD(%)=(L5MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式d)L5TD(%)=(L5TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
30分後の寸法変化率
(式e)L30MD(%)=(L30MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式f)L30TD(%)=(L30TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
2.前記フィルムAと前記フィルムBが、それぞれ下記式(5)~(8)を満たすことを特徴とする前記第1項に記載の偏光板。
(1) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 MD-L 5 MD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(2) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 TD-L 5 TD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(3) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 MD-L 30 MD ≦ 0.10 (%)
(4) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 TD-L 30 TD ≦ 0.10 (%)
In the above formula, L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD are determined by the following formulas (a) to (f) after 1 minute, 5 minutes, And the dimensional change rate of the film after 30 minutes. In the following formulas (a) to (f), the film A and the film B are sampled in a rectangular shape so that one side is parallel to the TD direction or the MD direction, and this is obtained under a temperature and humidity condition of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. The specified dimensions of the film left over are measured in the MD and TD directions and are designated as L 0 MD and L 0 TD, respectively. This film is left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH, the dimensions after 1 minute, the dimensions after 5 minutes, and 30 minutes. The subsequent dimensions are measured in the MD direction and TD direction, respectively, and are defined as L 1 MD ′, L 1 TD ′, L 5 MD ′, L 5 TD ′, L 30 MD ′, and L 30 TD ′, respectively. Substituting into (a) to (f), the dimensional change rate is obtained.
Dimensional change rate after 1 minute (formula a) L 1 MD (%) = (L 1 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula b) L 1 TD (%) = (L 1 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 5 minutes (formula c) L 5 MD (%) = (L 5 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula d) L 5 TD (%) = (L 5 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 30 minutes (formula e) L 30 MD (%) = (L 30 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula f) L 30 TD (%) = (L 30 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
2. 2. The polarizing plate according to
(5)0.05(%)≦L1MD-L5MD≦0.15(%)
(6)0.05(%)≦L1TD-L5TD≦0.15(%)
(7)0(%)≦L5MD-L30MD≦0.05(%)
(8)0(%)≦L5TD-L30TD≦0.05(%)
上式において、L1MD、L1TD、L5MD、L5TD、L30MD、及びL30TDは、第1項と同義である。
(5) 0.05 (%) ≦ L 1 MD-L 5 MD ≦ 0.15 (%)
(6) 0.05 (%) ≦ L 1 TD-L 5 TD ≦ 0.15 (%)
(7) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 MD-L 30 MD ≦ 0.05 (%)
(8) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 TD-L 30 TD ≦ 0.05 (%)
In the above formula, L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD are synonymous with the first term.
3.前記フィルムAと前記フィルムBのL30TDとL30MDが、それぞれ、-0.10~0.10%の範囲内であることを特徴とする第1項又は第2項に記載の偏光板。
3. 3. The polarizing plate according to
4.前記フィルムAが、糖エステル又は下記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する重縮合エステルを含有することを特徴とする第1項から第3項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
4. The polarizing plate according to any one of
一般式(1)
B3-(G2-A)n-G2-B4
(上記一般式において、B3及びB4は、それぞれ独立に脂肪族又は芳香族モノカルボン酸残基、若しくはヒドロキシ基を表す。G2は、炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール残基、炭素数6~12のアリールグリコール残基又は炭素数が4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール残基を表す。Aは、炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールジカルボン酸残基を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。)
5.前記フィルムAが、コア層の両側にスキン層を有する少なくとも3層の構成であり、当該コア層がアクリル樹脂を含有し、当該スキン層がセルロースエステルを含有することを特徴とする第1項から第4項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
General formula (1)
B 3- (G 2 -A) n -G 2 -B 4
(In the above general formula, B 3 and B 4 each independently represents an aliphatic or aromatic monocarboxylic acid residue or a hydroxy group. G 2 represents an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, Represents an aryl glycol residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. N represents an integer of 1 or more.)
5. The film A has a configuration of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, the core layer contains an acrylic resin, and the skin layer contains a cellulose ester. The polarizing plate as described in any one to 4th term | claim.
6.前記フィルムAが、TD方向の元幅に対して1.05~1.5倍の範囲内で延伸されていることを特徴とする第1項から第5項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
6. 6. The film A according to any one of
7.前記フィルムBが、下記式(i)及び(ii)で定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Roが40~60nmの範囲内であり、厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rtが100~140nmの範囲内であることを特徴とする第1項から第6項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。 7. In the film B, the in-plane retardation value Ro defined by the following formulas (i) and (ii) is in the range of 40 to 60 nm, and the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction is in the range of 100 to 140 nm. The polarizing plate as described in any one of 1st term | claim to 6th term | claim characterized by being in.
式(i):Ro=(nx-ny)×d(nm)
式(ii):Rt={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d(nm)
〔式(i)及び式(ii)において、nxは、フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる方向xにおける屈折率を表す。nyは、フィルムの面内方向において、前記方向xと直交する方向yにおける屈折率を表す。nzは、フィルムの厚さ方向zにおける屈折率を表す。dは、フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。測定は、23℃・55%RHの環境下、590nmの測定波長で行う。〕
8.前記フィルムBが、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.1~2.4の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有することを特徴とする第1項から第7項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
Formula (i): Ro = (n x −n y ) × d (nm)
Formula (ii): Rt = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
In [Equation (i) and Formula (ii), n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film. n y, in-plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x. nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. d represents the thickness (nm) of the film. The measurement is performed at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. ]
8).
9.前記フィルムBが、糖エステル又は下記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する重縮合エステルを含有することを特徴とする第1項から第8項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
9. The polarizing plate according to any one of
一般式(1)
B3-(G2-A)n-G2-B4
(上記式において、B3及びB4は、それぞれ独立に脂肪族又は芳香族モノカルボン酸残基、若しくはヒドロキシ基を表す。G2は、炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール残基、炭素数6~12のアリールグリコール残基又は炭素数が4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール残基を表す。Aは、炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールジカルボン酸残基を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。)
10.前記フィルムBが、コア層の両側にスキン層を有する少なくとも3層の構成であり、当該コア層はアセチル基置換度が2.0~2.45の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有し、当該スキン層はアセチル基置換度が2.6~2.95の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有することを特徴とする第1項から第9項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
General formula (1)
B 3- (G 2 -A) n -G 2 -B 4
(In the above formula, B 3 and B 4 each independently represents an aliphatic or aromatic monocarboxylic acid residue or a hydroxy group. G 2 represents an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 6 carbon atoms. Represents an aryl glycol residue having 12 to 12 carbon atoms or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. N represents an integer of 1 or more.)
10. The film B has a structure of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, and the core layer contains cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.0 to 2.45,
11.前記偏光子が、膜厚2~15μmの範囲内であることを特徴とする第1項から第10項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
11. The polarizing plate according to any one of
12.偏光子の両面に活性線硬化型接着剤層を介してフィルムA及びフィルムBを貼合する偏光板の製造方法であって、
当該フィルムAとして、膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であり、下記式(1)~(4)を満たす、アクリル樹脂を含有するアクリルフィルムを用い、
当該フィルムBが、膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であり、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.0~2.5の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有し、かつ下記式(1)~(4)を満たすセルロースアセテートフィルムを用いることを特徴とする偏光板の製造方法。
12 A method for producing a polarizing plate in which films A and B are bonded to both surfaces of a polarizer via an active ray curable adhesive layer,
As the film A, an acrylic film containing an acrylic resin having a thickness in the range of 20 to 60 μm and satisfying the following formulas (1) to (4) is used.
The film B contains cellulose acetate having a film thickness in the range of 20 to 60 μm and an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5, and the following formulas (1) to ( A method for producing a polarizing plate, comprising using a cellulose acetate film satisfying 4).
(1)0.03(%)≦L1MD-L5MD≦0.30(%)
(2)0.03(%)≦L1TD-L5TD≦0.30(%)
(3)0(%)≦L5MD-L30MD≦0.10(%)
(4)0(%)≦L5TD-L30TD≦0.10(%)
上式において、L1MD、L1TD、L5MD、L5TD、L30MD、及びL30TDは、下記式(a)~(f)によって求められる1分後、5分後、及び30分後のフィルムの寸法変化率を表す。下記式(a)~(f)は、TD方向又はMD方向に一辺が平行となるようにフィルムA及びフィルムBを矩形に採取し、これを23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に24時間置いたフィルムの規定の寸法をMD方向及びTD方向で測り、それぞれL0MD及びLoTDとする。このフィルムを80℃・90%RHの恒温恒湿槽に1時間放置した後、23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に置き、1分後の寸法、5分後の寸法、及び30分後の寸法をMD方向、及びTD方向でそれぞれ測定し、それぞれL1MD′、L1TD′、L5MD′、L5TD′、L30MD′、及びL30TD′とし、下記式(a)~(f)に代入して上記寸法変化率を求める。
1分後の寸法変化率
(式a)L1MD(%)=(L1MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式b)L1TD(%)=(L1TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
5分後の寸法変化率
(式c)L5MD(%)=(L5MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式d)L5TD(%)=(L5TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
30分後の寸法変化率
(式e)L30MD(%)=(L30MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式f)L30TD(%)=(L30TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
13.前記フィルムAを、
少なくともアクリル樹脂と有機溶媒を含有するドープを流延し金属支持体上でウェブを形成する工程と、
前記形成したウェブを乾燥して金属支持体から剥離する工程と、
前記剥離したウェブを延伸する工程と、
延伸したウェブをドライヤーゾーンで乾燥する工程と、
さらに前記ウェブが当該ドライヤーゾーンを出た後に、50~100℃/秒の範囲内の速度でウェブを冷却する冷却工程と、
によって形成することを特徴とする第12項に記載の偏光板の製造方法。
(1) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 MD-L 5 MD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(2) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 TD-L 5 TD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(3) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 MD-L 30 MD ≦ 0.10 (%)
(4) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 TD-L 30 TD ≦ 0.10 (%)
In the above formula, L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD are determined by the following formulas (a) to (f) after 1 minute, 5 minutes, And the dimensional change rate of the film after 30 minutes. In the following formulas (a) to (f), the film A and the film B are sampled in a rectangular shape so that one side is parallel to the TD direction or the MD direction, and this is obtained under a temperature and humidity environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. Measure the specified dimensions of the film left over in the MD and TD directions, which are L 0 MD and LoTD, respectively. This film is left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH, the dimensions after 1 minute, the dimensions after 5 minutes, and 30 minutes. The subsequent dimensions are measured in the MD direction and TD direction, respectively, and are defined as L 1 MD ′, L 1 TD ′, L 5 MD ′, L 5 TD ′, L 30 MD ′, and L 30 TD ′, respectively. Substituting into (a) to (f), the dimensional change rate is obtained.
Dimensional change rate after 1 minute (formula a) L 1 MD (%) = (L 1 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula b) L 1 TD (%) = (L 1 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 5 minutes (formula c) L 5 MD (%) = (L 5 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula d) L 5 TD (%) = (L 5 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 30 minutes (formula e) L 30 MD (%) = (L 30 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula f) L 30 TD (%) = (L 30 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
13. The film A is
Casting a dope containing at least an acrylic resin and an organic solvent to form a web on a metal support;
Drying and peeling the formed web from the metal support;
Stretching the peeled web;
Drying the stretched web in a dryer zone;
A cooling step of cooling the web at a rate in the range of 50-100 ° C./second after the web exits the dryer zone;
13. The method for producing a polarizing plate according to
14.前記フィルムBを、
少なくともセルロースアセテートと有機溶媒を含有するドープを流延し金属支持体上でウェブを形成する工程と、
前記形成したウェブを乾燥して金属支持体から剥離する工程と、
前記剥離したウェブを延伸する工程と、
前記延伸したウェブをドライヤーゾーンで乾燥する工程と、
によって形成するときに、前記ウェブをドライヤーゾーンで乾燥する工程が、130~150℃の範囲内の温度に保持され、かつ搬送ローラーによって当該ウェブのA面と対向するB面が交互に内側になるように曲げるベンディング工程を有し、当該ベンディング工程が、当該ウェブを曲げた時の半径をa(mm)としたとき、1/aの値が0.035mm-1~0.050mm-1の範囲内とし、かつ、ベンディングを50回以上120回未満繰り返しながら行うことを特徴とする第12項又は第13項に記載の偏光板の製造方法。
14 The film B is
Casting a dope containing at least cellulose acetate and an organic solvent to form a web on a metal support;
Drying and peeling the formed web from the metal support;
Stretching the peeled web;
Drying the stretched web in a dryer zone;
The step of drying the web in the dryer zone is formed at a temperature in the range of 130 to 150 ° C., and the B side facing the A side of the web is alternately turned inside by the conveying roller. has a bending step of bending manner, the bending step, when the radius when bending the web was a (mm), the range value of the 1 / a is 0.035 mm -1 ~ 0.050 mm -1 The method for producing a polarizing plate according to
15.熱可塑性樹脂にゴム成分が分散されてなる基材フィルムの一方の面にポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を形成して積層フィルムを得る工程と、
前記積層フィルムを一軸延伸して延伸フィルムを得る工程と、
前記延伸フィルムの前記ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を二色性色素で染色して、染色フィルムを得る工程と、
前記染色フィルムの前記ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を、架橋剤を含む溶液に浸漬して偏光子層を形成し、架橋フィルムを得る工程と、
前記架橋フィルムを乾燥する工程と、
によって偏光性積層フィルムを形成した後、
当該偏光性積層フィルムの前記ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を基材フィルムから剥離することによって、当該ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を前記偏光子として用いることを特徴とする第12項から第14項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板の製造方法。
15. Forming a polyvinyl alcohol resin layer on one surface of a base film in which a rubber component is dispersed in a thermoplastic resin to obtain a laminated film;
Uniaxially stretching the laminated film to obtain a stretched film;
Dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer of the stretched film with a dichroic dye to obtain a dyed film;
Immersing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer of the dyed film in a solution containing a crosslinking agent to form a polarizer layer, and obtaining a crosslinked film;
Drying the crosslinked film;
After forming a polarizing laminated film by
Any one of
16.第1項から第11項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板が、具備されていることを特徴とする液晶表示装置。
16. A liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to any one of
17.前記液晶表示装置が、VAモード型液晶表示装置であることを特徴とする第16項に記載の液晶表示装置。
17. 17. The liquid crystal display device according to
本発明の上記手段により、偏光子が活性線硬化型接着剤層を介して保護フィルムと貼合され、かつ当該保護フィルムとしてアクリルフィルムとセルロースアセテートフィルムとを用いた偏光板であって、当該偏光板を液晶表示装置に具備したときに、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても液晶パネルの表示ムラや、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない偏光板を提供できる。また、当該偏光板の製造方法及び当該偏光板を具備した視認性に優れた液晶表示装置を提供することができる。 By the above means of the present invention, a polarizer is bonded to a protective film via an active ray curable adhesive layer, and a polarizing plate using an acrylic film and a cellulose acetate film as the protective film, When a plate is provided in a liquid crystal display device, it is possible to provide a polarizing plate that does not show deterioration in polarizer adhesion such as uneven display of the liquid crystal panel, undulation, film peeling, etc. even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes. . Moreover, the manufacturing method of the said polarizing plate and the liquid crystal display device excellent in visibility which comprised the said polarizing plate can be provided.
本発明の効果の発現機構ないし作用機構については、明確にはなっていないが、以下のように推察している。 The expression mechanism or action mechanism of the effect of the present invention is not clear, but is presumed as follows.
偏光子が活性線硬化型接着剤層を介して保護フィルムと貼合され、アクリルフィルム/偏光子/セルロースアセテートフィルムの構成である薄膜の偏光板は、高温高湿雰囲気下から低温低湿雰囲気下に液晶表示装置を移設して表示画面を観察すると、液晶パネルに特有の表示ムラが発現するという問題があった。これは特に環境の温湿度雰囲気を急激に変化したときに上記2枚の保護フィルムの寸法変化の速度が異なることによって、偏光子を挟んで2枚の保護フィルムと接着剤部分の間にひずみが生じ、それにともなって発生する光学的なムラに起因するものと推定された。 A polarizer is bonded to a protective film through an actinic radiation curable adhesive layer, and a thin film polarizing plate having a structure of acrylic film / polarizer / cellulose acetate film is changed from a high temperature and high humidity atmosphere to a low temperature and low humidity atmosphere. When the liquid crystal display device is moved and the display screen is observed, there is a problem that display unevenness peculiar to the liquid crystal panel appears. This is because, particularly when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the environment is suddenly changed, the dimensional change speed of the two protective films is different, so that there is a strain between the two protective films and the adhesive part across the polarizer. It was estimated that it was caused by the optical non-uniformity that occurred.
本発明者は保護フィルムの寸法変化の速度を検討する過程において、従来のように特定の環境下で一昼夜等の比較的長い時間放置した後のフィルムの寸法変化を調整しても、上記課題の改善効果が十分ではないとの知見を得、さらに詳細に検討する中で、環境の温湿度雰囲気を急激に変化した直後から比較的短時間の間での寸法変化の速度に着目した結果、アクリルフィルムと各種セルロースエステルフィルムでは、当該短時間の間でそれぞれ特有の寸法変化の履歴をたどることを見出し、当該寸法変化の挙動の差を調整することで、本発明の課題を改善できるものと推定された。 In the process of examining the speed of dimensional change of the protective film, the present inventor can adjust the dimensional change of the film after being left for a relatively long time such as one day in a specific environment as in the past. As a result of obtaining knowledge that the improvement effect is not sufficient and studying in more detail, focusing on the speed of dimensional change in a relatively short time immediately after suddenly changing the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the environment, acrylic The film and various cellulose ester films were found to follow a specific history of dimensional change within the short time, and it was estimated that the problem of the present invention could be improved by adjusting the difference in the behavior of the dimensional change. It was done.
図1は、アクリルフィルムの環境変動(80℃・90%RHから23℃・55%RHの環境下)直後から1分後、5分後、30分後及び60分後の、前記式(a)~(f)で表されるMD方向及びTD方向の寸法変化率(%)を示す模式図である。 FIG. 1 shows the above formula (a) after 1 minute, 5 minutes, 30 minutes and 60 minutes immediately after the environmental change of the acrylic film (under an environment of 80 ° C./90% RH to 23 ° C./55% RH). FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram showing dimensional change rates (%) in the MD direction and the TD direction represented by () to (f).
アクリルフィルムは1分後から5分後までの間で寸法が変動(収縮)し、その後は寸法変化がほとんど起こらない安定な挙動をとることが分かる。 It can be seen that the acrylic film changes (shrinks) in dimension from 1 minute to 5 minutes, and thereafter exhibits a stable behavior with little dimensional change.
図2は、トリアセチルセルロースフィルム(TACフィルム)の同様な寸法変化を示す模式図である。 FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing a similar dimensional change of a triacetyl cellulose film (TAC film).
トリアアセチルセルロースフィルムは、アクリルフィルムと大きく違い、高温高湿から低温低湿の環境下に移すと、ややフィルムが膨張し、その後も変動(収縮)が続く挙動をとる。 The triacetyl cellulose film is greatly different from the acrylic film, and when it is moved from a high temperature and high humidity to a low temperature and low humidity environment, the film slightly expands and then continues to fluctuate (shrink).
図3は、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートフィルム(CAPフィルム)の同様な寸法変化を示す模式図である。 FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing a similar dimensional change of a cellulose acetate propionate film (CAP film).
セルロースアセテートプロピオネートフィルムは、アクリルフィルムと違い、1分後から5分後までの間で寸法が大きく変動(収縮)し、その後も変動(収縮)が続く。 Cellulose acetate propionate film, unlike an acrylic film, greatly varies (shrinks) in dimensions from 1 minute to 5 minutes, and continues to vary (shrink) thereafter.
図4は、ジアセチルセルロースフィルム(DACフィルム)の同様な寸法変化を示す模式図である。 FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing a similar dimensional change of a diacetylcellulose film (DAC film).
ジアセチルセルロースフィルムは、1分後から5分後までの間でアクリルフィルムよりもやや大きな寸法変動(収縮)がみられるものの、その後はアクリルフィルムと同様に寸法変化がほとんど起こらない安定な挙動をとることが分かる。 The diacetyl cellulose film shows a slightly larger dimensional change (shrinkage) than that of the acrylic film from 1 minute to 5 minutes later, but thereafter exhibits a stable behavior with almost no dimensional change similar to the acrylic film. I understand that.
以上の検討結果から、ジアセチルセルロースフィルムの環境変動直後から1分~5分後の範囲までの寸法変化を何らかの手段によって調整し、アクリルフィルムの挙動と近似できれば、寸法変化の挙動が合致した2枚の保護フィルムとなり、偏光子と接着剤部分の間のひずみが低減できるのではないかと推定された。 From the above examination results, if the dimensional change from 1 minute to 5 minutes after the environmental change of the diacetyl cellulose film is adjusted by some means and can be approximated with the behavior of the acrylic film, the two dimensional change behavior matches. It was estimated that the strain between the polarizer and the adhesive portion could be reduced.
したがって、本発明の偏光板の技術的特徴である、2枚の保護フィルムとしてアクリルフィルムとセルロースアセテートフィルムとしてジアセチルセルロースを含有するフィルムを採用し、それぞれの前記短時間の間での寸法変化を特定の範囲内に収まるように調整を加えることによって、当該保護フィルムと接着剤部分でのひずみを抑制でき、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても液晶パネルに発現する表示ムラを低減でき、さらに過酷な環境下でも偏光子との密着性の劣化がみられない偏光板が得られるものと推察している。 Therefore, the technical characteristics of the polarizing plate of the present invention are the use of an acrylic film as the two protective films and a film containing diacetyl cellulose as the cellulose acetate film, and the dimensional change during each short time is specified. By making adjustments so that they fall within the range, the distortion in the protective film and the adhesive part can be suppressed, and even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, the display unevenness that appears on the liquid crystal panel can be reduced. It is presumed that a polarizing plate can be obtained in which the adhesiveness with the polarizer is not deteriorated even in a harsh environment.
本発明の偏光板は、偏光子が活性線硬化型接着剤層を介してフィルムA及びフィルムBで挟持されている偏光板であって、当該フィルムAが、薄膜で特定の条件下での寸法変化が特定の範囲内であるアクリルフィルムであり、当該フィルムBが低置換度のセルロースアセテートを含有し、薄膜でかつ上記寸法変化が同様に特定の範囲内であるセロースアセテートフィルムであることを特徴とし、かかる偏光板を液晶表示装置に具備したときに、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても液晶パネルの表示ムラや偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない偏光板を提供するものである。この特徴は、請求項1から請求項17までの請求項に係る発明に共通する技術的特徴である。
The polarizing plate of the present invention is a polarizing plate in which a polarizer is sandwiched between a film A and a film B via an actinic radiation curable adhesive layer, and the film A is a thin film and has dimensions under specific conditions. It is an acrylic film whose change is within a specific range, the film B is a cellulose acetate film containing a low-substituted cellulose acetate, a thin film, and the above dimensional change is also within a specific range. A feature of the present invention is to provide a polarizing plate in which when such a polarizing plate is provided in a liquid crystal display device, even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel and the deterioration of the polarizer adhesion are not observed. is there. This feature is a technical feature common to the inventions according to
なお、本発明において、MDとは Machine Directionの略であり、MD方向とは一般に製膜時に流延方向、長手方向と呼称されるフィルムが搬送される方向である。TDとは、Transverse Directionの略であり、TD方向とは一般に幅手方向、横方向と呼称される搬送される方向に直角の方向である。 In the present invention, MD is an abbreviation for “Machineach Direction”, and the MD direction is a direction in which a film generally called a casting direction or a longitudinal direction is conveyed during film formation. TD is an abbreviation for Transverse Direction, and the TD direction is a direction perpendicular to the transport direction generally called the width direction and the lateral direction.
また、本明細書において、フィルムA及びフィルムBを簡単に保護フィルムという場合がある。 In this specification, the film A and the film B may be simply referred to as a protective film.
本発明の実施態様としては、本発明の効果発現の観点から、前記フィルムAと前記フィルムBが、前記式(5)~(8)で表される寸法変化の範囲を満たす偏光板であることが好ましく、前記フィルムAと前記フィルムBのL30TDとL30MDがそれぞれ-0.10~0.10%の範囲内であることが、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が急激に変化した場合でも、液晶パネルの表示ムラの発生を抑え、偏光子との密着性の劣化に対する耐久性がより向上する観点から好ましい態様である。 As an embodiment of the present invention, the film A and the film B are polarizing plates satisfying the range of dimensional change represented by the formulas (5) to (8) from the viewpoint of manifesting the effects of the present invention. It is preferable that the L 30 TD and the L 30 MD of the film A and the film B are in the range of −0.10 to 0.10%, respectively, even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the use environment changes rapidly. This is a preferred embodiment from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel and further improving the durability against the deterioration of the adhesion to the polarizer.
また、前記フィルムAが、糖エステル又は前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する重縮合エステルを含有することが、その可塑的効果により前記寸法変化を小さくする観点から好ましく、さらに前記フィルムAがコア層の両側にスキン層を有する少なくとも3層の構成であり、当該コア層がアクリル樹脂を含有し、当該スキン層がセルロースエステルを含有することが、異種の樹脂を重ねることで、前記式(1)~(4)で表される寸法変化の範囲内に調整するのにより制御しやすく、好ましい。さらに前記フィルムAが、TD方向の元幅に対して1.05~1.5倍の範囲内で延伸されることが、アクリル樹脂の分子鎖の配向性を高めることで、水分の出入りによる寸法変化を小さくでき、液晶パネルの表示ムラや偏光子密着性の改善効果をより発現しやすく、好ましい。 In addition, the film A preferably contains a sugar ester or a polycondensed ester having a structure represented by the general formula (1) from the viewpoint of reducing the dimensional change due to its plastic effect. A is a structure of at least three layers having a skin layer on both sides of the core layer, the core layer contains an acrylic resin, and the skin layer contains a cellulose ester. It is easier to control by adjusting within the range of dimensional change represented by the formulas (1) to (4), which is preferable. Further, the film A is stretched within a range of 1.05 to 1.5 times the original width in the TD direction, thereby improving the orientation of the molecular chain of the acrylic resin, thereby increasing the dimension due to the entry and exit of moisture. The change can be reduced, and the effect of improving the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel and the adhesiveness of the polarizer can be easily expressed, which is preferable.
前記フィルムBは、前記式(i)及び(ii)で定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Roが40~60nmの範囲内であり、厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rtが100~140nmの範囲内であることが、液晶表示装置の視野角を拡大し視認性を良好にする観点から好ましい。また、上記リターデーション値を発現するために、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.1~2.4の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有することが好ましい。 In the film B, the in-plane retardation value Ro defined by the above formulas (i) and (ii) is in the range of 40 to 60 nm, and the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction is in the range of 100 to 140 nm. It is preferable from the viewpoint of enlarging the viewing angle of the liquid crystal display device and improving the visibility. In order to express the retardation value, it is preferable to contain cellulose acetate having an average degree of substitution of acetyl groups in the range of 2.1 to 2.4.
また、寸法変化を安定化するために、前記フィルムBが、糖エステル又は前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する重縮合エステルを含有することがその可塑的効果を発現するため好ましく、さらに前記フィルムBがコア層の両側にスキン層を有する少なくとも3層の構成であり、当該コア層がアセチル基置換度2.0~2.45の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有し、当該スキン層がアセチル基置換度2.6~2.95の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有することが、異種の樹脂を重ねることで、前記式(1)~(4)で表される寸法変化の関係をより制御しやすくすることができ、フィルムに対する環境の湿度変動の影響を小さくすることができる。 In order to stabilize the dimensional change, the film B preferably contains a sugar ester or a polycondensation ester having a structure represented by the general formula (1) because the plastic effect is exhibited, Further, the film B has at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, and the core layer contains cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.0 to 2.45, and the skin The fact that the layer contains cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.6 to 2.95 means that the dimensional change represented by the above formulas (1) to (4) can be achieved by stacking different types of resins. The relationship can be more easily controlled, and the influence of environmental humidity fluctuations on the film can be reduced.
前記偏光子が、膜厚2~15μmの範囲内であることが、偏光板全体を薄膜化する観点から好ましく、また偏光子の柔軟性が増し、保護フィルムの寸法変化に追従しやすくなるため、活性線硬化型接着剤を用いたときの、偏光子と保護フィルムの密着性がより改善でき、さらに表示ムラの低減効果もあり好ましい。 It is preferable that the polarizer has a thickness in the range of 2 to 15 μm from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the entire polarizing plate. Further, the flexibility of the polarizer increases, and it becomes easier to follow the dimensional change of the protective film. When an actinic radiation curable adhesive is used, the adhesion between the polarizer and the protective film can be further improved, and there is also an effect of reducing display unevenness, which is preferable.
本発明の偏光板の製造方法は、偏光子の両面に活性線硬化型接着剤層を介してフィルムA及びフィルムBを貼合する偏光板の製造方法であって、当該フィルムAとして前記アクリル樹脂を含有するアクリルフィルムを用い、当該フィルムBとして前記セルロースアセテートフィルムを用いる製造方法であることが、本発明の効果を発現する偏光板を製造するうえで好ましい。 The manufacturing method of the polarizing plate of this invention is a manufacturing method of the polarizing plate which bonds the film A and the film B to both surfaces of a polarizer through an active ray curable adhesive layer, Comprising: As the said film A, the said acrylic resin When manufacturing the polarizing plate which expresses the effect of this invention, it is preferable that it is a manufacturing method using the said cellulose acetate film as the said film B using the acrylic film containing this.
前記フィルムAはその形成工程において、延伸したウェブをドライヤーゾーンで乾燥する工程の後に、50~100℃/秒の範囲内の速度でウェブを冷却する冷却工程を加えて形成することにより、フィルムの分子鎖の状態を密にして、フィルムの含有できる水分量を調整できること、また水分を含有したフィルムの収縮割合を効果的に制御でき、好ましい。 The film A is formed by adding a cooling step of cooling the web at a speed in the range of 50 to 100 ° C./second after the step of drying the stretched web in the dryer zone in the forming step. It is preferable that the molecular chain can be made dense to adjust the amount of water that can be contained in the film, and the shrinkage ratio of the film containing moisture can be effectively controlled.
また、前記フィルムBはその形成工程において、ウェブを乾燥する工程が、特定の温度範囲内に保持されたドライヤーゾーン内に、搬送ローラーによって当該ウェブのA面と対向するB面が交互に内側になるように曲げるベンディング工程を有し、当該ベンディング工程が、当該ウェブを曲げた時の半径を特定の範囲内とし、かつ、ベンディングを特定の回数の範囲内で繰り返しながら行って形成することで、フィルムの分子鎖の状態を密にして、フィルムの含有できる水分量を調整することで、水分を含有したフィルムの収縮割合を効果的に制御でき、好ましい。 In addition, in the forming process of the film B, the step of drying the web is performed in the dryer zone held within a specific temperature range, and the B surface facing the A surface of the web is alternately turned inward by the conveying roller. A bending process that bends as follows, and the bending process is performed by repeating the bending within a specific range of the radius when the web is bent, and by repeating the bending within a specific number of times, By adjusting the amount of moisture that can be contained in the film by making the molecular chain state of the film dense, it is possible to effectively control the shrinkage ratio of the moisture-containing film.
また、前記偏光子として、熱可塑性樹脂にゴム成分が分散されてなる基材フィルムの一方の面にポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を形成し、次いで一軸延伸、染色、架橋、及び乾燥する工程によって偏光性積層フィルムを形成した後、当該偏光性積層フィルムのポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を基材フィルムから剥離して当該偏光子として形成することが、薄膜でかつ高品質な偏光板を得ることができ、好ましい。 Further, as the polarizer, a polarizing property is formed by forming a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer on one surface of a base film in which a rubber component is dispersed in a thermoplastic resin, and then uniaxially stretching, dyeing, crosslinking, and drying. After forming the laminated film, it is preferable to peel off the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer of the polarizing laminated film from the base film to form the polarizer, so that a thin film and a high-quality polarizing plate can be obtained. .
本発明の偏光板は、液晶表示装置に好適に具備され、特にVAモード型液晶表示装置に好適である。 The polarizing plate of the present invention is suitably provided in a liquid crystal display device, and particularly suitable for a VA mode liquid crystal display device.
以下、本発明とその構成要素、及び本発明を実施するための形態・態様について詳細な説明をする。なお、本願において、「~」は、その前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用する。 Hereinafter, the present invention, its components, and modes and modes for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail. In the present application, “˜” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
≪本発明の偏光板の概要≫
本発明の偏光板は、偏光子が活性線硬化型接着剤層を介してフィルムA及びフィルムBで挟持されている偏光板であって、
当該フィルムAが、膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であり、下記式(1)~(4)を満たす、アクリル樹脂を含有するアクリルフィルムであり、
当該フィルムBが、膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であり、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.0~2.5の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有し、かつ下記式(1)~(4)を満たすセルロースアセテートフィルムであることを特徴とする。
<< Outline of Polarizing Plate of the Present Invention >>
The polarizing plate of the present invention is a polarizing plate in which a polarizer is sandwiched between a film A and a film B via an active ray curable adhesive layer,
The film A is an acrylic film containing an acrylic resin having a thickness in the range of 20 to 60 μm and satisfying the following formulas (1) to (4):
The film B contains cellulose acetate having a film thickness in the range of 20 to 60 μm and an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5, and the following formulas (1) to ( It is a cellulose acetate film satisfying 4).
(1)0.03(%)≦L1MD-L5MD≦0.30(%)
(2)0.03(%)≦L1TD-L5TD≦0.30(%)
(3)0(%)≦L5MD-L30MD≦0.10(%)
(4)0(%)≦L5TD-L30TD≦0.10(%)
上式において、L1MD、L1TD、L5MD、L5TD、L30MD、及びL30TDは、下記式(a)~(f)によって求められる1分後、5分後、及び30分後のフィルムの寸法変化率を表す。下記式(a)~(f)は、TD方向又はMD方向に一辺が平行となるようにフィルムA及びフィルムBを矩形に採取し、これを23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に24時間置いたフィルムの規定の寸法をMD方向及びTD方向で測り、それぞれL0MD及びL0TDとする。このフィルムを80℃・90%RHの恒温恒湿槽に1時間放置した後、23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に置き、1分後の寸法、5分後の寸法、及び30分後の寸法をMD方向、及びTD方向でそれぞれ測定し、それぞれL1MD′、L1TD′、L5MD′、L5TD′、L30MD′、及びL30TD′とし、下記式(a)~(f)に代入して上記寸法変化率を求める。
1分後の寸法変化率
(式a)L1MD(%)=(L1MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式b)L1TD(%)=(L1TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
5分後の寸法変化率
(式c)L5MD(%)=(L5MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式d)L5TD(%)=(L5TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
30分後の寸法変化率
(式e)L30MD(%)=(L30MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式f)L30TD(%)=(L30TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
本発明者は偏光板の薄膜化における偏光板の強度を改善するため、透明性、寸法安定性に優れ、低吸湿性の樹脂であるアクリル樹脂を用いたアクリルフィルムを偏光子の一方の面に用い、偏光子の反対側の面には位相差フィルムとして、位相差の発現のしやすさや生産性(取り扱い性、リワーク性等)、及びコスト等の観点から、従来のセルロースエステル樹脂を含有する位相差フィルムを用いる構成、すなわち視認側からアクリルフィルム/偏光子/セルロースエステル樹脂を含有する位相差フィルムという構成を検討した。
(1) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 MD-L 5 MD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(2) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 TD-L 5 TD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(3) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 MD-L 30 MD ≦ 0.10 (%)
(4) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 TD-L 30 TD ≦ 0.10 (%)
In the above formula, L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD are determined by the following formulas (a) to (f) after 1 minute, 5 minutes, And the dimensional change rate of the film after 30 minutes. In the following formulas (a) to (f), the film A and the film B are sampled in a rectangular shape so that one side is parallel to the TD direction or the MD direction, and this is obtained under a temperature and humidity environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. The specified dimensions of the film left over are measured in the MD and TD directions and are designated as L 0 MD and L 0 TD, respectively. This film is left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH, the dimensions after 1 minute, the dimensions after 5 minutes, and 30 minutes. The subsequent dimensions are measured in the MD direction and TD direction, respectively, and are defined as L 1 MD ′, L 1 TD ′, L 5 MD ′, L 5 TD ′, L 30 MD ′, and L 30 TD ′, respectively. Substituting into (a) to (f), the dimensional change rate is obtained.
Dimensional change rate after 1 minute (formula a) L 1 MD (%) = (L 1 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula b) L 1 TD (%) = (L 1 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 5 minutes (formula c) L 5 MD (%) = (L 5 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula d) L 5 TD (%) = (L 5 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 30 minutes (formula e) L 30 MD (%) = (L 30 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula f) L 30 TD (%) = (L 30 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
In order to improve the strength of the polarizing plate in the thinning of the polarizing plate, the present inventor has an acrylic film using an acrylic resin that is excellent in transparency and dimensional stability and has a low hygroscopic property on one surface of the polarizer. The other side of the polarizer contains a conventional cellulose ester resin as a retardation film from the viewpoint of ease of retardation development, productivity (handleability, reworkability, etc.) and cost. A configuration using a retardation film, that is, a configuration of a retardation film containing an acrylic film / polarizer / cellulose ester resin was examined from the viewing side.
また、薄膜偏光板の偏光子と保護フィルムの接着性を改善して偏光板の強度を増すために、偏光子と保護フィルムとを活性線硬化型接着剤を介して貼合する方法を併せて検討した。 In addition, in order to improve the adhesion between the polarizer of the thin film polarizing plate and the protective film and increase the strength of the polarizing plate, a method of bonding the polarizer and the protective film through an actinic radiation curable adhesive is also combined. investigated.
しかしながら、偏光板の視認側から、上記アクリルフィルム/偏光子/セルロースエステルフィルムの構成である薄膜偏光板は、高温高湿雰囲気下から低温低湿雰囲気下に液晶表示装置を移設して表示画面を観察すると、液晶パネルに特有の表示ムラが発現するという問題があることが判明した。これは特に環境の温湿度雰囲気を急激に変化直後から短時間の間での上記2枚の保護フィルムの寸法変化の速度が異なることによって、偏光子を挟んで2枚の保護フィルムと接着剤部分とのひずみによる光学的なムラが原因と推定された。 However, from the viewing side of the polarizing plate, the thin film polarizing plate, which is composed of the above acrylic film / polarizer / cellulose ester film, transfers the liquid crystal display device from a high temperature / high humidity atmosphere to a low temperature / low humidity atmosphere and observes the display screen. Then, it became clear that there was a problem that display unevenness peculiar to a liquid crystal panel appeared. This is particularly because the two protective films and the adhesive part are sandwiched by sandwiching the polarizer because the dimensional change speeds of the two protective films are different immediately after a rapid change in the temperature and humidity environment of the environment. It was presumed to be caused by optical non-uniformity due to distortion.
したがって、本発明は、従来のように特定の環境下で一昼夜等の比較的長い時間放置した後の寸法変化を調整した保護フィルムを用いるのではなく、環境の温湿度雰囲気を急激に変化した直後から比較的短時間の寸法変化の速度を、特定の範囲内で合致するように調整した特定のフィルムを薄膜偏光板の保護フィルムとして用いることで、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても液晶パネルの表示ムラや偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない偏光板が得られることを見出し、本発明に至ったものである。 Therefore, the present invention does not use a protective film in which a dimensional change after being left for a relatively long time such as one day or night in a specific environment as in the prior art, but immediately after a rapid change in the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the environment. By using as a protective film for a thin film polarizing plate a specific film that has been adjusted to match the speed of dimensional change in a relatively short time within a specific range, even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes The present inventors have found that a polarizing plate can be obtained in which display unevenness of the panel and deterioration of polarizer adhesion are not observed.
〔フィルムの寸法変化率の測定〕
本発明に係るフィルムA及びフィルムBの、環境の温湿度雰囲気を急激に変化した直後から比較的短時間の寸法変化率は、下記方法によって測定される。
[Measurement of dimensional change rate of film]
The dimensional change rate of the film A and the film B according to the present invention after a rapid change in the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the environment is measured by the following method.
〔1〕図6に、具体的なL0MD及びL0TDを測定する際のフィルムの模式図を示した。 [1] FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a film when measuring specific L 0 MD and L 0 TD.
TD方向又はMD方向に一辺が平行となるようにフィルムA及びフィルムBを10cm四方で2枚ずつ採取し、それぞれMD方向又はTD方向の寸法変化測定用とする。当該フィルムに間隔が8cmとなるように、カミソリで十字に傷をつけた後、23℃・55%RHの恒温恒湿機に投入して24時間放置する。 Two films A and B are sampled in 10 cm square so that one side is parallel to the TD direction or the MD direction, and used for measuring the dimensional change in the MD direction or the TD direction, respectively. The film is scratched with a razor so that the distance is 8 cm, and then placed in a thermostatic oven at 23 ° C. and 55% RH and left for 24 hours.
上記調湿したフィルムを顕微鏡のステージに乗せて、ガラス板を乗せて固定化し、規定の寸法(8cm)をMD方向及びTD方向で顕微鏡にて精密に測定し、それぞれL0MD及びL0TDとする。 The humidity-controlled film is placed on a microscope stage, a glass plate is placed on the film, and the specified dimension (8 cm) is precisely measured with a microscope in the MD direction and the TD direction. L 0 MD and L 0 TD, respectively. And
顕微鏡は、ニコン社製Nikon MEASURESCOPE MM-11(接眼レンズ:×10 対物レンズ:×3)を用い、データ測定機は、Nikon DP-302 DATA PROCESSORを用いて顕微鏡に直結し、得られたデータは表計算ソフトに出力する。 The microscope was Nikon MEASURESCOPE MM-11 (eyepiece: x10, objective lens: x3) manufactured by Nikon, and the data measuring machine was directly connected to the microscope using Nikon DP-302 DATA PROCESSOR. Output to spreadsheet software.
〔2〕このフィルムを80℃・90%RHの恒温恒湿槽に1時間放置した後、23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に移動し、直ぐに1分後の寸法、5分後の寸法、及び30分後の寸法をMD方向、及びTD方向でそれぞれ上記顕微鏡及びデータ測定機によって測定し、それぞれL1MD′、L1TD′、L5MD′、L5TD′、L30MD′、及びL30TD′とする。 [2] After leaving this film in a constant temperature and humidity chamber of 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, it moved to a temperature / humidity environment of 23 ° C./55% RH, and immediately after 1 minute, after 5 minutes. The dimension and the dimension after 30 minutes are measured in the MD direction and the TD direction by the microscope and the data measuring device, respectively, and L 1 MD ′, L 1 TD ′, L 5 MD ′, L 5 TD ′, and L 30 respectively. Let MD ′ and L 30 TD ′.
〔3〕〔1〕及び〔2〕で求めたそれぞれの寸法を下記(式a)~(式f)へ代入し、1分後、5分後、及び30分後のフィルムの寸法変化率を求め、L1MD、L1TD、L5MD、L5TD、L30MD、及びL30TDとする。
1分後の寸法変化率
(式a)L1MD(%)=(L1MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式b)L1TD(%)=(L1TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
5分後の寸法変化率
(式c)L5MD(%)=(L5MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式d)L5TD(%)=(L5TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
30分後の寸法変化率
(式e)L30MD(%)=(L30MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式f)L30TD(%)=(L30TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
本発明に係るフィルムA及びフィルムBは、下記(1)~(4)を満たすアクリルフィルム及びセルロースアセテートフィルムであることが特徴である。すなわち、(1)及び(2)を満たすことにより、環境の温湿度雰囲気が急激に変化したときの直後(1分後)から5分後に比較的大きく変動するMD方向及びTD方向の寸法変動を、当該フィルムA及びフィルムBで下記特定の範囲内に入るように調整することで、両者の寸法変動が異なることに起因する保護フィルムと接着剤部分とのひずみを抑制でき、(3)及び(4)を満たすことで、さらに経時での効果を安定化するものである。
[3] Substituting the respective dimensions obtained in [1] and [2] into the following (formula a) to (formula f), and calculating the dimensional change rate of the film after 1 minute, 5 minutes, and 30 minutes. Obtained as L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD.
Dimensional change rate after 1 minute (formula a) L 1 MD (%) = (L 1 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula b) L 1 TD (%) = (L 1 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 5 minutes (formula c) L 5 MD (%) = (L 5 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula d) L 5 TD (%) = (L 5 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 30 minutes (formula e) L 30 MD (%) = (L 30 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula f) L 30 TD (%) = (L 30 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
The film A and the film B according to the present invention are an acrylic film and a cellulose acetate film that satisfy the following (1) to (4). That is, by satisfying (1) and (2), the dimensional variation in the MD direction and the TD direction, which fluctuate relatively greatly after 5 minutes from immediately after (1 minute) when the temperature / humidity atmosphere of the environment changes rapidly, is reduced. By adjusting the film A and the film B so as to fall within the following specific range, the distortion between the protective film and the adhesive part due to the difference in dimensional variation between the two can be suppressed, and (3) and ( By satisfying 4), the effect over time is further stabilized.
(1)0.03(%)≦L1MD-L5MD≦0.30(%)
(2)0.03(%)≦L1TD-L5TD≦0.30(%)
(3)0(%)≦L5MD-L30MD≦0.10(%)
(4)0(%)≦L5TD-L30TD≦0.10(%)
さらに、本発明に係るフィルムA及びフィルムBは、下記(5)~(8)を満たすアクリルフィルム及びセルロースアセテートフィルムであることが、好ましい。
(1) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 MD-L 5 MD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(2) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 TD-L 5 TD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(3) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 MD-L 30 MD ≦ 0.10 (%)
(4) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 TD-L 30 TD ≦ 0.10 (%)
Further, the film A and the film B according to the present invention are preferably an acrylic film and a cellulose acetate film satisfying the following (5) to (8).
(5)0.05(%)≦L1MD-L5MD≦0.15(%)
(6)0.05(%)≦L1TD-L5TD≦0.15(%)
(7)0(%)≦L5MD-L30MD≦0.05(%)
(8)0(%)≦L5TD-L30TD≦0.05(%)
また、前記フィルムAと前記フィルムBのL30TDとL30MDが、それぞれ、-0.10~0.10%の範囲内であることが、環境の温湿度雰囲気が急激に変化した場合でも、液晶パネルの表示ムラや偏光子との密着性の劣化に対する耐久性がより向上する観点から好ましい態様である。
(5) 0.05 (%) ≦ L 1 MD-L 5 MD ≦ 0.15 (%)
(6) 0.05 (%) ≦ L 1 TD-L 5 TD ≦ 0.15 (%)
(7) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 MD-L 30 MD ≦ 0.05 (%)
(8) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 TD-L 30 TD ≦ 0.05 (%)
In addition, the L 30 TD and L 30 MD of the film A and the film B are in the range of −0.10 to 0.10%, respectively, even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the environment changes rapidly. From the standpoint of further improving durability against display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel and deterioration of adhesion to the polarizer, this is a preferred embodiment.
本発明に係るフィルムA及びフィルムBの初期の寸法変化率を、上記(1)~(8)で示される範囲内に調整する手段は、特に限定されるものではないが、以下の手段を適宜採用することで調整することが可能である。 Means for adjusting the initial dimensional change rate of the film A and the film B according to the present invention to be within the range indicated by the above (1) to (8) is not particularly limited, but the following means are appropriately selected. It is possible to adjust by adopting.
本発明に係るフィルムAの寸法変化率を上記(1)~(8)で示される範囲内に調整する手段としては、以下に限定されるものではないが、アクリル樹脂の種類及び重量平均分子量の選択、可塑剤の種類と量の調整、延伸方向と延伸倍率の調整、膜厚を調整することに加えて、詳細は後述するが、ウェブの乾燥工程において、前記ウェブが当該乾燥工程(ドライヤーゾーン)を出た後に、50~100℃/秒の範囲内の速度でウェブを冷却する冷却工程を加えて製膜することが好ましい。 The means for adjusting the dimensional change rate of the film A according to the present invention within the range indicated by the above (1) to (8) is not limited to the following, but the type of acrylic resin and the weight average molecular weight In addition to selection, adjustment of the type and amount of plasticizer, adjustment of the stretching direction and stretching ratio, and adjustment of the film thickness, details will be described later. It is preferable to form a film by adding a cooling step of cooling the web at a speed in the range of 50 to 100 ° C./second after the above.
また、当該フィルムAが、コア層の両側にスキン層を有する少なくとも3層の構成であり、当該コア層がアクリル樹脂を含有し、当該スキン層がセルロースエステルを含有する積層構造のフィルムであることが、異種の樹脂を重ねることで、フィルムAを前記式(1)~(8)で表される寸法変化の範囲内により制御しやすくすることができ、好ましい。 Further, the film A has a structure of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, the core layer contains an acrylic resin, and the skin layer has a laminated structure containing a cellulose ester. However, it is preferable to stack different types of resins because the film A can be more easily controlled within the range of dimensional change represented by the above formulas (1) to (8).
さらにアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステルとを混合して熱可塑性樹脂として使用することも、異種の樹脂の特性を相乗的に活かせることで、フィルムAを前記式(1)~(8)で表される寸法変化の範囲内により制御しやすくすることができ、好ましい。 Furthermore, the acrylic resin and cellulose ester can be mixed and used as a thermoplastic resin, or the film A can be represented by the above formulas (1) to (8) by utilizing the characteristics of different resins synergistically. This is preferable because it can be controlled more easily within the range of dimensional change.
本発明に係るフィルムBの寸法変化率を上記(1)~(8)で示される範囲内に調整する手段としては、以下に限定されるものではないが、セルロースアセテートのアセチル基置換度及び重量平均分子量の選択、可塑剤の種類と量の調整、延伸方向と延伸倍率の調整、膜厚を調整することに加えて、詳細は後述するが、ウェブを乾燥する工程において、130~150℃の範囲内のドライヤーゾーン内に、搬送ローラーによって当該ウェブのA面と対向するB面が交互に内側になるように曲げるベンディング工程を有し、当該ベンディング工程が、当該ウェブを曲げた時の半径をa(mm)としたとき、1/aの値が0.035mm-1~0.050mm-1の範囲内とし、かつ、ベンディングを50回以上120回未満繰り返しながら行い、製膜することが、フィルムの分子鎖の状態を密にして、フィルムの含有できる水分量を調整することで、水分を含有したフィルムの収縮割合を効果的に制御できるため、好ましい。 Means for adjusting the dimensional change rate of the film B according to the present invention within the range represented by the above (1) to (8) is not limited to the following, but the degree of acetyl group substitution and the weight of cellulose acetate. In addition to selecting the average molecular weight, adjusting the type and amount of the plasticizer, adjusting the stretching direction and the stretching ratio, and adjusting the film thickness, details will be described later. The dryer zone within the range has a bending process in which the B surface facing the A surface of the web is alternately turned inside by the conveying roller, and the bending process determines the radius when the web is bent. when the a (mm), 1 / the value of a is set within a range of 0.035 mm -1 ~ 0.050 mm -1, and, while repeating the bending less than 120 times more than 50 times the line , That film formation, the state of the molecular chains of the film in close, by adjusting the amount of water that can be contained in the film, because it can effectively control the shrinkage percentage of the film containing the moisture, preferred.
また、当該フィルムBが、コア層の両側にスキン層を有する少なくとも3層の構成であり、当該コア層はアセチル基置換度が2.0~2.45の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有し、当該スキン層はアセチル基置換度が2.6~2.95の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有する積層構造のフィルムであることが、異種の樹脂を重ねることで、前記式(1)~(4)で表される寸法変化の範囲内に調整しやすくすることができ、好ましい。 Further, the film B has a structure of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, and the core layer contains cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.0 to 2.45. The skin layer is a film having a laminated structure containing cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.6 to 2.95. By stacking different types of resins, the above-described formula (1) to It can be easily adjusted within the range of the dimensional change represented by (4), which is preferable.
図5は、本発明に係るフィルムB(改良型ジアセチルセルロースフィルム)の寸法変化を示す模式図である。 FIG. 5 is a schematic view showing a dimensional change of film B (improved diacetylcellulose film) according to the present invention.
上記調整手段を加えることによって、ジアセチルセルロースフィルムの環境変動直後から短時間の間での寸法変化の挙動を、図1で示すアクリルフィルムの寸法変化の挙動に近似させることが可能となった。また、実施例との対比から、寸法変化の絶対値そのものではなく、寸法変化の速度の挙動が表示ムラに影響する因子であることが分かった。 By adding the above adjusting means, it became possible to approximate the behavior of dimensional change in a short time immediately after the environmental change of the diacetyl cellulose film to the behavior of dimensional change of the acrylic film shown in FIG. Further, from comparison with the example, it was found that not the absolute value of the dimensional change itself but the behavior of the speed of the dimensional change is a factor affecting the display unevenness.
以下、フィルムA及びフィルムBの構成内容、製造方法について順次説明する。 Hereinafter, the contents of the film A and the film B and the manufacturing method will be sequentially described.
≪フィルムA:アクリルフィルム≫
本発明に係るフィルムAは、総膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であるアクリルフィルムであることが特徴であり、当該範囲内の膜厚にすることで、本発明の効果を発現すると同時に、十分な剛度を備え、取扱い性に優れた薄膜の偏光板を提供することができる。更に好ましくは、20~40μmの範囲内である。
≪Film A: Acrylic film≫
The film A according to the present invention is characterized in that it is an acrylic film having a total film thickness within a range of 20 to 60 μm. By making the film thickness within the range, the effects of the present invention are exhibited, A thin-film polarizing plate having sufficient rigidity and excellent handleability can be provided. More preferably, it is in the range of 20 to 40 μm.
〔アクリル樹脂〕
本発明に係るフィルムAは、アクリル樹脂を含有するフィルムであり、本発明において、アクリル樹脂とは、アクリル酸エステルあるいはメタクリル酸エステルの重合体であって、ほかのモノマーとの共重合体も含まれる。
〔acrylic resin〕
The film A according to the present invention is a film containing an acrylic resin, and in the present invention, the acrylic resin is a polymer of an acrylate ester or a methacrylate ester, and includes a copolymer with another monomer. It is.
したがって、本発明に用いられるアクリル樹脂には、メタクリル樹脂も含まれる。樹脂としては特に制限されるものではないが、メチルメタクリレート単位50~99質量%の範囲内、及びこれと共重合可能なほかの単量体単位1~50質量%の範囲内からなるものが好ましい。 Therefore, the acrylic resin used in the present invention includes a methacrylic resin. The resin is not particularly limited, but a resin having a methyl methacrylate unit content in the range of 50 to 99% by mass and other monomer units copolymerizable therewith is preferably in the range of 1 to 50% by mass. .
共重合で形成されるアクリル樹脂を構成するほかの単位としては、アルキル数の炭素数が2~18のアルキルメタクリレート、アルキル数の炭素数が1~18のアルキルアクリレート、メタクリル酸イソボルニル、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート等のヒドロキシアルキルアクリレート、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸等のα,β-不飽和酸、アクリロイルモルホリン、Nヒドロキシフェニルメタクリルアミド等のアクリルアミド、N-ビニルピロリドン、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸等の不飽和基含有2価カルボン酸、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等の芳香族ビニル化合物、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等のα,β-不飽和ニトリル、無水マレイン酸、マレイミド、N-置換マレイミド、グルタルイミド、グルタル酸無水物等が挙げられる。 Other units constituting the acrylic resin formed by copolymerization include alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 alkyl carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy Hydroxyalkyl acrylates such as ethyl acrylate, α, β-unsaturated acids such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, acrylamides such as acryloylmorpholine, Nhydroxyphenyl methacrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, etc. Unsaturated divalent carboxylic acid, aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and α-methylstyrene, α, β-unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutarimide , Glutaric anhydride Etc.
上記単位より、グルタルイミド及びグルタル酸無水物を除いた単位を形成する共重合可能な単量体としては、上記単位に対応した単量体が挙げられる。すなわち、アルキル数の炭素数が2~18のアルキルメタクリレート、アルキル数の炭素数が1~18のアルキルアクリレート、メタクリル酸イソボルニル、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート等のヒドロキシアルキルアクリレート、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸等のα,β-不飽和酸、アクリロイルモルホリン、Nヒドロキシフェニルメタクリルアミド等のアクリルアミド、N-ビニルピロリドン、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸等の不飽和基含有2価カルボン酸、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等の芳香族ビニル化合物、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等のα,β-不飽和ニトリル、無水マレイン酸、マレイミド、N-置換マレイミド、等の単量体が挙げられる。 Examples of the copolymerizable monomer that forms a unit excluding glutarimide and glutaric anhydride from the above units include monomers corresponding to the above units. That is, alkyl methacrylate having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, alkyl acrylate having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, hydroxyalkyl acrylate such as isobornyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, etc. α, β-Unsaturated acids, acrylamides such as acryloylmorpholine, N-hydroxyphenylmethacrylamide, divalent carboxylic acids containing unsaturated groups such as N-vinylpyrrolidone, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, styrene, α-methylstyrene And monomers such as α, β-unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, maleimide, and N-substituted maleimide.
また、グルタルイミド単位は、例えば(メタ)アクリル酸エステル単位を有する中間体ポリマーに1級アミン(イミド化剤)を反応させてイミド化することにより形成できる(特開2011-26563号公報参照。)。 Further, the glutarimide unit can be formed, for example, by reacting a primary amine (imidizing agent) with an intermediate polymer having a (meth) acrylic acid ester unit (see JP 2011-26563 A). ).
グルタル酸無水物単位は、例えば(メタ)アクリル酸エステル単位を有する中間体ポリマーを加熱することにより形成することができる(特許第4961164号公報参照。)。 The glutaric anhydride unit can be formed, for example, by heating an intermediate polymer having a (meth) acrylic ester unit (see Japanese Patent No. 496164).
本発明に用いられるアクリル樹脂には、上記の構成単位の中でも、機械的特性から、メタクリル酸イソボルニル、アクリロイルモルホリン、N-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリルアミド、N-ビニルピロリドン、スチレン、ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、無水マレイン酸、マレイミド、N-置換マレイミド、グルタル酸無水物又はグルタルイミドが含まれることが、特に好ましい。 In the acrylic resin used in the present invention, among the above structural units, from the mechanical properties, isobornyl methacrylate, acryloylmorpholine, N-hydroxyphenylmethacrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone, styrene, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, maleic anhydride , Maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride or glutarimide are particularly preferred.
また、本発明に用いられるアクリル樹脂としては、高耐熱性、高透明性等の観点から、構造中にラクトン環構造を有するアクリル樹脂が好ましく用いられる。ラクトン環構造を有するアクリル樹脂としては、例えば、特開2000-230016号公報、特開2001-151814号公報、特開2002-120326号公報、特開2002-254544号公報、特開2005-146084号公報、及び特開2009-157352号公報等に記載のラクトン環構造を有する(メタ)アクリル系共重合体が挙げられる。具体的には、特開2009-157352号公報記載の、一般式(1)中、R1が水素原子、R2及びR3がメチル基であるラクトン環構造を有する(メタ)アクリル系樹脂[共重合モノマーの質量比:メタクリル酸メチル/2-(ヒドロキシメチル)アクリル酸メチル=8/2;ラクトン環化率約100%]を好ましく用いることができる。 Moreover, as an acrylic resin used for this invention, the acrylic resin which has a lactone ring structure in a structure from viewpoints of high heat resistance, high transparency, etc. is used preferably. Examples of acrylic resins having a lactone ring structure include, for example, JP 2000-230016, JP 2001-151814, JP 2002-120326, JP 2002-254544, and JP 2005-146084. And (meth) acrylic copolymers having a lactone ring structure described in JP-A-2009-157352 and the like. Specifically, a (meth) acrylic resin having a lactone ring structure in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom, and R 2 and R 3 are methyl groups in the general formula (1) described in JP2009-157352A [ The mass ratio of the copolymerization monomer: methyl methacrylate / 2- (hydroxymethyl) methyl acrylate = 8/2; lactone cyclization rate of about 100%] can be preferably used.
本発明に係るフィルムAに用いられるアクリル樹脂は、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気の変化に対する寸法変化を制御する観点や、フィルム生産時の金属支持体からの剥離性、有機溶媒の乾燥性、耐熱性及び機械的特性の改善の観点で、重量平均分子量(Mw)が8万~200万の範囲内であることが好ましく、9万~100万の範囲内であることがより好ましく、10万~50万の範囲内であることが特に好ましい。 The acrylic resin used for the film A according to the present invention has a viewpoint of controlling a dimensional change with respect to a change in the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the use environment, peelability from a metal support during film production, drying property of an organic solvent, and heat resistance. From the viewpoint of improving mechanical properties, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 80,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably in the range of 90,000 to 1,000,000. It is particularly preferable that it is within the range of 10,000.
8万以上であれば、耐熱性及び機械的特性が優れ、200万以下であれば、金属支持体からの剥離性及び有機溶媒の乾燥性に優れる。8万以上であれば、さらに耐熱性及び機械的特性が優れ、50万以下であれば、さらに金属支持体からの剥離性及び有機溶媒の乾燥性に優れる。 If it is 80,000 or more, the heat resistance and mechanical properties are excellent, and if it is 2 million or less, the peelability from the metal support and the drying property of the organic solvent are excellent. If it is 80,000 or more, the heat resistance and mechanical properties are further excellent, and if it is 500,000 or less, the peelability from the metal support and the drying property of the organic solvent are further excellent.
本発明に用いられるアクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーにより測定することができる。測定条件は以下のとおりである。 The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin used in the present invention can be measured by gel permeation chromatography. The measurement conditions are as follows.
溶媒: メチレンクロライド
カラム: Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
カラム温度:25℃
試料濃度: 0.1質量%
検出器: RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
ポンプ: L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
流量: 1.0ml/min
校正曲線: 標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)Mw=500~2800000の範囲内の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いることが好ましい。
Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Sciences)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) A calibration curve with 13 samples within the range of Mw = 500 to 2800000 was used. The 13 samples are preferably used at approximately equal intervals.
本発明に用いられるアクリル樹脂の製造方法としては、特に制限はなく、懸濁重合、乳化重合、塊状重合、あるいは溶液重合等の公知の方法のいずれを用いても良い。ここで、重合開始剤としては、通常のパーオキサイド系及びアゾ系のものを用いることができ、また、レドックス系とすることもできる。重合温度については、懸濁又は乳化重合では30~100℃の範囲内、塊状又は溶液重合では80~160℃の範囲内で実施しうる。得られた共重合体の還元粘度を制御するために、アルキルメルカプタン等を連鎖移動剤として用いて重合を実施することもできる。 The production method of the acrylic resin used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and any known method such as suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, or solution polymerization may be used. Here, as a polymerization initiator, a normal peroxide type and an azo type can be used, and a redox type can also be used. Regarding the polymerization temperature, suspension or emulsion polymerization may be carried out within a range of 30 to 100 ° C., and bulk or solution polymerization may be carried out within a range of 80 to 160 ° C. In order to control the reduced viscosity of the obtained copolymer, polymerization can be carried out using alkyl mercaptan or the like as a chain transfer agent.
本発明に用いられるアクリル樹脂としては、市販のものも使用することができる。例えば、デルペット60N、80N、980N、SR8200(以上、旭化成ケミカルズ(株)製)、ダイヤナールBR52、BR80、BR83、BR85、BR88、EMB-143、EMB-159、EMB-160、EMB-161、EMB-218、EMB-229、EMB-270、EMB-273(以上、三菱レイヨン(株)製)、KT75、TX400S、IPX012(以上、電気化学工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。アクリル樹脂は2種以上を併用することもできる。 Commercially available acrylic resins can be used as the acrylic resin used in the present invention. For example, Delpet 60N, 80N, 980N, SR8200 (above, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation), Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88, EMB-143, EMB-159, EMB-160, EMB-161, EMB-218, EMB-229, EMB-270, EMB-273 (above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), KT75, TX400S, IPX012 (above, manufactured by Denki Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and the like. Two or more acrylic resins can be used in combination.
アクリル樹脂は、アクリルエステルモノマーを含有する1種又は複数種のモノマーを重合した高分子であり、複数種のモノマーの共重合体であることが光学特性、耐熱性及び機械的特性の観点から好ましい。また、本発明に係るフィルムAには、アクリル樹脂以外の添加剤を含有することができるが、アクリル樹脂がフィルムに対して80~100質量%の範囲内で含有されることが、光学特性、耐熱性、機械的特性及びコストの観点から好ましい。 The acrylic resin is a polymer obtained by polymerizing one or more kinds of monomers containing an acrylic ester monomer, and is preferably a copolymer of plural kinds of monomers from the viewpoint of optical properties, heat resistance and mechanical properties. . In addition, the film A according to the present invention can contain additives other than acrylic resin, but the acrylic resin is contained within the range of 80 to 100% by mass with respect to the film. It is preferable from the viewpoints of heat resistance, mechanical properties and cost.
添加剤の一例としては、国際公開第2010/001668号に記載のアクリル粒子(D)を、フィルムの機械的強度を寸法変化率の調整のために含有してもよい。このような多層構造アクリル系粒状複合体の市販品の例としては、例えば、三菱レイヨン社製の「メタブレンW-341」、カネカ社製の「カネエース」、クレハ社製の「パラロイド」、ロームアンドハース社製の「アクリロイド」、ガンツ化成工業社製の「スタフィロイド」、ケミスノーMR-2G、MS-300X(以上、綜研化学(株)製)及びクラレ社製の「パラペットSA」などが挙げられ、これらは、単独ないし2種以上を用いることができる。 As an example of the additive, acrylic particles (D) described in International Publication No. 2010/001668 may be included to adjust the mechanical strength of the film in order to adjust the dimensional change rate. Examples of commercially available products of such a multilayer structure acrylic granular composite include, for example, “Metablen W-341” manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., “Kane Ace” manufactured by Kaneka Co., “Paraloid” manufactured by Kureha Co., Ltd., Rohm and "Acryloid" manufactured by Haas, "Staffyroid" manufactured by Gantz Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., Chemisnow MR-2G, MS-300X (manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd.) and "Parapet SA" manufactured by Kuraray These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
また、他の添加剤として、後述する可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、劣化防止剤、剥離助剤、界面活性剤、染料、微粒子等の添加剤を含有することも好ましい。 Further, as other additives, it is also preferable to contain additives such as a plasticizer, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a deterioration inhibitor, a peeling aid, a surfactant, a dye, and fine particles, which will be described later.
特に、下記糖エステル又は重縮合エステルを含有することが好ましい。 In particular, the following sugar ester or polycondensation ester is preferably contained.
〔糖エステル〕
本発明に係るフィルムAであるアクリルフィルムにおいては、セルロースエステル以外の糖エステルを含有することが、寸法変化の挙動を制御する観点から好ましい。
[Sugar ester]
In the acrylic film which is the film A according to the present invention, it is preferable to contain a sugar ester other than the cellulose ester from the viewpoint of controlling the behavior of dimensional change.
本発明に係る糖エステルとしては、ピラノース環又はフラノース環の少なくとも1種を1個以上12個以下有しその構造のOH基の全て若しくは一部をエステル化した糖エステルであることが好ましい。 The sugar ester according to the present invention is preferably a sugar ester obtained by esterifying at least one pyranose ring or furanose ring and having one or more and twelve or less OH groups in the structure.
本発明に係る糖エステルとは、フラノース環又はピラノース環の少なくともいずれかを含む化合物であり、単糖であっても、糖構造が2~12個連結した多糖であってもよい。そして、糖エステルは、糖構造が有するOH基の少なくとも一つがエステル化された化合物が好ましい。本発明に係る糖エステルにおいては、平均エステル置換度が、4.0~8.0の範囲内であることが好ましく、5.0~7.5の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The sugar ester according to the present invention is a compound containing at least one of a furanose ring and a pyranose ring, and may be a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide having 2 to 12 sugar structures linked together. The sugar ester is preferably a compound in which at least one OH group of the sugar structure is esterified. In the sugar ester according to the present invention, the average ester substitution degree is preferably within the range of 4.0 to 8.0, and more preferably within the range of 5.0 to 7.5.
本発明に適用可能な糖エステルとしては、特に制限はないが、下記一般式(A)で表される糖エステルを挙げることができる。 The sugar ester applicable to the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include sugar esters represented by the following general formula (A).
一般式(A)
(HO)m-G-(O-C(=O)-R2)n
上記一般式(A)において、Gは、単糖類又は二糖類の残基を表し、R2は、脂肪族基又は芳香族基を表し、mは、単糖類又は二糖類の残基に直接結合しているヒドロキシ基の数の合計であり、nは、単糖類又は二糖類の残基に直接結合している-(O-C(=O)-R2)基の数の合計であり、3≦m+n≦8であり、n≠0である。
Formula (A)
(HO) m -G- (OC (= O) -R 2 ) n
In the general formula (A), G represents a monosaccharide or disaccharide residue, R 2 represents an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, and m is directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue. N is the total number of — (O—C (═O) —R 2 ) groups directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue, 3 ≦ m + n ≦ 8, and n ≠ 0.
一般式(A)で表される構造を有する糖エステルは、ヒドロキシ基の数(m)、-(O-C(=O)-R2)基の数(n)が固定された単一種の化合物として単離することは困難であり、式中のm、nの異なる成分が数種類混合された化合物となることが知られている。したがって、ヒドロキシ基の数(m)、-(O-C(=O)-R2)基の数(n)が各々変化した混合物としての性能が重要であり、本発明に係る保護フィルムの場合、平均エステル置換度が、5.0~7.5の範囲内である糖エステルが好ましい。 The sugar ester having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is a single kind of hydroxy group (m) and-(O—C (═O) —R 2 ) groups in which the number (n) is fixed. It is difficult to isolate as a compound, and it is known that a compound in which several components different in m and n in the formula are mixed is obtained. Accordingly, the performance as a mixture in which the number of hydroxy groups (m) and the number of — (O—C (═O) —R 2 ) groups (n) are changed is important. In the case of the protective film according to the present invention, A sugar ester having an average degree of ester substitution within the range of 5.0 to 7.5 is preferred.
上記一般式(A)において、Gは単糖類又は二糖類の残基を表す。単糖類の具体例としては、例えばアロース、アルトロース、グルコース、マンノース、グロース、イドース、ガラクトース、タロース、リボース、アラビノース、キシロース、リキソースなどが挙げられる。 In the above general formula (A), G represents a monosaccharide or disaccharide residue. Specific examples of monosaccharides include allose, altrose, glucose, mannose, gulose, idose, galactose, talose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, and the like.
以下に、一般式(A)で表される糖エステルの単糖類残基を有する化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれら例示する化合物に限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the compound having a monosaccharide residue of the sugar ester represented by the general formula (A) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these exemplified compounds.
また、二糖類残基の具体例としては、例えば、トレハロース、スクロース、マルトース、セロビオース、ゲンチオビオース、ラクトース、イソトレハロース等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the disaccharide residue include trehalose, sucrose, maltose, cellobiose, gentiobiose, lactose, and isotrehalose.
以下に、一般式(A)で表される糖エステルの二糖類残基を有する化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれら例示する化合物に限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the compound having a disaccharide residue of the sugar ester represented by the general formula (A) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these exemplified compounds.
一般式(A)において、R2は、脂肪族基又は芳香族基を表す。ここで、脂肪族基及び芳香族基は、それぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい。 In the general formula (A), R 2 represents an aliphatic group or an aromatic group. Here, the aliphatic group and the aromatic group may each independently have a substituent.
また、一般式(A)において、mは、単糖類又は二糖類の残基に直接結合しているヒドロキシ基の数の合計であり、nは、単糖類又は二糖類の残基に直接結合している-(O-C(=O)-R2)基の数の合計である。そして、3≦m+n≦8であることが必要であり、4≦m+n≦8であることが好ましい。また、n≠0である。なお、nが2以上である場合、-(O-C(=O)-R2)基は互いに同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。 In general formula (A), m is the total number of hydroxy groups directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue, and n is directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue. And the total number of — (O—C (═O) —R 2 ) groups. Further, it is necessary that 3 ≦ m + n ≦ 8, and it is preferable that 4 ≦ m + n ≦ 8. Further, n ≠ 0. When n is 2 or more, the — (O—C (═O) —R 2 ) groups may be the same as or different from each other.
R2の定義における脂肪族基は、直鎖であっても、分岐であっても、環状であってもよく、炭素数1~25のものが好ましく、1~20のものがより好ましく、2~15のものが特に好ましい。脂肪族基の具体例としては、例えば、メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、iso-プロピル、シクロプロピル、n-ブチル、iso-ブチル、tert-ブチル、アミル、iso-アミル、tert-アミル、n-ヘキシル、シクロヘキシル、n-ヘプチル、n-オクチル、ビシクロオクチル、アダマンチル、n-デシル、tert-オクチル、ドデシル、ヘキサデシル、オクタデシル、ジデシル等の各基が挙げられる。 The aliphatic group in the definition of R 2 may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Those of ˜15 are particularly preferred. Specific examples of the aliphatic group include, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, amyl, iso-amyl, tert-amyl, n- Examples include hexyl, cyclohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, bicyclooctyl, adamantyl, n-decyl, tert-octyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, didecyl and the like.
また、R2の定義における芳香族基は、芳香族炭化水素基でもよいし、芳香族複素環基でもよく、より好ましくは芳香族炭化水素基である。芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数が6~24のものが好ましく、6~12のものがさらに好ましい。芳香族炭化水素基の具体例としては、例えば、ベンゼン、ナフタレン、アントラセン、ビフェニル、ターフェニル等の各環が挙げられる。芳香族炭化水素基としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環が特に好ましい。芳香族複素環基としては、酸素原子、窒素原子又は硫黄原子のうち少なくとも一つを含む環が好ましい。複素環の具体例としては、例えば、フラン、ピロール、チオフェン、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、ピリジン、ピラジン、ピリダジン、トリアゾール、トリアジン、インドール、インダゾール、プリン、チアゾリン、チアジアゾール、オキサゾリン、オキサゾール、オキサジアゾール、キノリン、イソキノリン、フタラジン、ナフチリジン、キノキサリン、キナゾリン、シンノリン、プテリジン、アクリジン、フェナントロリン、フェナジン、テトラゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、ベンズオキサゾール、ベンズチアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、テトラザインデン等の各環が挙げられる。芳香族複素環基としては、ピリジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環が特に好ましい。 The aromatic group in the definition of R 2 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and terphenyl. As the aromatic hydrocarbon group, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and a biphenyl ring are particularly preferable. As the aromatic heterocyclic group, a ring containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable. Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include, for example, furan, pyrrole, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, triazole, triazine, indole, indazole, purine, thiazoline, thiadiazole, oxazoline, oxazole, oxadiazole, quinoline, Examples of each ring include isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, acridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, tetrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzthiazole, benzotriazole, and tetrazaindene. As the aromatic heterocyclic group, a pyridine ring, a triazine ring, and a quinoline ring are particularly preferable.
次に、一般式(A)で表される糖エステルの好ましい例を下記に示すが、本発明はこれらの例示する化合物に限定されるものではない。 Next, preferred examples of the sugar ester represented by the general formula (A) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these exemplified compounds.
糖エステルは1つの分子中に2つ以上の異なった置換基を含有していても良く、芳香族置換基と脂肪族置換基を1分子内に含有、異なる2つ以上の芳香族置換基を1分子内に含有、異なる2つ以上の脂肪族置換基を1分子内に含有することができる。 A sugar ester may contain two or more different substituents in one molecule, contains an aromatic substituent and an aliphatic substituent in one molecule, and contains two or more different aromatic substituents. Two or more different aliphatic substituents contained in one molecule can be contained in one molecule.
また、2種類以上の糖エステルを混合して含有することも好ましい。芳香族置換基を含有する糖エステルと、脂肪族置換基を含有する糖エステルを同時に含有することも好ましい。 It is also preferable to contain a mixture of two or more sugar esters. It is also preferable to simultaneously contain a sugar ester containing an aromatic substituent and a sugar ester containing an aliphatic substituent.
〈合成例:一般式(A)で表される糖エステルの合成例〉
以下に、本発明に好適に用いることのできる糖エステルの合成の一例を示す。
<Synthesis Example: Synthesis Example of Sugar Ester Represented by Formula (A)>
Below, an example of the synthesis | combination of the sugar ester which can be used suitably for this invention is shown.
撹拌装置、還流冷却器、温度計及び窒素ガス導入管を備えた四頭コルベンに、ショ糖を34.2g(0.1モル)、無水安息香酸を180.8g(0.8モル)、ピリジンを379.7g(4.8モル)、それぞれ仕込み、撹拌下で窒素ガス導入管から窒素ガスをバブリングさせながら昇温し、70℃で5時間エステル化反応を行った。次に、コルベン内を4×102Pa以下に減圧し、60℃で過剰のピリジンを留去した後に、コルベン内を1.3×10Pa以下に減圧し、120℃まで昇温させ、無水安息香酸、生成した安息香酸の大部分を留去した。そして、次にトルエンを1L、0.5質量%の炭酸ナトリウム水溶液を300g添加し、50℃で30分間撹拌した後、静置して、トルエン層を分取した。最後に、分取したトルエン層に水を100g添加し、常温で30分間水洗した後、トルエン層を分取し、減圧下(4×102Pa以下)、60℃でトルエンを留去させ、化合物A-1、A-2、A-3、A-4及びA-5の混合物を得た。得られた混合物をHPLC及びLC-MASSで解析したところ、A-1が7質量%、A-2が58質量%、A-3が23質量%、A-4が9質量%、A-5が3質量%で、糖エステルの平均エステル置換度が、6.57であった。なお、得られた混合物の一部をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにより精製することで、それぞれ純度100%のA-1、A-2、A-3、A-4及びA-5を得た。 Four-headed Kolben equipped with a stirrer, reflux condenser, thermometer and nitrogen gas inlet tube, 34.2 g (0.1 mol) of sucrose, 180.8 g (0.8 mol) of benzoic anhydride, pyridine 379.7 g (4.8 mol) of each were charged, and the temperature was raised while bubbling nitrogen gas from a nitrogen gas inlet tube under stirring, and esterification was carried out at 70 ° C. for 5 hours. Next, the inside of the Kolben was depressurized to 4 × 10 2 Pa or less, and after excess pyridine was distilled off at 60 ° C., the inside of the Kolben was depressurized to 1.3 × 10 Pa or less and the temperature was raised to 120 ° C. Most of the acid and benzoic acid formed were distilled off. Then, 1 L of toluene and 300 g of a 0.5% by mass sodium carbonate aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 30 minutes, and then allowed to stand to separate a toluene layer. Finally, 100 g of water was added to the separated toluene layer, and after washing with water at room temperature for 30 minutes, the toluene layer was separated, and toluene was distilled off at 60 ° C. under reduced pressure (4 × 10 2 Pa or less). A mixture of compounds A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5 was obtained. Analysis of the resulting mixture by HPLC and LC-MASS revealed that A-1 was 7% by mass, A-2 was 58% by mass, A-3 was 23% by mass, A-4 was 9% by mass, A-5 Was 3% by mass, and the average ester substitution degree of the sugar ester was 6.57. A part of the obtained mixture was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 100% pure A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5, respectively.
当該糖エステルの添加量は、アクリル樹脂に対して0.1~20質量%の範囲内で添加することが好ましく、1~15質量%の範囲内で添加することがより好ましい。 The addition amount of the sugar ester is preferably within a range of 0.1 to 20% by mass, and more preferably within a range of 1 to 15% by mass with respect to the acrylic resin.
また本発明に係るフィルムAは、下記エステル(重縮合エステル)を含有することが好ましい。 The film A according to the present invention preferably contains the following ester (polycondensation ester).
〔重縮合エステル〕
本発明に係るフィルムAにおいては、可塑剤の一つとして、糖エステル以外のエステルを用いることが好ましい。
[Polycondensed ester]
In the film A according to the present invention, it is preferable to use an ester other than a sugar ester as one of the plasticizers.
本発明に適用可能な糖エステル以外のエステルとしては、特に制限はないが、下記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する重縮合エステルを用いることが好ましい。 The ester other than the sugar ester applicable to the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use a polycondensed ester having a structure represented by the following general formula (1).
当該重縮合エステルはその可塑的な効果から、本発明に係るフィルムAにおいては、1~20質量%の範囲内で含有することが好ましく、2~15質量%の範囲内で含有することがより好ましい。 Due to its plastic effect, the polycondensed ester is preferably contained in the range of 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably in the range of 2 to 15% by mass in the film A according to the present invention. preferable.
一般式(1)
B3-(G2-A)n-G2-B4
上記一般式(1)において、B3及びB4は、それぞれ独立に脂肪族又は芳香族モノカルボン酸残基、若しくはヒドロキシ基を表す。G2は、炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール残基、炭素数6~12のアリールグリコール残基又は炭素数が4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール残基を表す。Aは、炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールジカルボン酸残基を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。
General formula (1)
B 3- (G 2 -A) n -G 2 -B 4
In the general formula (1), B 3 and B 4 each independently represent an aliphatic or aromatic monocarboxylic acid residue or a hydroxy group. G 2 represents an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl glycol residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms. A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. n represents an integer of 1 or more.
本発明において、重縮合エステルは、ジカルボン酸とジオールを反応させて得られる繰り返し単位を含む重縮合エステルであり、Aは重縮合エステル中のカルボン酸残基を表し、G2はアルコール残基を表す。 In the present invention, the polycondensed ester is a polycondensed ester containing a repeating unit obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid and a diol, A represents a carboxylic acid residue in the polycondensed ester, and G 2 represents an alcohol residue. To express.
重縮合エステルを構成するジカルボン酸は、芳香族ジカルボン酸、脂肪族ジカルボン酸又は脂環式ジカルボン酸であり、好ましくは芳香族ジカルボン酸である。ジカルボン酸は、1種類であっても、2種類以上の混合物であってもよい。特に芳香族、脂肪族を混合させることが好ましい。 The dicarboxylic acid constituting the polycondensed ester is an aromatic dicarboxylic acid, an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid or an alicyclic dicarboxylic acid, preferably an aromatic dicarboxylic acid. The dicarboxylic acid may be one type or a mixture of two or more types. In particular, it is preferable to mix aromatic and aliphatic.
重縮合エステルを構成するジオールは、芳香族ジオール、脂肪族ジオール又は脂環式ジオールであり、好ましくは脂肪族ジオールであり、より好ましくは炭素数1~8のジオールである。ジオールは、1種類であっても、2種類以上の混合物であってもよい。 The diol constituting the polycondensed ester is an aromatic diol, an aliphatic diol or an alicyclic diol, preferably an aliphatic diol, more preferably a diol having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The diol may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.
なかでも、少なくとも芳香族ジカルボン酸を含むジカルボン酸と、炭素数1~8のジオールとを反応させて得られる繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、芳香族ジカルボン酸と脂肪族ジカルボン酸とを含むジカルボン酸と、炭素数1~8のジオールとを反応させて得られる繰り返し単位を含むことがより好ましい。 Among these, it is preferable to include a repeating unit obtained by reacting at least a dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic dicarboxylic acid and a diol having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic dicarboxylic acid and an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid. And a repeating unit obtained by reacting a diol having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
重縮合エステルの分子の両末端は、封止されていても、封止されていなくてもよい。 Both ends of the polycondensed ester molecule may or may not be sealed.
一般式(1)のAを構成するアルキレンジカルボン酸の具体例としては、1,2-エタンジカルボン酸(コハク酸)、1,3-プロパンジカルボン酸(グルタル酸)、1,4-ブタンジカルボン酸(アジピン酸)、1,5-ペンタンジカルボン酸(ピメリン酸)、1,8-オクタンジカルボン酸(セバシン酸)などから誘導される2価の基が含まれる。Aを構成するアルケニレンジカルボン酸の具体例としては、マレイン酸、フマル酸などが挙げられる。Aを構成するアリールジカルボン酸の具体例としては、1,2-ベンゼンジカルボン酸(フタル酸)、1,3-ベンゼンジカルボン酸、1,4-ベンゼンジカルボン酸、1,5-ナフタレンジカルボン酸などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the alkylene dicarboxylic acid constituting A in the general formula (1) include 1,2-ethanedicarboxylic acid (succinic acid), 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid (glutaric acid), 1,4-butanedicarboxylic acid. Divalent groups derived from (adipic acid), 1,5-pentanedicarboxylic acid (pimelic acid), 1,8-octanedicarboxylic acid (sebacic acid) and the like are included. Specific examples of the alkenylene dicarboxylic acid constituting A include maleic acid and fumaric acid. Specific examples of the aryl dicarboxylic acid constituting A include 1,2-benzenedicarboxylic acid (phthalic acid), 1,3-benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and the like. Can be mentioned.
Aは、1種類であっても、2種類以上が組み合わされてもよい。中でも、Aは、炭素原子数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸と炭素原子数8~12のアリールジカルボン酸との組み合わせが好ましい。 A may be one type or two or more types may be combined. Among them, A is preferably a combination of an alkylene dicarboxylic acid having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and an aryl dicarboxylic acid having 8 to 12 carbon atoms.
一般式(1)中のG2は、炭素原子数2~12のアルキレングリコールから誘導される2価の基、炭素原子数6~12のアリールグリコールから誘導される2価の基、又は炭素原子数4~12のオキシアルキレングリコールから誘導される2価の基を表す。 G 2 in the general formula (1) is a divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent group derived from an aryl glycol having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. It represents a divalent group derived from oxyalkylene glycol of 4 to 12.
G2における炭素原子数2~12のアルキレングリコールから誘導される2価の基の例には、エチレングリコール、1,2-プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(ネオペンチルグリコール)、2,2-ジエチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールペンタン)、2-n-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールヘプタン)、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、及び1,12-オクタデカンジオール等から誘導される2価の基が含まれる。 Examples of the divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms in G 2 include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, , 3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol (Neopentyl glycol), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-di-) Methylol heptane), 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanedio , 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,12-octadecanediol, etc. Divalent groups are included.
G2における炭素原子数6~12のアリールグリコールから誘導される2価の基の例には、1,2-ジヒドロキシベンゼン(カテコール)、1,3-ジヒドロキシベンゼン(レゾルシノール)、1,4-ジヒドロキシベンゼン(ヒドロキノン)などから誘導される2価の基が含まれる。Gにおける炭素原子数が4~12のオキシアルキレングリコールから誘導される2価の基の例には、ジエチレングルコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコールなどから誘導される2価の基が含まれる。 Examples of divalent groups derived from aryl glycols having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in G 2 include 1,2-dihydroxybenzene (catechol), 1,3-dihydroxybenzene (resorcinol), 1,4-dihydroxy Divalent groups derived from benzene (hydroquinone) and the like are included. Examples of the divalent group derived from oxyalkylene glycol having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in G are derived from diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and the like. Divalent groups are included.
G2は、1種類であっても、2種類以上が組み合わされてもよい。中でも、G2は、炭素原子数2~12のアルキレングリコールから誘導される2価の基が好ましく、2~5がさらに好ましく、2~4が最も好ましい。 G 2 may be a single type or a combination of two or more types. Among these, G 2 is preferably a divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 5, and most preferably 2 to 4.
一般式(1)におけるB3及びB4は、各々芳香環含有モノカルボン酸又は脂肪族モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基、若しくはヒドロキシ基である。 B 3 and B 4 in the general formula (1) are each a monovalent group derived from an aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid or an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, or a hydroxy group.
芳香環含有モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基における芳香環含有モノカルボン酸は、分子内に芳香環を含有するカルボン酸であり、芳香環がカルボキシ基と直接結合したものだけでなく、芳香環がアルキレン基などを介してカルボキシ基と結合したものも含む。芳香環含有モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基の例には、安息香酸、パラターシャリブチル安息香酸、オルソトルイル酸、メタトルイル酸、パラトルイル酸、ジメチル安息香酸、エチル安息香酸、ノルマルプロピル安息香酸、アミノ安息香酸、アセトキシ安息香酸、フェニル酢酸、3-フェニルプロピオン酸などから誘導される1価の基が含まれる。中でも安息香酸、パラトルイル酸が好ましい。 The aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid in the monovalent group derived from the aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid is a carboxylic acid containing an aromatic ring in the molecule, and not only those in which the aromatic ring is directly bonded to a carboxy group, Also included are those in which an aromatic ring is bonded to a carboxy group via an alkylene group or the like. Examples of monovalent groups derived from aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid, para-tert-butyl benzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethyl benzoic acid, ethyl benzoic acid, and normal propyl benzoic acid. , Monovalent groups derived from aminobenzoic acid, acetoxybenzoic acid, phenylacetic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid and the like. Of these, benzoic acid and p-toluic acid are preferable.
脂肪族モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基の例には、酢酸、プロピオン酸、ブタン酸、カプリル酸、カプロン酸、デカン酸、ドデカン酸、ステアリン酸、オレイン酸などから誘導される1価の基が含まれる。中でも、アルキル部分の炭素原子数が1~3であるアルキルモノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基が好ましく、アセチル基(酢酸から誘導される1価の基)がより好ましい。 Examples of monovalent groups derived from aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include monovalent groups derived from acetic acid, propionic acid, butanoic acid, caprylic acid, caproic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid and the like. Is included. Among these, a monovalent group derived from an alkyl monocarboxylic acid having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the alkyl portion is preferable, and an acetyl group (a monovalent group derived from acetic acid) is more preferable.
本発明に係る重縮合エステルの重量平均分子量は、500~3000の範囲内であることが好ましく、600~2000の範囲内であることがより好ましい。重量平均分子量は前記ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)によって測定することができる。 The weight average molecular weight of the polycondensed ester according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 500 to 3000, and more preferably in the range of 600 to 2000. The weight average molecular weight can be measured by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
以下、一般式(1)で表される構造を有する重縮合エステルの具体例を示すが、これに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, although the specific example of the polycondensation ester which has a structure represented by General formula (1) is shown, it is not limited to this.
以下、上記説明した重縮合エステルの具体的な合成例について記載する。 Hereinafter, a specific synthesis example of the polycondensation ester described above will be described.
〈重縮合エステルP1〉
エチレングリコール180g、無水フタル酸278g、アジピン酸91g、安息香酸610g、エステル化触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.191gを、温度計、撹拌器、緩急冷却管を備えた2Lの四つ口フラスコに仕込み、窒素気流中230℃になるまで、撹拌しながら徐々に昇温する。重合度を観察しながら脱水縮合反応させた。反応終了後200℃で未反応のエチレングリコールを減圧留去することにより、重縮合エステルP1を得た。酸価0.20、数平均分子量450であった。
<Polycondensed ester P1>
180 g of ethylene glycol, 278 g of phthalic anhydride, 91 g of adipic acid, 610 g of benzoic acid, and 0.191 g of tetraisopropyl titanate as an esterification catalyst were charged into a 2 L four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a slow cooling tube. The temperature is gradually raised with stirring until reaching 230 ° C. in a nitrogen stream. The dehydration condensation reaction was carried out while observing the degree of polymerization. After completion of the reaction, unreacted ethylene glycol was distilled off under reduced pressure at 200 ° C. to obtain a polycondensed ester P1. The acid value was 0.20 and the number average molecular weight was 450.
〈重縮合エステルP2〉
1,2-プロピレングリコール251g、無水フタル酸244g、アジピン酸103g、安息香酸610g、エステル化触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.191gを、温度計、撹拌器、緩急冷却管を備えた2Lの四つ口フラスコに仕込み、窒素気流中230℃になるまで、撹拌しながら徐々に昇温する。重合度を観察しながら脱水縮合反応させた。反応終了後200℃で未反応の1,2-プロピレングリコールを減圧留去することにより、重縮合エステルP2を得た。酸価0.10、数平均分子量450であった。
<Polycondensed ester P2>
251 g of 1,2-propylene glycol, 244 g of phthalic anhydride, 103 g of adipic acid, 610 g of benzoic acid, 0.191 g of tetraisopropyl titanate as an esterification catalyst, 2 L four-neck equipped with thermometer, stirrer, and quick cooling tube The flask is charged and gradually heated with stirring until it reaches 230 ° C. in a nitrogen stream. The dehydration condensation reaction was carried out while observing the degree of polymerization. After completion of the reaction, unreacted 1,2-propylene glycol was distilled off under reduced pressure at 200 ° C. to obtain a polycondensed ester P2. The acid value was 0.10 and the number average molecular weight was 450.
〈重縮合エステルP3〉
1,4-ブタンジオール330g、無水フタル酸244g、アジピン酸103g、安息香酸610g、エステル化触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.191gを、温度計、撹拌器、緩急冷却管を備えた2Lの四つ口フラスコに仕込み、窒素気流中230℃になるまで、撹拌しながら徐々に昇温する。重合度を観察しながら脱水縮合反応させた。反応終了後200℃で未反応の1,4-ブタンジオールを減圧留去することにより、重縮合エステルP3を得た。酸価0.50、数平均分子量2000であった。
<Polycondensed ester P3>
1,4-butanediol (330 g), phthalic anhydride (244 g), adipic acid (103 g), benzoic acid (610 g), tetraisopropyl titanate (0.191 g) as an esterification catalyst, 2 L four-neck equipped with a thermometer, stirrer, and slow cooling tube The flask is charged and gradually heated with stirring until it reaches 230 ° C. in a nitrogen stream. The dehydration condensation reaction was carried out while observing the degree of polymerization. After completion of the reaction, unreacted 1,4-butanediol was distilled off at 200 ° C. under reduced pressure to obtain a polycondensed ester P3. The acid value was 0.50 and the number average molecular weight was 2000.
〈重縮合エステルP4〉
1,2-プロピレングリコール251g、テレフタル酸354g、安息香酸610g、エステル化触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.191gを、温度計、撹拌器、緩急冷却管を備えた2Lの四つ口フラスコに仕込み、窒素気流中230℃になるまで、撹拌しながら徐々に昇温する。重合度を観察しながら脱水縮合反応させた。反応終了後200℃で未反応の1,2-プロピレングリコールを減圧留去することにより、重縮合エステルP4を得た。酸価0.10、数平均分子量400であった。
<Polycondensed ester P4>
251 g of 1,2-propylene glycol, 354 g of terephthalic acid, 610 g of benzoic acid, and 0.191 g of tetraisopropyl titanate as an esterification catalyst were charged into a 2 L four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a quick cooling tube. The temperature is gradually raised with stirring until it reaches 230 ° C. in an air stream. The dehydration condensation reaction was carried out while observing the degree of polymerization. After completion of the reaction, unreacted 1,2-propylene glycol was distilled off at 200 ° C. under reduced pressure to obtain a polycondensed ester P4. The acid value was 0.10 and the number average molecular weight was 400.
〈重縮合エステルP5〉
1,2-プロピレングリコール251g、テレフタル酸354g、p-トロイル酸680g、エステル化触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.191gを、温度計、撹拌器、緩急冷却管を備えた2Lの四つ口フラスコに仕込み、窒素気流中230℃になるまで、撹拌しながら徐々に昇温する。重合度を観察しながら脱水縮合反応させた。反応終了後200℃で未反応の1,2-プロピレングリコールを減圧留去することにより、重縮合エステルP5を得た。酸価0.30、数平均分子量400であった。
<Polycondensed ester P5>
251 g of 1,2-propylene glycol, 354 g of terephthalic acid, 680 g of p-troyl acid, and 0.191 g of tetraisopropyl titanate as an esterification catalyst are charged into a 2 L four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, stirrer, and slow cooling tube. The temperature is gradually raised with stirring until it reaches 230 ° C. in a nitrogen stream. The dehydration condensation reaction was carried out while observing the degree of polymerization. After completion of the reaction, unreacted 1,2-propylene glycol was distilled off under reduced pressure at 200 ° C. to obtain a polycondensed ester P5. The acid value was 0.30 and the number average molecular weight was 400.
〈重縮合エステルP6〉
180gの1,2-プロピレングリコール、292gのアジピン酸、エステル化触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.191gを、温度計、撹拌器、緩急冷却管を備えた2Lの四つ口フラスコに仕込み、窒素気流中200℃になるまで、撹拌しながら徐々に昇温する。重合度を観察しながら脱水縮合反応させた。反応終了後200℃で未反応の1,2-プロピレングリコールを減圧留去することにより、重縮合エステルP6を得た。酸価0.10、数平均分子量400であった。
<Polycondensed ester P6>
180 g of 1,2-propylene glycol, 292 g of adipic acid, and 0.191 g of tetraisopropyl titanate as an esterification catalyst were charged into a 2 L four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a slow cooling tube, in a nitrogen stream. The temperature is gradually raised while stirring until 200 ° C is reached. The dehydration condensation reaction was carried out while observing the degree of polymerization. After completion of the reaction, unreacted 1,2-propylene glycol was distilled off under reduced pressure at 200 ° C. to obtain a polycondensed ester P6. The acid value was 0.10 and the number average molecular weight was 400.
〈重縮合エステルP7〉
180gの1,2-プロピレングリコール、無水フタル酸244g、アジピン酸103g、エステル化触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.191gを、温度計、撹拌器、緩急冷却管を備えた2Lの四つ口フラスコに仕込み、窒素気流中200℃になるまで、撹拌しながら徐々に昇温する。重合度を観察しながら脱水縮合反応させた。反応終了後200℃で未反応の1,2-プロピレングリコールを減圧留去することにより、重縮合エステルP7を得た。酸価0.10、数平均分子量320であった。
<Polycondensed ester P7>
180 g of 1,2-propylene glycol, 244 g of phthalic anhydride, 103 g of adipic acid, and 0.191 g of tetraisopropyl titanate as an esterification catalyst were charged into a 2 L four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, stirrer, and quick cooling tube. The temperature is gradually raised with stirring until it reaches 200 ° C. in a nitrogen stream. The dehydration condensation reaction was carried out while observing the degree of polymerization. After completion of the reaction, unreacted 1,2-propylene glycol was distilled off under reduced pressure at 200 ° C. to obtain a polycondensed ester P7. The acid value was 0.10 and the number average molecular weight was 320.
〈重縮合エステルP8〉
エチレングリコール251g、無水フタル酸244g、コハク酸120g、酢酸150g、エステル化触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.191gを、温度計、撹拌器、緩急冷却管を備えた2Lの四つ口フラスコに仕込み、窒素気流中200℃になるまで、撹拌しながら徐々に昇温する。重合度を観察しながら脱水縮合反応させた。反応終了後200℃で未反応のエチレングリコールを減圧留去することにより、重縮合エステルP8を得た。酸価0.50、数平均分子量1200であった。
<Polycondensed ester P8>
251 g of ethylene glycol, 244 g of phthalic anhydride, 120 g of succinic acid, 150 g of acetic acid, and 0.191 g of tetraisopropyl titanate as an esterification catalyst were charged into a 2 L four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a slow cooling tube, and nitrogen The temperature is gradually raised with stirring until it reaches 200 ° C. in an air stream. The dehydration condensation reaction was carried out while observing the degree of polymerization. After completion of the reaction, unreacted ethylene glycol was distilled off under reduced pressure at 200 ° C. to obtain a polycondensed ester P8. The acid value was 0.50 and the number average molecular weight was 1200.
〔積層構造のフィルム:(TAC/アクリル/TAC)フィルム〕
本発明に係るフィルムAは、コア層の両側にスキン層を有する少なくとも3層の構成であり、当該コア層がアクリル樹脂を含有し、当該スキン層がセルロースエステルを含有する積層構造のフィルムであることが、異種の樹脂を重ねることで、前記式(1)~(4)で表される寸法変化率を所望の範囲内に制御しやすくなり、好ましい。
[Laminated film: (TAC / acrylic / TAC) film]
Film A according to the present invention has a structure of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of a core layer, the core layer containing an acrylic resin, and the skin layer containing a cellulose ester. It is preferable to stack different types of resins because the dimensional change rate represented by the formulas (1) to (4) can be easily controlled within a desired range.
本明細書中において、「コア層」とはフィルムの層の中で最も膜厚が厚い層のことをいい、「スキン層」とは、当該「コア層」よりも膜厚が薄い層のことをいう。また、本発明は、「コア層」と「スキン層」の積層構造のフィルムの「コア層」側に、更に「スキン層」があるが、この場合、「コア層」の両側に配置される「スキン層」は、膜厚が同じであっても異なってもよい。 In this specification, “core layer” refers to the thickest layer among the layers of the film, and “skin layer” refers to a layer that is thinner than the “core layer”. Say. Further, in the present invention, there is a “skin layer” on the “core layer” side of the film having a laminated structure of “core layer” and “skin layer”. In this case, the film is disposed on both sides of the “core layer”. The “skin layer” may have the same or different film thickness.
コア層に含有されるアクリル樹脂は前記アクリル樹脂や添加剤等を適宜用いることができる。 As the acrylic resin contained in the core layer, the above-mentioned acrylic resin and additives can be used as appropriate.
スキン層に含有されるセルロースエステルは特に限定されるものではないが、具体的なセルロースエステルとしては、セルロース(ジ、トリ)アセテート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートフタレート、及びセルロースフタレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.6~2.95の範囲内であるセルローストリアセテートであることが、偏光子との密着性に優れ、寸法変化によるフィルムと接着剤部分のひずみの発生を低減する観点から、特に好ましい。 The cellulose ester contained in the skin layer is not particularly limited, but specific cellulose esters include cellulose (di, tri) acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose It is preferably at least one selected from acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, and cellulose phthalate, and cellulose triacetate having an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.6 to 2.95 It is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion to the child and reducing the occurrence of distortion of the film and the adhesive part due to dimensional change.
また、コア層及びスキン層には、後述する可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、劣化防止剤、剥離助剤、界面活性剤、染料、微粒子等の添加剤を含有することが好ましい。 The core layer and skin layer preferably contain additives such as a plasticizer, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a deterioration inhibitor, a peeling aid, a surfactant, a dye, and fine particles, which will be described later.
本発明に係るフィルムAを製造する方法としては、製膜が同時の多層流延製膜であることが好ましく、後述する共流延であることが好ましい。 As a method for producing the film A according to the present invention, it is preferable that the film formation is simultaneous multilayer casting film formation, and co-casting described later is preferable.
共流延の場合、各層の厚さは前記コア層よりもスキン層の膜厚が薄ければ特に限定されないが、好ましくはスキン層がフィルムAの総厚の0.2~50%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは2~30%の厚さであることが好ましい。当該フィルムAの総膜厚は20~60μmの範囲内であることから、コア層の膜厚及びスキン層の膜厚は前記範囲内で調整することが好ましい。 In the case of co-casting, the thickness of each layer is not particularly limited as long as the skin layer is thinner than the core layer, but preferably the skin layer is 0.2 to 50% of the total thickness of the film A. The thickness is preferably 2 to 30%. Since the total film thickness of the film A is in the range of 20 to 60 μm, it is preferable to adjust the film thickness of the core layer and the film thickness of the skin layer within the above ranges.
〔アクリル樹脂及びセルロースエステルを混合したフィルム〕
本発明に係るフィルムAは、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステルとを混合して用いてもよい。混合する場合には、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステルの混合質量比が、アクリル樹脂:セルロースエステル=95:5~50:50の範囲内が好ましく、90:10~70:30の範囲内であることが、環境変動による寸法変化の挙動を制御する観点からより好ましい。
[Film mixed with acrylic resin and cellulose ester]
The film A according to the present invention may be used by mixing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester. In the case of mixing, the mixing mass ratio of the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of acrylic resin: cellulose ester = 95: 5 to 50:50, and preferably in the range of 90:10 to 70:30. From the viewpoint of controlling the behavior of dimensional changes due to environmental fluctuations, it is more preferable.
アクリル樹脂は、前述のアクリル樹脂から適宜選択して使用することができる。セルロースエステルとしては、上記スキン層に含有される樹脂を使用することもでき、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.6~2.95の範囲内であるセルローストリアセテート、又は総アシル基総置換度2.0~2.9の範囲内であって、アセチル基の置換度が0.1~1.9であり、かつプロピオニル基の基置換度が1.1~2.8であるセルロースアセテートプロピオネートを用いることがより好ましく、特に当該セルロースアセテートプロピオネートを用いることが好ましい。 The acrylic resin can be appropriately selected from the aforementioned acrylic resins. As the cellulose ester, a resin contained in the skin layer can be used. Cellulose triacetate having an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.6 to 2.95, or a total substitution degree of total acyl groups of 2 Cellulose acetate propio, which is in the range of 0.0 to 2.9, has an acetyl group substitution degree of 0.1 to 1.9, and a propionyl group substitution degree of 1.1 to 2.8 It is more preferable to use an acrylate, and it is particularly preferable to use the cellulose acetate propionate.
≪フィルムB:セルロースアセテートフィルム≫
本発明に係るフィルムBは、膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であり、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.0~2.5の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有することを特徴とする。膜厚は、更に好ましくは、20~40μmの範囲内である。この範囲内であれば、十分な剛度を備え、取扱い性に優れた特性を得ることができ、薄膜の偏光板を作製しやすくなる。
≪Film B: Cellulose acetate film≫
The film B according to the present invention is characterized in that it contains a cellulose acetate having a thickness of 20 to 60 μm and an average acetyl group substitution degree of 2.0 to 2.5. The film thickness is more preferably in the range of 20 to 40 μm. If it is in this range, it is possible to obtain a property having sufficient rigidity and excellent handleability, and it becomes easy to produce a thin film polarizing plate.
〔セルロースアセテート〕
本発明に係るフィルムBは、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.0~2.5の範囲内にあるセルロースアセテートを主成分として構成されていることを特徴とする。本発明でいう主成分とは、セルロースアセテートフィルムを構成するセルロースアセテートのうち、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.0~2.5の範囲内にあるセルロースアセテートが占める比率が60質量%以上であり、好ましくは80質量%以上、更に好ましくは95質量%以上であることをいう。当該アセチル基の平均置換度は、2.1~2.4の範囲内であることが、寸法変化の挙動を制御しやすく、加えて位相差の発現性も高く、位相差フィルムとしての使用により好ましい。
[Cellulose acetate]
The film B according to the present invention is characterized in that the main component is cellulose acetate having an average degree of substitution of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5. In the present invention, the main component means that the cellulose acetate constituting the cellulose acetate film has a ratio of 60% by mass or more of cellulose acetate having an average degree of substitution of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5. Yes, preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more. The average degree of substitution of the acetyl group is in the range of 2.1 to 2.4, it is easy to control the behavior of dimensional change, and in addition, the development of retardation is high, and it can be used as a retardation film. preferable.
セルロースアセテートにおけるアセチル基の平均置換度は、ASTM-D817-96に準じて測定して求めることができる。 The average degree of substitution of acetyl groups in cellulose acetate can be determined by measurement according to ASTM-D817-96.
本発明において、適用するセルロースアセテートのアセチル基の平均置換度が上記範囲内であれば、本発明の効果を発現するとともに、製膜時の流延適性が高く、フィルムとしても取扱い性に優れている等の特性を実現することができる。 In the present invention, if the average substitution degree of the acetyl group of cellulose acetate to be applied is within the above range, the effect of the present invention is exhibited, the castability at the time of film formation is high, and the handleability is excellent as a film. It is possible to realize characteristics such as being.
また、上記セルロースアセテートの数平均分子量(Mn)は、80000~155000の範囲内であることが好ましく、更には90000~152000の範囲内であることが好ましい。また、重量平均分子量(Mw)は、120000~310000の範囲内であることが好ましい。数平均分子量(Mn)に対する重量平均分子量(Mw)の比率(Mw/Mn)は、1.4~2.5の範囲内であることが好ましく、1.5~2.0の範囲内がさらに好ましい。 In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the cellulose acetate is preferably in the range of 80000 to 155000, and more preferably in the range of 90000 to 152000. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 120,000 to 310000. The ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of 1.4 to 2.5, more preferably in the range of 1.5 to 2.0. preferable.
前記セルロースアセテートの平均分子量(Mn、Mw)は、それぞれゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーにより測定することができる。測定条件は前述のとおりである。 The average molecular weight (Mn, Mw) of the cellulose acetate can be measured by gel permeation chromatography. The measurement conditions are as described above.
本発明に係るセルロースアセテートは、慣用の方法、例えば、硫酸触媒法、酢酸法、メチレンクロライド法などの方法で製造でき、原材料は特に限定はないが、綿花リンター、木材パルプ(針葉樹由来、広葉樹由来)、ケナフ等を挙げることができる。またそれらから得られたセルロースアセテートはそれぞれ任意の割合で混合使用することができる。また、本発明に係るセルロースアセテートは、例えば、特開平10-45804号、特開2005-281645号に記載の方法を参考にして合成することができる。 The cellulose acetate according to the present invention can be produced by a conventional method such as a sulfuric acid catalyst method, an acetic acid method, a methylene chloride method, and the raw materials are not particularly limited. ), Kenaf and the like. Moreover, the cellulose acetate obtained from them can be mixed and used in arbitrary ratios, respectively. The cellulose acetate according to the present invention can be synthesized with reference to the methods described in JP-A Nos. 10-45804 and 2005-281645, for example.
〔糖エステル及び前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する重縮合エステル〕
本発明に係るフィルムBは、フィルムAと同様に前述の糖エステル又は前述の一般式(1)で表される構造を有する重縮合エステルを含有することが、寸法変化の速度を調整する観点から、好ましい。
[Sugar ester and polycondensation ester having the structure represented by the general formula (1)]
From the viewpoint of adjusting the rate of dimensional change, the film B according to the present invention contains the aforementioned sugar ester or the polycondensed ester having the structure represented by the above general formula (1) in the same manner as the film A. ,preferable.
当該糖エステル及び当該重縮合エステルのフィルムBへの含有量は、好ましくは1~20質量%の範囲内であり、より好ましくは2~15質量%の範囲内である。 The content of the sugar ester and the polycondensed ester in the film B is preferably in the range of 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably in the range of 2 to 15% by mass.
〔その他の添加剤〕
本発明に係るフィルムA及びフィルムBは、可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、劣化防止剤、剥離助剤、界面活性剤、染料、微粒子等の添加剤を含有することが好ましい。以下、これらの添加剤を説明するが、フィルムAとフィルムBとで適宜、添加剤の種類、添加量を調整して用いることが好ましい。以下、フィルムAとフィルムBを保護フィルムと呼称して説明する。
[Other additives]
Film A and film B according to the present invention preferably contain additives such as a plasticizer, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a deterioration inhibitor, a peeling aid, a surfactant, a dye, and fine particles. Hereinafter, although these additives are demonstrated, it is preferable to adjust suitably the kind and addition amount of an additive with the film A and the film B suitably. Hereinafter, the film A and the film B are referred to as a protective film for explanation.
(多価アルコールエステル)
本発明に係る保護フィルムにおいては、下記一般式(2)で表される多価アルコールエステルを含有することも好ましい。
(Polyhydric alcohol ester)
In the protective film which concerns on this invention, it is also preferable to contain the polyhydric alcohol ester represented by following General formula (2).
一般式(2)
B1-G-B2
上記一般式(2)において、B1及びB2は、それぞれ独立に脂肪族又は芳香族モノカルボン酸残基を表す。Gは、炭素数が2~12の直鎖又は分岐構造を有するアルキレングリコール残基を表す。
General formula (2)
B 1 -GB 2
In the general formula (2), B 1 and B 2 each independently represent an aliphatic or aromatic monocarboxylic acid residue. G represents an alkylene glycol residue having a straight chain or branched structure having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
一般式(2)において、Gは、炭素原子数2~12の直鎖又は分岐構造を有するアルキレングリコールから誘導される2価の基を表す。 In the general formula (2), G represents a divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having a linear or branched structure having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
Gにおける炭素原子数2~12のアルキレングリコールから誘導される2価の基の例には、エチレングリコール、1,2-プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(ネオペンチルグリコール)、2,2-ジエチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールペンタン)、2-n-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールヘプタン)、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、及び1,12-オクタデカンジオール等から誘導される2価の基を挙げることができる。アルキレングリコールは2種類以上、混合して用いることも好ましく用いることができる。 Examples of the divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms in G include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1, 3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol ( Neopentyl glycol), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylol) Heptane), 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanedio , 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,12-octadecanediol, etc. A divalent group can be mentioned. Two or more types of alkylene glycol can be preferably used in combination.
一般式(2)において、B1及びB2は、それぞれ独立に芳香環含有モノカルボン酸又は脂肪族モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基である。 In the general formula (2), B 1 and B 2 are each independently a monovalent group derived from an aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid or an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.
芳香環含有モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基における芳香環含有モノカルボン酸は、分子内に芳香環を含有するカルボン酸であり、芳香環がカルボキシ基と直接結合したものだけでなく、芳香環がアルキレン基などを介してカルボキシ基と結合したものも含む。芳香環含有モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基の例には、安息香酸、パラターシャリブチル安息香酸、オルソトルイル酸、メタトルイル酸、パラトルイル酸、ジメチル安息香酸、エチル安息香酸、ノルマルプロピル安息香酸、アミノ安息香酸、アセトキシ安息香酸、フェニル酢酸、3-フェニルプロピオン酸などから誘導される1価の基が含まれる。中でも安息香酸、パラトルイル酸が好ましい。 The aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid in the monovalent group derived from the aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid is a carboxylic acid containing an aromatic ring in the molecule, and not only those in which the aromatic ring is directly bonded to a carboxy group, Also included are those in which an aromatic ring is bonded to a carboxy group via an alkylene group or the like. Examples of monovalent groups derived from aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid, para-tert-butyl benzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethyl benzoic acid, ethyl benzoic acid, and normal propyl benzoic acid. , Monovalent groups derived from aminobenzoic acid, acetoxybenzoic acid, phenylacetic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid and the like. Of these, benzoic acid and p-toluic acid are preferable.
脂肪族モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基の例には、酢酸、プロピオン酸、ブタン酸、カプリル酸、カプロン酸、デカン酸、ドデカン酸、ステアリン酸、オレイン酸などから誘導される1価の基が含まれる。なかでも、アルキル部分の炭素原子数が1~10であるアルキルモノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基が好ましく、アセチル基(酢酸から誘導される1価の基)がより好ましい。 Examples of monovalent groups derived from aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include monovalent groups derived from acetic acid, propionic acid, butanoic acid, caprylic acid, caproic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid and the like. Is included. Of these, a monovalent group derived from an alkyl monocarboxylic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety is preferable, and an acetyl group (a monovalent group derived from acetic acid) is more preferable.
以下に、本発明に適用可能な多価アルコールエステルの具体例を示すが、本発明はこれら例示する化合物に限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of polyhydric alcohol esters applicable to the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these exemplified compounds.
本発明に係る一般式(2)で表される構造を有する多価アルコールエステルは、保護フィルムに対して0.5~5質量%の範囲内で含有することが好ましく、1~3質量%の範囲内で含有することがより好ましく、1~2質量%の範囲内で含有することが特に好ましい。 The polyhydric alcohol ester having the structure represented by the general formula (2) according to the present invention is preferably contained in the range of 0.5 to 5% by mass with respect to the protective film. The content is more preferably within the range, and particularly preferably within the range of 1 to 2% by mass.
本発明に係る一般式(2)で表される構造を有する多価アルコールエステルは、従来公知の一般的な合成方法に従って合成することができる。 The polyhydric alcohol ester having the structure represented by the general formula (2) according to the present invention can be synthesized according to a conventionally known general synthesis method.
(リン酸エステル)
本発明に係る保護フィルムは、リン酸エステルを用いることができる。リン酸エステルとしては、トリアリールリン酸エステル、ジアリールリン酸エステル、モノアリールリン酸エステル、アリールホスホン酸化合物、アリールホスフィンオキシド化合物、縮合アリールリン酸エステル、ハロゲン化アルキルリン酸エステル、含ハロゲン縮合リン酸エステル、含ハロゲン縮合ホスホン酸エステル、含ハロゲン亜リン酸エステル等が挙げることができる。
(Phosphate ester)
A phosphoric acid ester can be used for the protective film according to the present invention. As phosphoric acid esters, triaryl phosphoric acid esters, diaryl phosphoric acid esters, monoaryl phosphoric acid esters, aryl phosphonic acid compounds, aryl phosphine oxide compounds, condensed aryl phosphoric acid esters, halogenated alkyl phosphoric acid esters, halogen-containing condensed phosphoric acid Examples thereof include esters, halogen-containing condensed phosphonic acid esters, and halogen-containing phosphorous acid esters.
具体的なリン酸エステルとしては、トリフェニルホスフェート、9,10-ジヒドロ-9-オキサ-10-ホスファフェナンスレン-10-オキシド、フェニルホスホン酸、トリス(β-クロロエチル)ホスフェート、トリス(ジクロロプロピル)ホスフェート、トリス(トリブロモネオペンチル)ホスフェート等が挙げられる。 Specific phosphoric acid esters include triphenyl phosphate, 9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, phenylphosphonic acid, tris (β-chloroethyl) phosphate, tris (dichloro) Propyl) phosphate, tris (tribromoneopentyl) phosphate, and the like.
(グリコール酸のエステル類)
また、本発明においては、多価アルコールエステル類の1種として、グリコール酸のエステル類(グリコレート化合物)を用いることができる。
(Esters of glycolic acid)
In the present invention, glycolic acid esters (glycolate compounds) can be used as one kind of polyhydric alcohol esters.
本発明に適用可能なグリコレート化合物としては、特に限定されないが、アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類が好ましく用いることができる。 The glycolate compound applicable to the present invention is not particularly limited, but alkylphthalylalkyl glycolates can be preferably used.
アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類としては、例えば、メチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、プロピルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、メチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、メチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、プロピルフタリルブチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、メチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルエチルグリコレート等が挙げられ、好ましくはエチルフタリルエチルグリコレートである。 Examples of alkyl phthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl Ethyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl butyl Glycolate, butyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, octyl Lil ethyl glycolate and the like, preferably ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate.
(紫外線吸収剤)
本発明に係る保護フィルムは、紫外線吸収剤を含有することが耐光性を向上する観点から好ましい。紫外線吸収剤は400nm以下の紫外線を吸収することで、耐光性を向上させることを目的としており、特に波長370nmでの透過率が、2~30%の範囲内であることが好ましく、より好ましくは4~20%の範囲内、更に好ましくは5~10%の範囲内である。
(UV absorber)
The protective film according to the present invention preferably contains an ultraviolet absorber from the viewpoint of improving light resistance. The ultraviolet absorber is intended to improve light resistance by absorbing ultraviolet rays of 400 nm or less, and the transmittance at a wavelength of 370 nm is preferably in the range of 2 to 30%, more preferably. It is within the range of 4 to 20%, more preferably within the range of 5 to 10%.
本発明で好ましく用いられる紫外線吸収剤は、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤であり、特に好ましくはベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤及びベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤である。 The UV absorbers preferably used in the present invention are benzotriazole UV absorbers, benzophenone UV absorbers, and triazine UV absorbers, and particularly preferably benzotriazole UV absorbers and benzophenone UV absorbers.
例えば、5-クロロ-2-(3,5-ジ-sec-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、(2-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(直鎖及び側鎖ドデシル)-4-メチルフェノール、2-ヒドロキシ-4-ベンジルオキシベンゾフェノン、2,4-ベンジルオキシベンゾフェノン等があり、また、チヌビン109、チヌビン171、チヌビン234、チヌビン326、チヌビン327、チヌビン328、チヌビン928等のチヌビン類があり、これらはいずれもBASFジャパン社製の市販品であり好ましく使用できる。この中ではハロゲンフリーのものが好ましい。
For example, 5-chloro-2- (3,5-di-sec-butyl-2-hydroxylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole, (2-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6- (linear and side Chain dodecyl) -4-methylphenol, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, 2,4-benzyloxybenzophenone, etc., and
このほか、1,3,5-トリアジン環を有する化合物等の円盤状化合物も紫外線吸収剤として好ましく用いられる。 In addition, a discotic compound such as a compound having a 1,3,5-triazine ring is also preferably used as the ultraviolet absorber.
本発明に係る保護フィルムは、紫外線吸収剤を2種以上含有することが好ましい。 The protective film according to the present invention preferably contains two or more kinds of ultraviolet absorbers.
また、紫外線吸収剤としては高分子紫外線吸収剤も好ましく用いることができ、特に特開平6-148430号公報記載のポリマータイプの紫外線吸収剤が好ましく用いられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、ハロゲン基を有していないことが好ましい。 Also, as the ultraviolet absorber, a polymeric ultraviolet absorber can also be preferably used, and in particular, a polymer type ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-6-148430 is preferably used. Moreover, it is preferable that the ultraviolet absorber does not have a halogen group.
紫外線吸収剤の添加方法は、メタノール、エタノール、ブタノール等のアルコールやメチレンクロライド、酢酸メチル、アセトン、ジオキソラン等の有機溶媒あるいはこれらの混合溶媒に紫外線吸収剤を溶解してからドープに添加するか、又は直接ドープ組成中に添加してもよい。 The method of adding the UV absorber can be added to the dope after dissolving the UV absorber in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or butanol, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone or dioxolane or a mixed solvent thereof. Or you may add directly in dope composition.
無機粉体のように有機溶剤に溶解しないものは、有機溶剤とセルロースエステル(セルロースアセテート)中にディゾルバーやサンドミルを使用し、分散してからドープに添加する。 For inorganic powders that do not dissolve in organic solvents, use a dissolver or sand mill in the organic solvent and cellulose ester (cellulose acetate) to disperse them before adding them to the dope.
紫外線吸収剤の使用量は、紫外線吸収剤の種類、使用条件等により一様ではないが、保護フィルムの乾燥膜厚が15~50μmの範囲内の場合は、保護フィルムに対して0.5~10質量%の範囲内が好ましく、0.6~4質量%の範囲内が更に好ましい。 The amount of UV absorber used is not uniform depending on the type of UV absorber, the operating conditions, etc., but when the dry film thickness of the protective film is in the range of 15 to 50 μm, it is 0.5 to It is preferably in the range of 10% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.6-4% by mass.
(酸化防止剤)
酸化防止剤は劣化防止剤ともいわれる。高湿高温の状態に有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが置かれた場合には、保護フィルムの劣化が起こる場合がある。
(Antioxidant)
Antioxidants are also referred to as deterioration inhibitors. When an organic electroluminescence display device or the like is placed in a high humidity and high temperature state, the protective film may be deteriorated.
酸化防止剤は、例えば、保護フィルム中の残留溶媒量のハロゲンやリン酸系可塑剤のリン酸等により保護フィルムが分解するのを遅らせたり、防いだりする役割を有するので、本発明に係る保護フィルム中に含有させるのが好ましい。 The antioxidant has a role of delaying or preventing the protective film from being decomposed by, for example, the residual solvent amount of halogen in the protective film or phosphoric acid of the phosphoric acid plasticizer. It is preferable to make it contain in a film.
このような酸化防止剤としては、ヒンダードフェノール系の化合物が好ましく用いられ、例えば、2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、トリエチレングリコール-ビス〔3-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、1,6-ヘキサンジオール-ビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、2,4-ビス-(n-オクチルチオ)-6-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-t-ブチルアニリノ)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,2-チオ-ジエチレンビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、オクタデシル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、N,N′-ヘキサメチレンビス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ヒドロシンナマミド)、1,3,5-トリメチル-2,4,6-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)ベンゼン、トリス-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-イソシアヌレート等を挙げることができる。 As such an antioxidant, a hindered phenol compound is preferably used. For example, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di- -T-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], triethylene glycol-bis [3- (3-t-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis [3 -(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilino)- 1,3,5-triazine, 2,2-thio-diethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], oct Decyl-3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, N, N'-hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamamide) 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, tris- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy Benzyl) -isocyanurate and the like.
特に、2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、トリエチレングリコール-ビス〔3-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕が好ましい。また、例えば、N,N′-ビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニル〕ヒドラジン等のヒドラジン系の金属不活性剤やトリス(2,4-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル)ホスファイト等のリン系加工安定剤を併用してもよい。 In particular, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], triethylene glycol-bis [3 -(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] is preferred. Further, for example, hydrazine-based metal deactivators such as N, N′-bis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyl] hydrazine and tris (2,4-di- A phosphorus processing stabilizer such as t-butylphenyl) phosphite may be used in combination.
これらの化合物の添加量は、保護フィルムに対して質量割合で1ppm~1.0%の範囲内が好ましく、10~1000ppmの範囲内が更に好ましい。 The amount of these compounds added is preferably in the range of 1 ppm to 1.0% by weight with respect to the protective film, more preferably in the range of 10 to 1000 ppm.
(微粒子(マット剤))
保護フィルムは、表面の滑り性を高めるため、必要に応じて微粒子(マット剤)をさらに含有してもよい。
(Fine particles (matting agent))
The protective film may further contain fine particles (matting agent) as necessary in order to improve the slipperiness of the surface.
微粒子は、無機微粒子であっても有機微粒子であってもよい。無機微粒子の例には、二酸化ケイ素(シリカ)、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸カルシウム、タルク、クレイ、焼成カオリン、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム及びリン酸カルシウムなどが含まれる。中でも、二酸化ケイ素や酸化ジルコニウムが好ましく、得られるフィルムのヘイズの増大を少なくするためには、より好ましくは二酸化ケイ素である。 The fine particles may be inorganic fine particles or organic fine particles. Examples of inorganic fine particles include silicon dioxide (silica), titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples include magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate. Among these, silicon dioxide and zirconium oxide are preferable, and silicon dioxide is more preferable in order to reduce the increase in haze of the obtained film.
二酸化ケイ素の微粒子の例には、アエロジルR972、R972V、R974、R812、200、200V、300、R202、OX50、TT600、NAX50(以上日本アエロジル(株)製)、シーホスターKE-P10、KE-P30、KE-P50、KE-P100(以上日本触媒(株)製)などが含まれる。中でも、アエロジルR972V、NAX50、シーホスターKE-P30などが、得られるフィルムの濁度を低く保ちつつ、摩擦係数を低減させるため特に好ましい。 Examples of the fine particles of silicon dioxide include Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, TT600, NAX50 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.), Seahoster KE-P10, KE-P30, KE-P50, KE-P100 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) and the like are included. Among them, Aerosil R972V, NAX50, Seahoster KE-P30 and the like are particularly preferable because they reduce the coefficient of friction while keeping the turbidity of the resulting film low.
微粒子の一次粒子径は、5~50nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、7~20nmの範囲内であることがより好ましい。一次粒子径が大きい方が、得られるフィルムの滑り性を高める効果は大きいが、透明性が低下しやすい。そのため、微粒子は、粒子径0.05~0.3μmの範囲内の二次凝集体として含有されていてもよい。微粒子の一次粒子又はその二次凝集体の大きさは、透過型電子顕微鏡にて倍率50~200万倍の範囲内で一次粒子又は二次凝集体を観察し、一次粒子又は二次凝集体100個の粒子径の平均値として求めることができる。 The primary particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 50 nm, and more preferably in the range of 7 to 20 nm. A larger primary particle size has a larger effect of increasing the slipperiness of the resulting film, but the transparency tends to decrease. Therefore, the fine particles may be contained as secondary aggregates having a particle diameter of 0.05 to 0.3 μm. The size of primary particles or secondary aggregates of the fine particles is determined by observing the primary particles or secondary aggregates with a transmission electron microscope in the range of magnification of 500 to 2 million times. It can obtain | require as an average value of an individual particle diameter.
微粒子の含有量は、保護フィルムを形成する樹脂に対して0.05~1.0質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、0.1~0.8質量%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The content of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 0.8% by mass with respect to the resin forming the protective film. preferable.
〔積層構造のフィルム:(TAC/DAC/TAC)フィルム〕
本発明に係るフィルムBもフィルムAと同様に、コア層の両側にスキン層を有する少なくとも3層の構成であり、当該コア層がアセチル基置換度が2.0~2.45の範囲内であるジアセチルセルロース(DAC)を含有し、当該スキン層がアセチル基置換度が2.60~2.95の範囲内のトリアセチルセルロース(TAC)を含有する積層構造のフィルムであることが、異種の樹脂を重ねることで、前記式(1)~(4)で表される寸法変化率を所望の範囲内に制御しやすくなり、好ましい。
[Laminated film: (TAC / DAC / TAC) film]
Similarly to the film A, the film B according to the present invention has a structure of at least three layers having skin layers on both sides of the core layer, and the core layer has a degree of acetyl group substitution within the range of 2.0 to 2.45. It is a heterogeneous film containing a certain diacetyl cellulose (DAC), and the skin layer is a laminated structure film containing triacetyl cellulose (TAC) having a degree of acetyl group substitution in the range of 2.60 to 2.95. By overlapping the resins, the dimensional change rate represented by the above formulas (1) to (4) can be easily controlled within a desired range, which is preferable.
スキン層に含有されるトリアセチルセルロースのアセチル基の平均置換度が2.6以上であると、偏光子との密着性に優れ、寸法変化によるフィルムと接着剤部分のひずみの発生を低減する観点から、特に好ましい。 When the average degree of substitution of acetyl groups of triacetylcellulose contained in the skin layer is 2.6 or more, the adhesiveness to the polarizer is excellent, and the viewpoint of reducing the occurrence of distortion between the film and the adhesive portion due to dimensional change. Are particularly preferred.
また、コア層及びスキン層には、前記可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、劣化防止剤、剥離助剤、界面活性剤、染料、微粒子等の添加剤を適宜含有することが好ましい。 Further, it is preferable that the core layer and the skin layer appropriately contain additives such as the plasticizer, ultraviolet absorber, antioxidant, deterioration inhibitor, peeling aid, surfactant, dye, and fine particles.
本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムは、前記コア層よりもスキン層の膜厚が薄ければ特に限定されないが、好ましくはスキン層がフィルムBの総厚の0.2~50%の範囲内であることが好ましく、より好ましくは2~30%の範囲内の厚さであることが好ましい。当該フィルムBの総膜厚は20~60μmの範囲内であることから、コア層の膜厚及びスキン層の膜厚は前記範囲内で調整することが好ましい。 The cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the skin layer is thinner than the core layer, but preferably the skin layer is in the range of 0.2 to 50% of the total thickness of the film B. The thickness is preferably in the range of 2 to 30%. Since the total film thickness of the film B is in the range of 20 to 60 μm, it is preferable to adjust the film thickness of the core layer and the film thickness of the skin layer within the above ranges.
≪フィルムA及びフィルムBの製造方法≫
本発明に係るフィルムAであるアクリルフィルム及びフィルムBであるセルロースアセテートフィルムの製造方法としては、通常のインフレーション法、T-ダイ法、カレンダー法、切削法、流延法、エマルジョン法、ホットプレス法等の製造法が使用できるが、着色抑制、異物欠点の抑制、ダイラインなどの光学欠点の抑制などの観点から製膜方法は、溶液流延製膜法と溶融流延製膜法が選択でき、特に溶液流延製膜法であることが、均一で平滑な表面を得ることができる観点から好ましい。
<< Production Method of Film A and Film B >>
Examples of the method for producing the acrylic film as the film A and the cellulose acetate film as the film B according to the present invention include a normal inflation method, a T-die method, a calendar method, a cutting method, a casting method, an emulsion method, and a hot press method. However, from the viewpoint of suppression of coloring, suppression of foreign matter defects, suppression of optical defects such as die lines, etc., a solution casting film forming method and a melt casting film forming method can be selected. The solution casting film forming method is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining a uniform and smooth surface.
〔溶液流延製膜法〕
以下、本発明に係る保護フィルムを溶液流延法で製造する製造例について説明する。
[Solution casting film forming method]
Hereinafter, the manufacture example which manufactures the protective film which concerns on this invention by the solution casting method is demonstrated.
本発明に係る保護フィルムの製造方法としては、通常のインフレーション法、T-ダイ法、カレンダー法、切削法、流延法、エマルジョン法、ホットプレス法等の製造法が使用できるが、着色抑制、異物欠点の抑制、ダイラインなどの光学欠点の抑制などの観点から製膜方法は、溶液流延製膜法と溶融流延製膜法が選択でき、特に溶液流延法であることが好ましい。 As a method for producing a protective film according to the present invention, production methods such as a normal inflation method, a T-die method, a calendar method, a cutting method, a casting method, an emulsion method, and a hot press method can be used. From the viewpoint of suppressing foreign matter defects and suppressing optical defects such as die lines, a film casting method can be selected from a solution casting film forming method and a melt casting film forming method, and the solution casting method is particularly preferable.
本発明に係る保護フィルムの製造は、アクリル樹脂、セルロースエステル及び前記可塑剤などの添加剤を溶剤に溶解させてドープを調製する工程、ドープをベルト状若しくはドラム状の金属支持体上に流延する工程、流延したドープをウェブとして乾燥する工程、金属支持体から剥離する工程、延伸する工程、更に乾燥する工程、及び冷却後巻き取る工程により行われる。本発明の保護フィルムは固形分中に好ましくはアクリル樹脂又はセルロースアセテートを60~95質量%の範囲内で含有するものである。 The production of the protective film according to the present invention comprises the steps of preparing a dope by dissolving an additive such as an acrylic resin, cellulose ester and the plasticizer in a solvent, and casting the dope on a belt-like or drum-like metal support. It is carried out by a step of drying, a step of drying the cast dope as a web, a step of peeling from the metal support, a step of stretching, a step of further drying, and a step of winding after cooling. The protective film of the present invention preferably contains acrylic resin or cellulose acetate in the solid content in the range of 60 to 95% by mass.
ここでは、フィルムBであるセルロースアセテートフィルムの製膜方法を例にとって説明するが、フィルムAであるアクリルフィルムの製造方法に同様に適用することができる。また、下記説明で特にアクリルフィルムに係る製造方法に関する部分については、アクリルフィルムとして適宜説明を加える。 Here, although the film forming method of the cellulose acetate film which is the film B will be described as an example, it can be similarly applied to the manufacturing method of the acrylic film which is the film A. Further, in the following description, portions relating to the manufacturing method related to the acrylic film will be appropriately described as an acrylic film.
(1)溶解工程
セルロースアセテートに対する良溶媒を主とする有機溶媒に、溶解釜中で当該セルロースアセテート、場合によって、本発明に係る糖エステル、重縮合エステル、多価アルコールエステル、又はその他の化合物を撹拌しながら溶解しドープを形成する工程、あるいは該セルロースアセテート溶液に、本発明に係る糖エステル、重縮合エステル、多価アルコールエステル、又はその他の化合物溶液を混合して主溶解液であるドープを形成する工程である。
(1) Dissolution process In a dissolution vessel, the cellulose acetate, in some cases, a sugar ester, a polycondensation ester, a polyhydric alcohol ester, or other compound is added to an organic solvent mainly composed of a good solvent for cellulose acetate. The step of dissolving with stirring to form a dope, or mixing the sugar ester, polycondensation ester, polyhydric alcohol ester, or other compound solution according to the present invention into the cellulose acetate solution, It is a process of forming.
本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムを溶液流延法で製造する場合、ドープを形成するのに有用な有機溶媒は、セルロースアセテート及びその他の化合物を同時に溶解するものであれば制限なく用いることができる。 When the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is produced by the solution casting method, an organic solvent useful for forming a dope can be used without limitation as long as it dissolves cellulose acetate and other compounds at the same time.
例えば、塩素系有機溶媒としては、塩化メチレン、非塩素系有機溶媒としては、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸アミル、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,3-ジオキソラン、1,4-ジオキサン、シクロヘキサノン、ギ酸エチル、2,2,2-トリフルオロエタノール、2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-1-プロパノール、1,3-ジフルオロ-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-メチル-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-プロパノール、2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロ-1-プロパノール、ニトロエタン等を挙げることができ、塩化メチレン、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、アセトンを好ましく使用することができる。 For example, as a chlorinated organic solvent, methylene chloride, as a non-chlorinated organic solvent, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, etc. Methylene chloride, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and acetone can be preferably used.
ドープには、上記有機溶媒の他に、1~40質量%の範囲内の炭素原子数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールを含有させることが好ましい。ドープ中のアルコールの比率が高くなるとウェブがゲル化し、金属支持体からの剥離が容易になり、また、アルコールの割合が少ないときは非塩素系有機溶媒系でのセルロースアセテート及びその他の化合物の溶解を促進する役割もある。本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムの製膜においては、得られるセルロースアセテートフィルムの平面性を高める点から、アルコール濃度が0.5~15.0質量%の範囲内にあるドープを用いて製膜する方法を適用することができる。 In addition to the organic solvent, the dope preferably contains a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the range of 1 to 40% by mass. When the proportion of alcohol in the dope increases, the web gels, and peeling from the metal support becomes easy. When the proportion of alcohol is small, cellulose acetate and other compounds dissolve in non-chlorine organic solvents. There is also a role to promote. In the film formation of the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention, the film is formed using a dope having an alcohol concentration in the range of 0.5 to 15.0% by mass in order to improve the flatness of the obtained cellulose acetate film. The method can be applied.
特に、メチレンクロライド、及び炭素数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールを含有する溶媒に、セルロースアセテート及びその他の化合物を、計15~45質量%の範囲内で溶解させたドープ組成物であることが好ましい。 In particular, a dope in which cellulose acetate and other compounds are dissolved in a total amount of 15 to 45 mass% in a solvent containing methylene chloride and a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. A composition is preferred.
炭素原子数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールとしては、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、iso-プロパノール、n-ブタノール、sec-ブタノール、tert-ブタノールを挙げることができる。これらの内ドープの安定性、沸点も比較的低く、乾燥性もよいこと等からメタノール及びエタノールが好ましい。 Examples of the linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, and tert-butanol. Methanol and ethanol are preferred because of the stability, boiling point of these inner dopes, and good drying properties.
セルロースアセテート及び糖エステル、重縮合エステル、多価アルコールエステル、又はその他の化合物の溶解には、常圧で行う方法、主溶媒の沸点以下で行う方法、主溶媒の沸点以上で加圧して行う方法、特開平9-95544号公報、特開平9-95557号公報、又は特開平9-95538号公報に記載の如き冷却溶解法で行う方法、特開平11-21379号公報に記載されている高圧で行う方法等種々の溶解方法を用いることができるが、特に主溶媒の沸点以上で加圧して行う方法が好ましい。 Cellulose acetate and sugar ester, polycondensation ester, polyhydric alcohol ester, or other compounds are dissolved at atmospheric pressure, below the boiling point of the main solvent, or pressurized above the boiling point of the main solvent. A method using a cooling dissolution method as described in JP-A-9-95544, JP-A-9-95557, or JP-A-9-95538, and a high pressure described in JP-A-11-21379. Various dissolution methods such as a method of performing can be used, and a method of performing pressurization at a pressure equal to or higher than the boiling point of the main solvent is particularly preferable.
ドープ中のセルロースアセテートの濃度は、10~40質量%の範囲内であることが好ましい。溶解中又は後のドープに化合物を加えて溶解及び分散した後、濾材で濾過し、脱泡して送液ポンプで次工程に送る。 The concentration of cellulose acetate in the dope is preferably in the range of 10 to 40% by mass. After the compound is added to the dope during or after dissolution and dissolved and dispersed, it is filtered through a filter medium, defoamed, and sent to the next step with a liquid feed pump.
濾過は捕集粒子径0.5~5μmの範囲内で、かつ濾水時間10~25sec/100mlの範囲内の濾材を用いることが好ましい。 For the filtration, it is preferable to use a filter medium having a collected particle diameter of 0.5 to 5 μm and a filtering time of 10 to 25 sec / 100 ml.
この方法では、粒子分散時に残存する凝集物や主ドープ添加時発生する凝集物を、捕集粒子径0.5~5μmの範囲内で、かつ濾水時間10~25sec/100mlの範囲内の濾材を用いることで凝集物だけ除去できる。主ドープでは粒子の濃度も添加液に比べ十分に薄いため、濾過時に凝集物同士がくっついて急激な濾圧上昇することもない。 In this method, the aggregate remaining at the time of particle dispersion and the aggregate generated when the main dope is added are within the range of the collected particle diameter of 0.5 to 5 μm and the filtering time is within the range of 10 to 25 sec / 100 ml. Only the aggregates can be removed by using. In the main dope, the concentration of particles is sufficiently thinner than that of the additive solution, so that aggregates do not stick together at the time of filtration and the filtration pressure does not increase suddenly.
図7は、本発明に好ましい溶液流延製膜方法のドープ調製工程、流延工程及び乾燥工程の一例を模式的に示した図である。 FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing an example of a dope preparation step, a casting step, and a drying step of a solution casting film forming method preferable for the present invention.
仕込釜41より濾過器44で大きな凝集物を除去し、ストック釜42へ送液する。その後、ストック釜42より主ドープ溶解釜1へ各種添加液を添加する。
大 き な Remove large agglomerates from the charging
その後、主ドープは主濾過器3にて濾過され、これに紫外線吸収剤添加液が16よりインライン添加される。
Thereafter, the main dope is filtered by the
多くの場合、主ドープには返材が10~50質量%程度含まれることがある。 In many cases, the main dope may contain about 10 to 50% by weight of recycled material.
返材とは、セルロースアセテートフィルムを細かく粉砕した物で、セルロースアセテートフィルムを製膜するときに発生する、フィルムの両サイド部分を切り落とした物や、擦り傷などでフィルムの規定値を越えたセルロースアセテートフィルム原反が使用される。 Recycled material is a finely pulverized cellulose acetate film, which is generated when the cellulose acetate film is formed, and is obtained by cutting both sides of the film, or cellulose acetate that exceeds the specified value of the film due to scratches, etc. Film stock is used.
また、ドープ調製に用いられる樹脂の原料としては、あらかじめセルロースアセテート及びその他の化合物などをペレット化したものも、好ましく用いることができる。 Also, as the raw material of the resin used for the dope preparation, those obtained by pelletizing cellulose acetate and other compounds in advance can be preferably used.
(2)流延工程
(2-1)ドープの流延
ドープを、送液ポンプ(例えば、加圧型定量ギヤポンプ)を通して加圧ダイ30に送液し、無限に移送する無端の金属支持体31、例えば、ステンレスベルト、あるいは回転する金属ドラム等の金属支持体上の流延位置に、加圧ダイスリットからドープを流延する工程である。
(2) Casting step (2-1) Dope casting An
流延(キャスト)工程における金属支持体は、表面を鏡面仕上げしたものが好ましく、金属支持体としては、ステンレススティールベルト若しくは鋳物で表面をメッキ仕上げしたドラムが好ましく用いられる。キャストの幅は1~4mの範囲内、好ましくは1.5~3mの範囲内、さらに好ましくは2~2.8mの範囲内とすることができる。流延工程の金属支持体の表面温度は-50℃~溶剤が沸騰して発泡しない温度の範囲内、さらに好ましくは-30~100℃の範囲内に設定される。温度が高い方がウェブの乾燥速度が速くできるので好ましいが、余り高過ぎるとウェブが発泡したり、平面性が劣化する場合がある。好ましい支持体温度としては0~100℃の範囲内で適宜決定され、5~30℃の範囲内が更に好ましい。あるいは、冷却することによってウェブをゲル化させて残留溶媒を多く含んだ状態でドラムから剥離することも好ましい方法である。金属支持体の温度を制御する方法は特に制限されないが、温風又は冷風を吹きかける方法や、温水を金属支持体の裏側に接触させる方法がある。温水を用いる方が熱の伝達が効率的に行われるため、金属支持体の温度が一定になるまでの時間が短く好ましい。温風を用いる場合は溶媒の蒸発潜熱によるウェブの温度低下を考慮して、溶媒の沸点以上の温風を使用しつつ、発泡も防ぎながら目的の温度よりも高い温度の風を使う場合がある。特に、流延から剥離するまでの間で支持体の温度及び乾燥風の温度を変更し、効率的に乾燥を行うことが好ましい。 The metal support in the casting process is preferably a mirror-finished surface, and a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used as the metal support. The cast width can be in the range of 1 to 4 m, preferably in the range of 1.5 to 3 m, more preferably in the range of 2 to 2.8 m. The surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is set in the range of −50 ° C. to the temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam, more preferably in the range of −30 to 100 ° C. A higher temperature is preferable because the web can be dried faster, but if it is too high, the web may foam or the flatness may deteriorate. The preferred support temperature is appropriately determined within the range of 0 to 100 ° C, and more preferably within the range of 5 to 30 ° C. Alternatively, it is also a preferable method that the web is gelled by cooling and peeled from the drum in a state containing a large amount of residual solvent. The method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of contacting hot water with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short. When using warm air, considering the temperature drop of the web due to the latent heat of vaporization of the solvent, while using warm air above the boiling point of the solvent, there may be cases where wind at a temperature higher than the target temperature is used while preventing foaming. . In particular, it is preferable to perform drying efficiently by changing the temperature of the support and the temperature of the drying air during the period from casting to peeling.
ダイの口金部分のスリット形状を調整でき、膜厚を均一にしやすい加圧ダイが好ましい。加圧ダイには、コートハンガーダイやTダイ等があり、いずれも好ましく用いられる。金属支持体の表面は鏡面となっている。製膜速度を上げるために加圧ダイを金属支持体上に2基以上設け、ドープ量を分割して重層してもよい。 ¡Pressure dies that can adjust the slit shape of the die base and make the film thickness uniform are preferred. Examples of the pressure die include a coat hanger die and a T die, and any of them is preferably used. The surface of the metal support is a mirror surface. In order to increase the film forming speed, two or more pressure dies may be provided on the metal support, and the dope amount may be divided and stacked.
(2-2)共流延
前記本発明に係る、(TAC/アクリル/TAC)フィルム及び(TAC/DAC/TAC)フィルムといった積層構造のフィルムは、アクリル樹脂を含有するドープ及びセルロースエステルを含有するドープをそれぞれ用いて、支持体としての平滑なバンド上あるいはドラム上に2種以上の複数のドープを流延して製膜することができる。
(2-2) Co-casting A film having a laminated structure such as a (TAC / acrylic / TAC) film and a (TAC / DAC / TAC) film according to the present invention contains a dope containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester. Each dope can be used to form a film by casting two or more kinds of dopes on a smooth band or drum as a support.
2種以上のドープを同時に支持体上に流延してもよいし、別々に支持体上に流延してもよい。別々に流延する逐次流延法の場合は、支持体側のドープを先に流延して支持体上である程度乾燥させた後に、その上に重ねて流延することができる。また、3種以上のドープを使用する場合、同時流延(共流延ともいう)と逐次流延を適宜組み合わせて流延し、積層構造のフィルムを作製することもできる。共流延若しくは逐次流延によって製膜されるこれらの方法は、乾燥されたフィルム上に塗布する方法とは異なり、積層構造の各層の境界が不明確になり、断面の観察で積層構造が明確には分かれないことがあるという特徴があり、各層間の密着性を向上させる効果がある。 Two or more kinds of dopes may be cast on the support at the same time or separately on the support. In the case of the sequential casting method in which casting is performed separately, the dope on the support side can be cast first and dried to some extent on the support, and then overlaid on the support. When three or more kinds of dopes are used, a film having a laminated structure can be produced by appropriately combining simultaneous casting (also called co-casting) and sequential casting. These methods, which are formed by co-casting or sequential casting, differ from the method of coating on a dried film, and the boundary of each layer of the laminated structure becomes unclear, and the laminated structure is clear by observing the cross section. There is a feature that there is a case where there is no separation, there is an effect of improving the adhesion between each layer.
本発明に係るフィルムA及びフィルムBを上記積層構造のフィルムとする場合の製造方法は、生産性の観点からは共流延で行うことが好ましく、公知の共流延方法を用いることができる。例えばフィルムAの場合、金属支持体の進行方向に間隔を置いて設けた複数の流延口からアクリル樹脂を含む溶液、及びセルロースエステルを含む溶液をそれぞれ流延させて積層させながらフィルムを作製してもよく、例えば特開昭61-158414号公報、特開平1-122419号公報、特開平11-198285号公報等の各公報などに記載の方法が適応できる。また、二つの流延口からアクリル樹脂を含む溶液、及びセルロースエステルを含む溶液を流延することによってもフィルム化することでもよく、例えば特公昭60-27562号公報、特開昭61-94724号公報、特開昭61-947245号公報、特開昭61-104813号公報、特開昭61-158413号公報、特開平6-134933号公報等の各公報に記載の方法で実施できる。 The production method in the case where the film A and the film B according to the present invention are formed into the above laminated structure is preferably performed by co-casting from the viewpoint of productivity, and a known co-casting method can be used. For example, in the case of film A, a film is produced while casting and laminating a solution containing an acrylic resin and a solution containing a cellulose ester from a plurality of casting openings provided at intervals in the traveling direction of the metal support. For example, the methods described in JP-A-61-158414, JP-A-1-122419, JP-A-11-198285 and the like can be applied. Further, a film may be formed by casting a solution containing an acrylic resin and a solution containing a cellulose ester from two casting ports, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 60-27562 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-94724. It can be carried out by the methods described in JP-A 61-947245, JP-A 61-104413, JP-A 61-158413, JP-A 6-134933, and the like.
図8は、共流延ダイ及び流延して多層構造ウェブを形成したところを表した模式図である。 FIG. 8 is a schematic view showing a co-casting die and a multi-layered web formed by casting.
図中、共流延ダイ50、口金部分51、層B、層C用スリット53、55、層A用スリット54、金属支持体56、層B、層C用ドープ57、59、層A用ドープ58、多層構造ウェブ60、層C61、層A62、層B63を各々表す。
In the figure, the co-casting die 50, the
(3)溶媒蒸発工程
ウェブ(流延用支持体上にドープを流延し、形成されたドープ膜をウェブという。)を流延用支持体上で加熱し、溶媒を蒸発させる工程である。
(3) Solvent evaporation step The web (the dope is cast on the casting support and the formed dope film is referred to as a web) is heated on the casting support to evaporate the solvent.
溶媒を蒸発させるには、ウェブ側から風を吹かせる方法又は支持体の裏面から液体により伝熱させる方法、輻射熱により表裏から伝熱する方法等があるが、裏面液体伝熱方法が、乾燥効率が良く好ましい。また、それらを組み合わせる方法も好ましく用いられる。流延後の支持体上のウェブを40~100℃の雰囲気下、支持体上で乾燥させることが好ましい。40~100℃の雰囲気下に維持するには、この温度の温風をウェブ上面に当てるか赤外線等の手段により加熱することが好ましい。 To evaporate the solvent, there are a method of blowing air from the web side, a method of transferring heat from the back side of the support, a method of transferring heat from the front and back by radiant heat, etc. Is preferable. A method of combining them is also preferably used. The web on the support after casting is preferably dried on the support in an atmosphere of 40 to 100 ° C. In order to maintain the atmosphere at 40 to 100 ° C., it is preferable to apply hot air at this temperature to the upper surface of the web or heat by means such as infrared rays.
面品質、透湿性、剥離性の観点から、30~120秒以内で当該ウェブを支持体から剥離することが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of surface quality, moisture permeability, and peelability, it is preferable to peel the web from the support within 30 to 120 seconds.
(4)剥離工程
金属支持体上で溶媒が蒸発したウェブを、剥離位置で剥離する工程である。剥離されたウェブは次工程に送られる。
(4) Peeling process It is the process of peeling the web which the solvent evaporated on the metal support body in a peeling position. The peeled web is sent to the next process.
金属支持体上の剥離位置における温度は好ましくは10~40℃の範囲内であり、さらに好ましくは11~30℃の範囲内である。 The temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C, more preferably in the range of 11 to 30 ° C.
なお、剥離する時点での金属支持体上でのウェブの剥離時残留溶媒量は、乾燥の条件の強弱、金属支持体の長さ等により50~120質量%の範囲内で剥離することが好ましいが、残留溶媒量がより多い時点で剥離する場合、ウェブが柔らか過ぎると剥離時平面性を損ね、剥離張力によるツレや縦スジが発生しやすいため、経済速度と品質との兼ね合いで剥離時の残留溶媒量が決められる。 The amount of residual solvent at the time of peeling of the web on the metal support at the time of peeling is preferably peeled within a range of 50 to 120% by mass depending on the strength of drying conditions, the length of the metal support, and the like. However, when peeling off at a time when the amount of residual solvent is larger, if the web is too soft, flatness at the time of peeling is impaired, and slippage and vertical stripes due to peeling tension are likely to occur.Therefore, the balance between economic speed and quality The amount of residual solvent is determined.
ウェブの残留溶媒量は下記式(Z)で定義される。 The residual solvent amount of the web is defined by the following formula (Z).
式(Z)
残留溶媒量(%)=(ウェブの加熱処理前質量-ウェブの加熱処理後質量)/(ウェブの加熱処理後質量)×100
なお、残留溶媒量を測定する際の加熱処理とは、115℃で1時間の加熱処理を行うことを表す。
Formula (Z)
Residual solvent amount (%) = (mass before web heat treatment−mass after web heat treatment) / (mass after web heat treatment) × 100
Note that the heat treatment for measuring the residual solvent amount represents performing heat treatment at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.
金属支持体とフィルムを剥離する際の剥離張力は、通常、196~245N/mの範囲内であるが、剥離の際に皺が入りやすい場合、190N/m以下の張力で剥離することが好ましい。 The peeling tension when peeling the metal support from the film is usually in the range of 196 to 245 N / m. However, when wrinkles are likely to occur during peeling, peeling with a tension of 190 N / m or less is preferable. .
本発明においては、当該金属支持体上の剥離位置における温度を-50~40℃の範囲内とするのが好ましく、10~40℃の範囲内がより好ましく、15~30℃の範囲内とするのが最も好ましい。 In the present invention, the temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably in the range of −50 to 40 ° C., more preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C., and in the range of 15 to 30 ° C. Is most preferred.
(5)乾燥及び延伸工程
乾燥工程は予備乾燥工程、本乾燥工程に分けて行うこともできる。
(5) Drying and stretching step The drying step can be divided into a preliminary drying step and a main drying step.
(予備乾燥工程)
金属支持体から剥離して得られたウェブを乾燥させる。ウェブの乾燥は、ウェブを、上下に配置した多数のローラーにより搬送しながら乾燥させてもよいし、テンター乾燥機のようにウェブの両端部をクリップで固定して搬送しながら乾燥させてもよい。
(Preliminary drying process)
The web obtained by peeling from the metal support is dried. The web may be dried while being conveyed by a large number of rollers arranged above and below, or may be dried while being conveyed while fixing both ends of the web with clips like a tenter dryer. .
ウェブを乾燥させる手段は特に制限なく、一般的に熱風、赤外線、加熱ローラー、マイクロ波等で行うことができるが、簡便さの点で、熱風で行うことが好ましい。 The means for drying the web is not particularly limited, and can be generally performed with hot air, infrared rays, a heating roller, microwave, or the like, but it is preferably performed with hot air in terms of simplicity.
ウェブの乾燥工程における乾燥温度は好ましくはフィルムのガラス転移点-5℃以下、100℃以上で10分以上60分以下の熱処理を行うことが効果的である。乾燥温度は100~200℃の範囲内、更に好ましくは110~160℃の範囲内で乾燥が行われる。 The drying temperature in the web drying step is preferably a glass transition temperature of the film of −5 ° C. or lower, and it is effective to perform heat treatment at 100 ° C. or higher and 10 minutes or longer and 60 minutes or shorter. Drying is performed at a drying temperature in the range of 100 to 200 ° C, more preferably in the range of 110 to 160 ° C.
(延伸工程)
本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムは、MD方向及び/又はTD方向に延伸することが好ましく、少なくともテンター延伸装置によって、TD方向に延伸して製造することが好ましい。
(Stretching process)
The cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is preferably stretched in the MD direction and / or TD direction, and is preferably produced by stretching in the TD direction by at least a tenter stretching apparatus.
当該延伸は、一軸延伸又は二軸延伸とすることができ、二軸延伸には、一方向に延伸し、もう一方の方向の張力を緩和して収縮させる態様も含まれる。 The stretching may be uniaxial stretching or biaxial stretching, and biaxial stretching includes a mode in which stretching is performed in one direction and the tension in the other direction is relaxed and contracted.
本発明に係るアクリルフィルムは延伸後の膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内になるように、又セルロースアセテートフィルムは、延伸後の膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内となるようにMD方向及び/又はTD方向に、好ましくはTD方向に、フィルムのガラス転移温度をTgとしたときに、(Tg+15)~(Tg+50)℃の温度範囲内で延伸することが好ましい。上記温度範囲内で延伸すると、リターデーションの調整がしやすく、また延伸応力を低下できるのでヘイズが低くなる。また、破断の発生を抑制し、平面性、フィルム自身の着色性に優れた偏光板保護フィルムが得られる。延伸温度は、(Tg+20)~(Tg+40)℃の範囲内で行うことが好ましい。 The acrylic film according to the present invention is oriented in the MD direction and / or so that the film thickness after stretching is in the range of 20-60 μm, and the cellulose acetate film is in the range of 20-60 μm after stretching. Alternatively, the film is preferably stretched in the temperature range of (Tg + 15) to (Tg + 50) ° C., where Tg is the glass transition temperature of the film in the TD direction, preferably in the TD direction. When it is stretched within the above temperature range, the retardation can be easily adjusted, and the stretching stress can be lowered, so that the haze is lowered. Moreover, the generation | occurrence | production of a fracture | rupture is suppressed and the polarizing plate protective film excellent in planarity and the coloring property of the film itself is obtained. The stretching temperature is preferably within the range of (Tg + 20) to (Tg + 40) ° C.
なお、ここでいうガラス転移温度Tgとは、市販の示差走査熱量測定器を用いて、昇温速度20℃/分で測定し、JIS K7121(1987)に従い求めた中間点ガラス転移温度(Tmg)である。 The glass transition temperature Tg referred to here is a midpoint glass transition temperature (Tmg) measured at a rate of temperature increase of 20 ° C./min using a commercially available differential scanning calorimeter and determined according to JIS K7121 (1987). It is.
具体的な光学フィルムのガラス転移温度Tgの測定方法は、JIS K7121(1987)に従って、セイコーインスツル(株)製の示差走査熱量計DSC220を用いて測定する。 A specific method for measuring the glass transition temperature Tg of the optical film is measured using a differential scanning calorimeter DSC220 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. according to JIS K7121 (1987).
本発明に係るアクリルフィルムは、TD方向の元幅に対して、1.05~1.5倍の範囲内で延伸することが好ましい。上記範囲内で延伸することによって、平面性を向上するとともに、寸法変化の挙動を所望の範囲内に制御することができる。 The acrylic film according to the present invention is preferably stretched within a range of 1.05 to 1.5 times the original width in the TD direction. By stretching within the above range, the flatness can be improved and the behavior of dimensional change can be controlled within a desired range.
また、本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムは、ウェブを少なくともTD方向に1.1倍以上延伸することが好ましい。延伸の範囲は、元幅に対して1.1~1.5倍の範囲内であることが好ましく、1.05~1.3倍の範囲内であることがより好ましい。上記範囲内であれば、フィルム中の分子の移動が大きく、所望の位相差値が得られるばかりではなく、フィルムの寸法変化の挙動を所望の範囲内に制御することができる。 Further, the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention preferably stretches the web at least 1.1 times in the TD direction. The stretching range is preferably in the range of 1.1 to 1.5 times the original width, and more preferably in the range of 1.05 to 1.3 times. Within the above range, the movement of molecules in the film is large, and not only a desired retardation value can be obtained, but also the behavior of the dimensional change of the film can be controlled within the desired range.
さらに、当該延伸は製膜した後残留溶剤量が40質量%以上であるときに該フィルムをMD方向に延伸を開始することが好ましく、残留溶剤量が40質量%未満であるときにTD方向に延伸することが好ましい。 Furthermore, it is preferable to start stretching the film in the MD direction when the residual solvent amount is 40% by mass or more after film formation, and in the TD direction when the residual solvent amount is less than 40% by mass. It is preferable to stretch.
MD方向に延伸するために、剥離張力を130N/m以上で剥離することが好ましく、特に好ましくは150~170N/mの範囲内である。剥離後のウェブは高残留溶剤状態であるため、剥離張力と同様の張力を維持することで、MD方向への延伸を行うことができる。ウェブが乾燥し、残留溶剤量が減少するに従って、MD方向への延伸率は低下する。 In order to stretch in the MD direction, peeling is preferably performed at a peeling tension of 130 N / m or more, and particularly preferably in the range of 150 to 170 N / m. Since the web after peeling is in a high residual solvent state, stretching in the MD direction can be performed by maintaining the same tension as the peeling tension. As the web dries and the residual solvent amount decreases, the draw ratio in the MD direction decreases.
なお、MD方向の延伸倍率は、ベルト支持体の回転速度とテンター運転速度から算出できる。 The draw ratio in the MD direction can be calculated from the rotation speed of the belt support and the tenter operation speed.
TD方向に延伸するには、例えば、特開昭62-46625号公報に示されているような乾燥全工程あるいは一部の工程を幅方向にクリップ又はピンでウェブの幅両端を幅保持しつつ乾燥させる方法(テンター方式と呼ばれる)、中でも、クリップを用いるテンター方式、ピンを用いるピンテンター方式が好ましく用いられる。 In order to stretch in the TD direction, for example, the entire drying process or a part of the process as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-46625 can be performed while holding the width ends of the web with clips or pins in the width direction. A drying method (referred to as a tenter method), among them, a tenter method using clips and a pin tenter method using pins are preferably used.
本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムは延伸することにより必然的にリターデーションを有するが、面内リターデーション値Ro、及び厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rtは自動複屈折率計アクソスキャン(Axo Scan Mueller Matrix Polarimeter:アクソメトリックス社製)を用いて、23℃・55%RHの環境下、590nmの波長において、三次元屈折率測定を行い、得られた屈折率nx、ny、nzから算出することができる。 The cellulose acetate film according to the present invention inevitably has a retardation by stretching, but the in-plane retardation value Ro and the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction are determined by an automatic birefringence meter Axoscan (Axo Scan Mueller Matrix). Polarimeter: manufactured by Axometrics Co., Ltd.) can be calculated from the obtained refractive indexes nx, ny, and nz by performing a three-dimensional refractive index measurement at a wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. .
本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムは、下記式(i)及び(ii)で定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Roが40~60nmの範囲内であり、厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rtが100~140nmの範囲内であることが、VAモード型液晶表示装置の視認性を向上する観点から好ましい。セルロースアセテートフィルムは、少なくとも前記TD方向に延伸倍率を調整しながら延伸することで、上記リターデーション値の範囲内に調整することができる。 In the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention, the retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction defined by the following formulas (i) and (ii) is in the range of 40 to 60 nm, and the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction is 100. The range of ˜140 nm is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the VA mode liquid crystal display device. The cellulose acetate film can be adjusted within the above retardation value by stretching at least while adjusting the stretching ratio in the TD direction.
式(i):Ro=(nx-ny)×d(nm)
式(ii):Rt={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d(nm)
〔式(i)及び式(ii)において、nxは、フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる方向xにおける屈折率を表す。nyは、フィルムの面内方向において、前記方向xと直交する方向yにおける屈折率を表す。nzは、フィルムの厚さ方向zにおける屈折率を表す。dは、フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。〕
〈ベンディング工程〉
本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムは、環境の温湿度の雰囲気を変動させた直後の寸法変化の速度を調整するために、ウェブを延伸し、次いでドライヤーゾーンで乾燥する工程において、当該ドライヤーゾーンが、130~150℃の範囲内の温度に保持され、かつドライヤーゾーン内に、搬送ローラーによって当該ウェブのA面と対向するB面が交互に内側になるように曲げるベンディング工程を有し、当該ベンディング工程が、当該ウェブを曲げた時の半径をa(mm)としたとき、1/aの値が0.035mm-1~0.050mm-1の範囲内とし、かつ、ベンディングを50回以上120回未満繰り返しながら行うことによって乾燥されることが好ましい。
Formula (i): Ro = (n x −n y ) × d (nm)
Formula (ii): Rt = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
In [Equation (i) and Formula (ii), n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film. n y, in-plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x. nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. d represents the thickness (nm) of the film. ]
<Bending process>
The cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is a step in which a web is stretched and then dried in a dryer zone in order to adjust the speed of dimensional change immediately after changing the ambient temperature and humidity atmosphere. A bending step in which the temperature is maintained within a range of 130 to 150 ° C. and the bending zone has a bending step in which a B-side facing the A-side of the web is alternately turned inside by a conveying roller in the dryer zone; but when the radius when bending the web was a (mm), the value of 1 / a is in the range of 0.035 mm -1 ~ 0.050 mm -1, and the bending 50 times or more 120 times It is preferable to dry by carrying out while repeating less than.
本発明に好ましい上記ベンディング処理について図を用いて説明する。ただし、これに限定されるものではない。 The above bending process preferable for the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. However, it is not limited to this.
図9は、本発明に好ましく適用できるベンディング処理装置の模式図である。 FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a bending processing apparatus that can be preferably applied to the present invention.
ダイス101よりドープ液が金属支持体102上に流延され、駆動ローラー103により連続的に金属支持体上で乾燥され、ウェブ(金属支持体上に流延した以降のドープ膜の呼び方をウェブとする)を形成する。ウェブは残留溶媒量が所望の値になるように乾燥され、剥離点104においてフィルム状に剥離された後、予備乾燥、延伸処理(不図示)が施され、ベンディングゾーン106に搬送されて、多数の搬送ローラー105によりA面(ウェブが金属支持体に接する面とは反対の面)、B面(ウェブが金属支持体に接する面)が交互に搬送ローラー105の内側になるように搬送され連続的にベンディング処理が繰り返される。該ベンディング処理は吸気口107及び排気口108を有するベンディングゾーン106内で行われ、フィルムが所望の雰囲気温度でベンディングされるように調整される。
A dope solution is cast from a
搬送ローラーの径は、90~108mmの範囲内が好ましく、各ローラー間は1800mm程度が好ましい。フィルムを曲げた時の半径をa(mm)としたとき1/aの値が0.035mm-1~0.050mm-1の範囲内となるようにローラー径を決定すればよい。 The diameter of the conveying roller is preferably in the range of 90 to 108 mm, and the distance between the rollers is preferably about 1800 mm. The radius when bending the film may be determined roller diameter as the value of 1 / a when the a (mm) is in the range of 0.035mm -1 ~ 0.050mm -1.
ベンディングゾーン106では、温度調整された熱風が吸気口107より導入され、ベンディングゾーン106内を一定の雰囲気温度に保ち、排気口108より排気される。ベンディングゾーン106内の雰囲気温度を調整するには、他に赤外線、加熱ローラー等で行っても良いが、簡便さの点で熱風で行うのが好ましい。また、乾燥装置内の雰囲気を、空気とするのもよいが、窒素ガスや炭酸ガス、アルゴン等の不活性ガス雰囲気で行ってもよい。
In the
本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムのベンディング処理時の雰囲気温度は、130~150℃の範囲内であることが好ましく、135~150℃の範囲内が本発明の効果を得るうえでより好ましい。 The atmospheric temperature during the bending treatment of the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is preferably within the range of 130 to 150 ° C., and more preferably within the range of 135 to 150 ° C. in order to obtain the effects of the present invention.
本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムの曲げの回数は、50回以上120回未満繰り返すことが好ましく、70回以上100回以下繰り返すことがより好ましい。フィルムの折り曲げの間隔は、1秒~1分の範囲内で行われることが好ましく、2~30秒の範囲内で行われることがより好ましい。 The number of times of bending the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is preferably 50 times or more and less than 120 times, and more preferably 70 times or more and 100 times or less. The film folding interval is preferably within a range of 1 second to 1 minute, and more preferably within a range of 2 to 30 seconds.
本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムの搬送速度は、10~150m/分の範囲内で行うことが好ましく、15~100m/分の範囲内で行うことが生産性や破断の点でより好ましい。 The conveyance speed of the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is preferably 10 to 150 m / min, more preferably 15 to 100 m / min in terms of productivity and breakage.
〈冷却工程〉
本発明に係るアクリルフィルムは、環境の温湿度の雰囲気を変動させた直後の寸法変化の速度を調整するために、ウェブをドライヤーゾーンで乾燥する工程に、さらに前記ウェブが当該ドライヤーゾーンを出た後に、50~100℃/秒の範囲内の速度でウェブを冷却する冷却工程によって形成されることが好ましい。
<Cooling process>
The acrylic film according to the present invention further includes a step of drying the web in the dryer zone in order to adjust the speed of dimensional change immediately after changing the ambient temperature and humidity atmosphere. It is preferably formed later by a cooling step in which the web is cooled at a rate in the range of 50-100 ° C./second.
延伸したウェブをドライヤーゾーンで乾燥する工程の後に、50~100℃/秒の範囲内の速度でウェブを冷却する冷却工程を加えて形成することにより、フィルムの分子鎖の状態を密にして、フィルムの含有できる水分量を調整し、また水分を含有したフィルムの収縮割合を効果的に制御できて、好ましい。冷却速度は70~90℃/秒の範囲内の速度であることがより好ましい。 After the step of drying the stretched web in the dryer zone, a film is formed by adding a cooling step of cooling the web at a speed in the range of 50 to 100 ° C./second, thereby densifying the molecular chains of the film. The amount of water that can be contained in the film is adjusted, and the shrinkage ratio of the film containing water can be effectively controlled, which is preferable. The cooling rate is more preferably in the range of 70 to 90 ° C./second.
ウェブを冷却するには、例えば図9における冷却ゾーン109を上記乾燥工程であるベンディングゾーン106の後に接続して設けることが好ましい。
In order to cool the web, for example, it is preferable to connect the
ウェブを冷却する手段は特に制限なく、一般的に冷風ノズル、冷却ローラー等を用いることで行うことができるが、簡便さの点で、上記冷却ゾーン内でウェブを搬送しながら、ウェブに冷風を冷風ノズルから吹き付けて行うことが好ましい。その際ウェブの両面に冷風を吹き付けることが、精度よくウェブを冷却できるため、好ましい。 The means for cooling the web is not particularly limited, and can be generally performed by using a cold air nozzle, a cooling roller, etc., but in terms of simplicity, while conveying the web in the cooling zone, It is preferable to carry out by blowing from a cold air nozzle. At that time, it is preferable to blow cold air on both sides of the web because the web can be cooled with high accuracy.
〈ナーリング加工〉
所定の熱処理又は冷却処理の後、巻き取り前にスリッターを設けて端部を切り落とすことが良好な巻姿を得るため好ましい。更に、幅手両端部にはナーリング加工をすることが好ましい。
<Knurling>
After a predetermined heat treatment or cooling treatment, it is preferable to provide a slitter and cut off the end portion before winding to obtain a good winding shape. Furthermore, it is preferable to knurling both ends of the width.
ナーリング加工は、加熱されたエンボスローラーを押し当てることにより形成することができる。エンボスローラーには細かな凹凸が形成されており、これを押し当てることでフィルムに凹凸を形成し、端部を嵩高くすることができる。 The knurling process can be formed by pressing a heated embossing roller. Fine embossing is formed on the embossing roller, and by pressing the embossing roller, unevenness can be formed on the film and the end can be made bulky.
本発明の位相差フィルムの幅手両端部のナーリングの高さは4~20μmの範囲内、幅5~20mmの範囲内が好ましい。 The height of the knurling at both ends of the width of the retardation film of the present invention is preferably in the range of 4 to 20 μm and in the range of 5 to 20 mm.
また、本発明においては、上記のナーリング加工は、フィルムの製膜工程において乾燥終了後、巻き取りの前に設けることが好ましい。 In the present invention, the knurling process is preferably provided after the drying in the film forming process and before winding.
(6)巻取り工程
ウェブ中の残留溶媒量が2質量%以下となってからフィルムとして巻取る工程であり、残留溶媒量を0.4質量%以下にすることにより寸法安定性の良好なフィルムを得ることができる。
(6) Winding step This is a step of winding as a film after the residual solvent amount in the web is 2% by mass or less, and the film having good dimensional stability by making the residual solvent amount 0.4% by mass or less. Can be obtained.
巻取り方法は、一般に使用されているものを用いればよく、定トルク法、定テンション法、テーパーテンション法、内部応力一定のプログラムテンションコントロール法等があり、それらを使いわければよい。 As a winding method, a generally used method may be used, and there are a constant torque method, a constant tension method, a taper tension method, a program tension control method with a constant internal stress, and the like.
〔保護フィルムの物性〕
(ヘイズ)
本発明に係る保護フィルムは、ヘイズが1%未満であることが好ましく、0.5%未満であることがより好ましい。ヘイズを1%未満とすることにより、フィルムの透明性がより高くなり、光学フィルムとしてより用いやすくなるという利点がある。
[Physical properties of protective film]
(Haze)
The protective film according to the present invention preferably has a haze of less than 1%, more preferably less than 0.5%. By setting the haze to less than 1%, there is an advantage that the transparency of the film becomes higher and it becomes easier to use as an optical film.
(平衡含水率)
本発明に係る保護フィルムは、25℃、相対湿度60%における平衡含水率が4%以下であることが好ましく、3%以下であることがより好ましい。平衡含水率を4%以下とすることにより、湿度変化に対応しやすく、光学特性や寸法がより変化しにくく好ましい。
(Equilibrium moisture content)
In the protective film according to the present invention, the equilibrium water content at 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60% is preferably 4% or less, and more preferably 3% or less. By setting the equilibrium moisture content to 4% or less, it is preferable to easily cope with a change in humidity and to hardly change the optical characteristics and dimensions.
(フィルム長、幅)
本発明の保護フィルムは、長尺であることが好ましく、具体的には、100~10000m程度の長さであることが好ましく、ロール状に巻き取られる。また、本発明の保護フィルムの幅は1m以上であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは1.4m以上であり、特に1.4~4mであることが好ましい。
(Film length, width)
The protective film of the present invention is preferably long, and specifically, preferably has a length of about 100 to 10,000 m, and is wound into a roll. The width of the protective film of the present invention is preferably 1 m or more, more preferably 1.4 m or more, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 4 m.
≪偏光板≫
本発明の偏光板は、偏光子が活性線硬化型接着剤層を介して本発明に係るフィルムA及びフィルムBで挟持されている偏光板であることが特徴である。
≪Polarizing plate≫
The polarizing plate of the present invention is characterized in that the polarizer is a polarizing plate sandwiched between the film A and the film B according to the present invention via an active ray curable adhesive layer.
本発明の偏光板が視認側の偏光板として用いられる場合は、フィルムAの視認側に、防眩層あるいはクリアハードコート層、反射防止層、帯電防止層、防汚層等を設けることが好ましい。 When the polarizing plate of the present invention is used as a polarizing plate on the viewing side, it is preferable to provide an antiglare layer or a clear hard coat layer, an antireflection layer, an antistatic layer, an antifouling layer, etc. on the viewing side of the film A. .
〔偏光子〕
本発明に係る偏光板の主たる構成要素である偏光子は、一定方向の偏波面の光だけを通す素子であり、現在知られている代表的な偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール系偏光フィルムである。ポリビニルアルコール系偏光フィルムには、ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムにヨウ素を染色させたものと、二色性染料を染色させたものとがある。
[Polarizer]
The polarizer, which is the main component of the polarizing plate according to the present invention, is an element that passes only light having a polarization plane in a certain direction, and a typical polarizer currently known is a polyvinyl alcohol polarizing film. The polyvinyl alcohol polarizing film includes those obtained by dyeing iodine on a polyvinyl alcohol film and those obtained by dyeing a dichroic dye.
偏光子としては、ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を製膜し、これを一軸延伸させて染色するか、染色した後一軸延伸してから、好ましくはホウ素化合物で耐久性処理を行った偏光子が用いられ得る。偏光子の膜厚は2~30μmの範囲内が好ましく、特に2~15μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。 As the polarizer, a polarizer obtained by forming a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution into a film and dyeing it by uniaxial stretching or dyeing and then uniaxially stretching and then preferably performing a durability treatment with a boron compound may be used. The thickness of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 2 to 30 μm, particularly preferably in the range of 2 to 15 μm.
また、特開2003-248123号公報、特開2003-342322号公報等に記載のエチレン単位の含有量1~4モル%、重合度2000~4000、ケン化度99.0~99.99モル%のエチレン変性ポリビニルアルコールも好ましく用いられる。中でも、熱水切断温度が66~73℃であるエチレン変性ポリビニルアルコールフィルムが好ましく用いられる。このエチレン変性ポリビニルアルコールフィルムを用いた偏光子は、偏光性能及び耐久性能に優れているうえに、色まだらが少なく、大型液晶表示装置に特に好ましく用いられる。 Further, the ethylene unit content described in JP-A-2003-248123, JP-A-2003-342322, etc. is 1 to 4 mol%, the degree of polymerization is 2000 to 4000, and the degree of saponification is 99.0 to 99.99 mol%. The ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol is also preferably used. Among these, an ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol film having a hot water cutting temperature of 66 to 73 ° C. is preferably used. A polarizer using this ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol film is excellent in polarization performance and durability performance and has little color mottle, and is particularly preferably used for a large liquid crystal display device.
〔積層フィルム型の偏光子〕
また、本発明の偏光板は薄膜であることから、偏光子の厚さは2~15μmの範囲内であることが、偏光板の強度と薄膜化を両立する観点から特に好ましい。
[Laminated film type polarizer]
In addition, since the polarizing plate of the present invention is a thin film, the thickness of the polarizer is particularly preferably in the range of 2 to 15 μm from the viewpoint of achieving both the strength of the polarizing plate and the thinning.
このような薄膜の偏光子としては、特開2011-100161号公報、特許第4691205号公報、特許4751481号公報、特許第4804589号公報に記載の方法で、積層フィルム型の偏光子を作製することが好ましい。 As such a thin film polarizer, a laminated film type polarizer can be produced by the method described in JP 2011-1000016 A, JP 4691205 A, JP 4751481 A, and JP 4804589 A. Is preferred.
一例として、以下の工程によって製造される薄膜の積層フィルム型の偏光子(偏光性積層フィルム)を用いることが、本発明の効果である表示ムラと密着性が改善でき、特に好ましい。 As an example, it is particularly preferable to use a thin film-type polarizer (polarizing laminate film) produced by the following steps, which can improve display unevenness and adhesion, which are the effects of the present invention.
(偏光性積層フィルムの製造方法)
本発明に係る偏光性積層フィルムの製造方法は下記工程を含む。
(a)熱可塑性樹脂にゴム成分が分散されてなる基材フィルムの一方の面にポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を形成して積層フィルムを得る積層工程、
(b)積層フィルムを一軸延伸して延伸フィルムを得る延伸工程、
(c)延伸フィルムのポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を二色性色素で染色して、染色フィルムを得る染色工程、
(d)染色フィルムのポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を、架橋剤を含む溶液に浸漬して偏光子層を形成し、架橋フィルムを得る架橋工程、及び
(e)架橋フィルムを乾燥する乾燥工程
以下、各工程を説明すると、
(a)積層工程
本工程では、熱可塑性樹脂にゴム成分が分散(ブレンド分散)されてなるフィルムを基材フィルムとして、その一方の面にポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を形成して積層フィルムを得る。
(Production method of polarizing laminated film)
The manufacturing method of the light-polarizing laminated film which concerns on this invention includes the following process.
(A) a laminating step of obtaining a laminated film by forming a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer on one surface of a base film in which a rubber component is dispersed in a thermoplastic resin;
(B) A stretching process for uniaxially stretching the laminated film to obtain a stretched film;
(C) a dyeing process of obtaining a dyed film by dyeing a polyvinyl alcohol resin layer of a stretched film with a dichroic dye;
(D) The polyvinyl alcohol resin layer of the dyed film is immersed in a solution containing a crosslinking agent to form a polarizer layer, and a crosslinking step for obtaining a crosslinked film; and (e) a drying step for drying the crosslinked film. Explaining the process,
(A) Laminating step In this step, a film obtained by dispersing (blending) a rubber component in a thermoplastic resin is used as a base film, and a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer is formed on one surface thereof to obtain a laminated film.
(基材フィルム)
基材フィルムのベースとなる熱可塑性樹脂は、透明性、機械的強度、熱安定性、延伸性などに優れる熱可塑性樹脂であることが好ましい。このような熱可塑性樹脂の具体例を挙げれば、例えば、鎖状ポリオレフィン系樹脂;環状ポリオレフィン系樹脂;(メタ)アクリル系樹脂;ポリエステル系樹脂;セルロースエステル系樹脂;ポリカーボネート系樹脂;ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂;酢酸ビニル系樹脂;ポリアリレート系樹脂;ポリスチレン系樹脂;ポリエーテルスルホン系樹脂;ポリスルホン系樹脂;ポリアミド系樹脂;ポリイミド系樹脂;及びこれらの混合物又は共重合物などが挙げられる。
(Base film)
The thermoplastic resin used as the base of the base film is preferably a thermoplastic resin excellent in transparency, mechanical strength, thermal stability, stretchability, and the like. Specific examples of such a thermoplastic resin include, for example, a chain polyolefin resin; a cyclic polyolefin resin; a (meth) acrylic resin; a polyester resin; a cellulose ester resin; a polycarbonate resin; and a polyvinyl alcohol resin. A vinyl acetate resin; a polyarylate resin; a polystyrene resin; a polyethersulfone resin; a polysulfone resin; a polyamide resin; a polyimide resin; and a mixture or copolymer thereof.
熱可塑性樹脂に分散されるゴム成分はゴム弾性を有する樹脂成分であり、通常、ゴム粒子として熱可塑性樹脂中に均一に分散される。ゴム成分を混合分散させることにより、基材フィルム、ひいては延伸フィルムの引き裂き強度を向上させることができる。ゴム成分は、ゴム弾性を有する樹脂である限り特に制限されないが、熱可塑性樹脂との相溶性の観点から、用いる熱可塑性樹脂と同種あるいは類似の樹脂から構成されることが好ましい。 The rubber component dispersed in the thermoplastic resin is a resin component having rubber elasticity, and is usually uniformly dispersed in the thermoplastic resin as rubber particles. By mixing and dispersing the rubber component, it is possible to improve the tear strength of the base film and thus the stretched film. The rubber component is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin having rubber elasticity. However, from the viewpoint of compatibility with the thermoplastic resin, the rubber component is preferably composed of the same or similar resin as the thermoplastic resin to be used.
例えば、熱可塑性樹脂が鎖状ポリオレフィン系樹脂である場合、ゴム成分は、エチレン及びα-オレフィンから選択される2種以上のモノマーの共重合体であることができる。この場合において、当該共重合体を構成する各モノマーの含有量(重合比率)は、90質量%未満であることが好ましく、80質量%未満であることがより好ましい。 For example, when the thermoplastic resin is a chain polyolefin resin, the rubber component can be a copolymer of two or more monomers selected from ethylene and α-olefin. In this case, the content (polymerization ratio) of each monomer constituting the copolymer is preferably less than 90% by mass, and more preferably less than 80% by mass.
熱可塑性樹脂が(メタ)アクリル系樹脂である場合、相溶性の観点から、ゴム成分としてゴム弾性を有するアクリル系重合体を含有することが好ましい。アクリル系重合体は、アクリル酸アルキルを主体とする重合体であるのがよく、アクリル酸アルキルの単独重合体であってもよいし、アクリル酸アルキル50質量%以上と他のモノマー50質量%以下との共重合体であってもよい。 When the thermoplastic resin is a (meth) acrylic resin, it is preferable to contain an acrylic polymer having rubber elasticity as a rubber component from the viewpoint of compatibility. The acrylic polymer is preferably a polymer mainly composed of alkyl acrylate, and may be a homopolymer of alkyl acrylate, or 50% by mass or more of alkyl acrylate and 50% by mass or less of other monomers. And a copolymer thereof.
ゴム成分の配合量は、好ましくは熱可塑性樹脂の5~50質量%であり、より好ましくは10~45質量%である。ゴム成分の配合量が少なすぎると、十分な引き裂き強度向上効果が得られにくい傾向にあり、ゴム成分の配合量が多すぎると、基材フィルムの取扱い性が低下する傾向にある。 The compounding amount of the rubber component is preferably 5 to 50% by mass of the thermoplastic resin, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass. If the blending amount of the rubber component is too small, a sufficient tear strength improving effect tends to be difficult to obtain, and if the blending amount of the rubber component is too large, the handleability of the base film tends to be lowered.
ゴム成分の熱可塑性樹脂への分散方法は特に限定されず、例えば別々に作製した熱可塑性樹脂とゴム成分(ゴム粒子)をプラストミル等で混練して分散させる方法や、熱可塑性樹脂調製時に同じ反応容器内でゴム成分も調製してゴム成分が分散された熱可塑性樹脂を得るリアクターブレンド法などを挙げることができる。リアクターブレンド法は、ゴム成分の分散程度を向上させるうえで有利である。 The method for dispersing the rubber component in the thermoplastic resin is not particularly limited. For example, the thermoplastic resin and rubber component (rubber particles) produced separately are kneaded and dispersed with a plastmill or the like, or the same reaction when preparing the thermoplastic resin. Examples thereof include a reactor blend method in which a rubber component is also prepared in a container to obtain a thermoplastic resin in which the rubber component is dispersed. The reactor blending method is advantageous in improving the degree of dispersion of the rubber component.
(ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層)
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を形成するポリビニルアルコール系樹脂としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂及びその誘導体が挙げられる。ポリビニルアルコール樹脂の誘導体としては、ポリビニルホルマール、ポリビニルアセタールなどの他、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂をエチレン、プロピレン等のオレフィン、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸等の不飽和カルボン酸、不飽和カルボン酸のアルキルエステル、アクリルアミドなどで変性したものが挙げられる。これらの中でも、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂を用いるのが好ましい。
(Polyvinyl alcohol resin layer)
As a polyvinyl alcohol-type resin which forms a polyvinyl alcohol-type resin layer, polyvinyl alcohol resin and its derivative (s) are mentioned, for example. Derivatives of polyvinyl alcohol resin include polyvinyl formal, polyvinyl acetal, etc., olefins such as ethylene and propylene, unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and crotonic acid, and alkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids. And those modified with acrylamide or the like. Among these, it is preferable to use a polyvinyl alcohol resin.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、完全ケン化品であることが好ましい。ケン化度の範囲は、好ましくは80.0~100.0モル%の範囲内であり、より好ましくは90.0~99.5モル%の範囲内であり、さらに好ましくは94.0~99.0モル%の範囲内である。 The polyvinyl alcohol resin is preferably a completely saponified product. The range of the degree of saponification is preferably within the range of 80.0 to 100.0 mol%, more preferably within the range of 90.0 to 99.5 mol%, and even more preferably 94.0 to 99. Within the range of 0.0 mol%.
上述のポリビニルアルコール系樹脂には、必要に応じて、可塑剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤が添加されてもよい。可塑剤としては、ポリオール及びその縮合物などを用いることができ、例えばグリセリン、ジグリセリン、トリグリセリン、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコールなどが例示される。添加剤の配合量は特に制限されないが、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の20質量%以下とするのが好適である。 In the above-described polyvinyl alcohol resin, additives such as a plasticizer and a surfactant may be added as necessary. As the plasticizer, polyols and condensates thereof can be used, and examples thereof include glycerin, diglycerin, triglycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and polyethylene glycol. Although the compounding quantity of an additive is not restrict | limited in particular, It is suitable to set it as 20 mass% or less of a polyvinyl alcohol-type resin.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂溶液を基材フィルムに塗工する方法としては、ワイヤーバーコーティング法、リバースコーティング、グラビアコーティング等のロールコーティング法、スピンコーティング法、スクリーンコーティング法、ファウンテンコーティング法、ディッピング法、スプレー法などの公知の方法から適宜選択できる。乾燥温度は、例えば50~200℃の範囲内であり、好ましくは60~150℃の範囲内である。乾燥時間は、例えば2~20分の範囲内である。 As a method for coating a polyvinyl alcohol resin solution on a base film, a wire bar coating method, a roll coating method such as reverse coating or gravure coating, a spin coating method, a screen coating method, a fountain coating method, a dipping method, or a spray method. It can select suitably from well-known methods, such as. The drying temperature is, for example, in the range of 50 to 200 ° C., and preferably in the range of 60 to 150 ° C. The drying time is, for example, in the range of 2 to 20 minutes.
積層フィルムにおけるポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層の厚さは、3μm以上50μm以下が好ましく、5μm以上45μm以下がより好ましい。3μm以下であると延伸後に薄くなりすぎて染色性が著しく悪化してしまい、50μmを超えると、得られる偏光性積層フィルムが厚くなる。 The thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol resin layer in the laminated film is preferably 3 μm or more and 50 μm or less, and more preferably 5 μm or more and 45 μm or less. If it is 3 μm or less, it becomes too thin after stretching and the dyeability is significantly deteriorated. If it exceeds 50 μm, the resulting polarizing laminate film becomes thick.
本発明に用いる偏光子としてのポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層の厚さは、薄膜化と偏光子としての強度、柔軟性の観点から、下記延伸処理後の膜厚として2~15μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。 The thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer as the polarizer used in the present invention is within the range of 2 to 15 μm as the film thickness after the following stretching treatment from the viewpoint of thinning, strength and flexibility as the polarizer. Is preferred.
(b)延伸工程
本工程は、基材フィルム及びポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を備える積層フィルムを一軸延伸して延伸フィルムを得る工程である。積層フィルムの延伸倍率は、所望する偏光特性に応じて適宜選択することができるが、好ましくは積層フィルムの元長に対して5倍超17倍以下であり、より好ましくは5倍超8倍以下である。
(B) Stretching step This step is a step of obtaining a stretched film by uniaxially stretching a laminated film including a base film and a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer. The stretching ratio of the laminated film can be appropriately selected according to the desired polarization characteristics, but is preferably more than 5 times and 17 times or less, more preferably more than 5 times and 8 times or less with respect to the original length of the laminated film. It is.
延伸は、積層フィルムの長手方向(フィルム搬送方向)に延伸を行う縦延伸であることが好ましい。縦延伸方式としては、ローラー間延伸方法、圧縮延伸方法、テンターを用いた延伸方法などが挙げられる。なお、一軸延伸は、縦延伸処理に限定されることはなく、斜め延伸等であってもよい。 Stretching is preferably longitudinal stretching in which stretching is performed in the longitudinal direction (film transport direction) of the laminated film. Examples of the longitudinal stretching method include an inter-roller stretching method, a compression stretching method, and a stretching method using a tenter. The uniaxial stretching is not limited to the longitudinal stretching process, and may be oblique stretching or the like.
(c)染色工程
本工程は、延伸フィルムのポリビニルアルコール樹脂層を、二色性色素で染色して染色フィルムを得る工程である。二色性色素としては、例えば、ヨウ素や有機染料などが挙げられる。有機染料としては、例えば、レッドBR、レッドLR、レッドR、ピンクLB、ルビンBL、ボルドーGS、スカイブルーLG、レモンイエロー、ブルーBR、ブルー2R、ネイビーRY、グリーンLG、バイオレットLB、バイオレットB、ブラックH、ブラックB、ブラックGSP、イエロー3G、イエローR、オレンジLR、オレンジ3R、スカーレットGL、スカーレットKGL、コンゴーレッド、ブリリアントバイオレットBK、スプラブルーG、スプラブルーGL、スプラオレンジGL、ダイレクトスカイブルー、ダイレクトファーストオレンジS、ファーストブラックなどが使用できる。これらの二色性物質は、1種のみを単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
(C) Dyeing step This step is a step of obtaining a dyed film by dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol resin layer of the stretched film with a dichroic dye. Examples of the dichroic dye include iodine and organic dyes. Examples of organic dyes include Red BR, Red LR, Red R, Pink LB, Rubin BL, Bordeaux GS, Sky Blue LG, Lemon Yellow, Blue BR, Blue 2R, Navy RY, Green LG, Violet LB, Violet B, Black H, Black B, Black GSP, Yellow 3G, Yellow R, Orange LR, Orange 3R, Scarlet GL, Scarlet KGL, Congo Red, Brilliant Violet BK, Spura Blue G, Spura Blue GL, Spura Orange GL, Direct Sky Blue, Direct First Orange S, First Black, etc. can be used. These dichroic substances may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
二色性色素としてヨウ素を使用する場合、染色効率をより一層向上できることから、さらにヨウ化物を、ヨウ素を含有する染色溶液に添加することが好ましい。このヨウ化物としては、例えば、ヨウ化カリウム、ヨウ化リチウム、ヨウ化ナトリウム、ヨウ化亜鉛、ヨウ化アルミニウム、ヨウ化鉛、ヨウ化銅、ヨウ化バリウム、ヨウ化カルシウム、ヨウ化スズ、ヨウ化チタンなどが挙げられる。 When iodine is used as the dichroic dye, it is preferable to further add iodide to the dyeing solution containing iodine because the dyeing efficiency can be further improved. Examples of the iodide include potassium iodide, lithium iodide, sodium iodide, zinc iodide, aluminum iodide, lead iodide, copper iodide, barium iodide, calcium iodide, tin iodide, and iodide. Examples include titanium.
(d)架橋工程
本工程は、二色性色素で染色させて得られた染色フィルムのポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層に対して架橋処理を行い、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を偏光子層とする架橋フィルムを得る工程である。架橋工程は、例えば架橋剤を含む溶液(架橋溶液)中に染色フィルムを浸漬することにより行うことができる。架橋剤としては、従来公知の物質を使用することができる。例えば、ホウ酸、ホウ砂等のホウ素化合物や、グリオキザール、グルタルアルデヒドなどが挙げられる。これらは1種のみを単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
(D) Crosslinking step In this step, the polyvinyl alcohol resin layer of the dyed film obtained by dyeing with a dichroic dye is subjected to a crosslinking treatment, and a crosslinked film using the polyvinyl alcohol resin layer as a polarizer layer is obtained. It is a process to obtain. The crosslinking step can be performed, for example, by immersing the dyed film in a solution containing a crosslinking agent (crosslinking solution). Conventionally known substances can be used as the crosslinking agent. Examples thereof include boron compounds such as boric acid and borax, glyoxal, and glutaraldehyde. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
(e)乾燥工程
得られた架橋フィルムは、通常、洗浄を行った後、乾燥される。これにより偏光性積層フィルムが得られる。洗浄は、イオン交換水、蒸留水などの純水に架橋フィルムを浸漬することにより行うことができる。水洗浄温度は、通常3~50℃の範囲内、好ましくは4~20℃の範囲内である。浸漬時間は、通常2~300秒間の範囲内、好ましくは5~240秒間の範囲内である。洗浄は、ヨウ化物溶液による洗浄処理と水洗浄処理とを組み合わせてもよく、適宜にメタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、ブタノール、プロパノール等の液体アルコールを配合した溶液を用いることもできる。
(E) Drying step The obtained crosslinked film is usually dried after washing. Thereby, a light-polarizing laminated film is obtained. Washing can be performed by immersing the crosslinked film in pure water such as ion exchange water or distilled water. The water washing temperature is usually in the range of 3 to 50 ° C., preferably in the range of 4 to 20 ° C. The immersion time is usually in the range of 2 to 300 seconds, preferably in the range of 5 to 240 seconds. The washing may be a combination of a washing treatment with an iodide solution and a water washing treatment, and a solution in which a liquid alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, propanol or the like is appropriately blended may be used.
乾燥方法としては、任意の適切な方法(例えば、自然乾燥、送風乾燥、加熱乾燥)を採用しうる。例えば、加熱乾燥の場合の乾燥温度は、通常20~95℃の範囲内であり、乾燥時間は、通常1~15分間程度である。 Any appropriate method (for example, natural drying, air drying, heat drying) can be adopted as the drying method. For example, the drying temperature in the case of heat drying is usually in the range of 20 to 95 ° C., and the drying time is usually about 1 to 15 minutes.
偏光性積層フィルムは、二色性色素が吸着配向されたポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層からなる偏光子層を備えるものであり、これ自体偏光板として用いることができる。本発明の好ましい実施態様としては、上記工程によって偏光性積層フィルムを形成した後、当該偏光性積層フィルムの前記ポリビニルアルコール層を基材フィルムから剥離することによって、当該ポリビニルアルコール層を本発明に係る偏光子として用いることである。本発明の方法によれば、偏光子層の厚さを15μm以下にすることが可能であるため、薄型の偏光子を得ることができる。また、本発明に用いられる偏光子は、偏光性能及び耐久性にも優れる。 The polarizing laminated film includes a polarizer layer composed of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer in which a dichroic dye is adsorbed and oriented, and can be used as a polarizing plate itself. As a preferred embodiment of the present invention, after the polarizing laminated film is formed by the above-mentioned process, the polyvinyl alcohol layer of the polarizing laminated film is peeled from the substrate film, whereby the polyvinyl alcohol layer is related to the present invention. It is to be used as a polarizer. According to the method of the present invention, since the thickness of the polarizer layer can be 15 μm or less, a thin polarizer can be obtained. Moreover, the polarizer used in the present invention is excellent in polarization performance and durability.
[活性線硬化型接着剤]
本発明に係る偏光板においては、上記説明した保護フィルムであるアクリルフィルムと偏光子、及びセルロースアセテートフィルムと偏光子のとが、活性線硬化型接着剤により貼合されていることを特徴とする。
[Actinic radiation curable adhesive]
In the polarizing plate according to the present invention, the above-described protective film, which is an acrylic film and a polarizer, and a cellulose acetate film and a polarizer are bonded with an actinic radiation curable adhesive. .
また活性線硬化型接着剤は、下記紫外線硬化型接着剤を用いることが好ましい。 Further, it is preferable to use the following ultraviolet curable adhesive as the active ray curable adhesive.
本発明においては、保護フィルムと偏光子との貼合に紫外線硬化型接着剤を適用することにより、薄膜でも強度が高く、平面性に優れた偏光板特性を得ることができる。 In the present invention, by applying an ultraviolet curable adhesive to the bonding between the protective film and the polarizer, it is possible to obtain polarizing plate characteristics having high strength and excellent flatness even in a thin film.
〔紫外線硬化型接着剤の組成〕
偏光板用の紫外線硬化型接着剤組成物としては、光ラジカル重合を利用した光ラジカル重合型組成物、光カチオン重合を利用した光カチオン重合型組成物、並びに光ラジカル重合及び光カチオン重合を併用したハイブリッド型組成物が知られている。
[Composition of UV curable adhesive]
As the UV curable adhesive composition for polarizing plates, a photo radical polymerization composition using photo radical polymerization, a photo cation polymerization composition using photo cation polymerization, and photo radical polymerization and photo cation polymerization are used in combination. Hybrid type compositions are known.
光ラジカル重合型組成物としては、特開2008-009329号公報に記載のヒドロキシ基やカルボキシ基等の極性基を含有するラジカル重合性化合物及び極性基を含有しないラジカル重合性化合物を特定割合で含む組成物)等が知られている。特に、ラジカル重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合可能なエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物であることが好ましい。ラジカル重合可能なエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の好ましい例には、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物が含まれる。(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物の例には、N置換(メタ)アクリルアミド系化合物、(メタ)アクリレート系化合物などが含まれる。(メタ)アクリルアミドは、アクリアミド又はメタクリアミドを意味する。 The radical photopolymerizable composition includes a radically polymerizable compound containing a polar group such as a hydroxy group and a carboxy group described in JP-A-2008-009329 and a radically polymerizable compound not containing a polar group at a specific ratio. Composition) and the like are known. In particular, the radical polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having a radical polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bond. Preferable examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond capable of radical polymerization include a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group. Examples of the compound having a (meth) acryloyl group include an N-substituted (meth) acrylamide compound and a (meth) acrylate compound. (Meth) acrylamide means acrylamide or methacrylamide.
また、光カチオン重合型組成物としては、特開2011-028234号公報に開示されているような、(α)カチオン重合性化合物、(β)光カチオン重合開始剤、(γ)380nmより長い波長の光に極大吸収を示す光増感剤、及び(δ)ナフタレン系光増感助剤の各成分を含有する紫外線硬化型接着剤組成物が挙げられる。ただし、これ以外の紫外線硬化型接着剤が用いられてもよい。 In addition, as the cationic photopolymerization type composition, as disclosed in JP2011-08234A, (α) a cationic polymerizable compound, (β) a cationic photopolymerization initiator, and (γ) a wavelength longer than 380 nm. And an ultraviolet curable adhesive composition containing each component of a photosensitizer exhibiting maximum absorption in the light of (δ) and a naphthalene-based photosensitization aid. However, other ultraviolet curable adhesives may be used.
(前処理工程)
前処理工程は、保護フィルムの、偏光子との接着面に易接着処理を行う工程である。偏光子の両面のそれぞれに保護フィルムであるフィルムA及びフィルムBを接着させる場合は、それぞれの保護フィルムの、偏光子との接着面に易接着処理を行う。易接着処理としては、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理等が挙げられる。
(Pretreatment process)
A pre-processing process is a process of performing an easily bonding process on the adhesive surface of a protective film with a polarizer. When the film A and the film B, which are protective films, are adhered to both surfaces of the polarizer, easy adhesion treatment is performed on the adhesive surfaces of the respective protective films with the polarizer. Examples of the easy adhesion treatment include corona treatment and plasma treatment.
(紫外線硬化型接着剤の塗布工程)
紫外線硬化型接着剤の塗布工程としては、偏光子と保護フィルムとの接着面のうち少なくとも一方に、上記紫外線硬化型接着剤を塗布する。偏光子又は保護フィルムの表面に直接、紫外線硬化型接着剤を塗布する場合、その塗布方法に特段の限定はない。例えば、ドクターブレード、ワイヤーバー、ダイコーター、カンマコーター、グラビアコーター等、種々の湿式塗布方式が利用できる。また、偏光子と保護フィルムの間に、紫外線硬化型接着剤を流延させたのち、ローラー等で加圧して均一に押し広げる方法も利用できる。
(Application process of UV curable adhesive)
In the step of applying the ultraviolet curable adhesive, the ultraviolet curable adhesive is applied to at least one of the adhesive surfaces of the polarizer and the protective film. When the ultraviolet curable adhesive is applied directly to the surface of the polarizer or the protective film, the application method is not particularly limited. For example, various wet coating methods such as a doctor blade, a wire bar, a die coater, a comma coater, and a gravure coater can be used. Moreover, after casting an ultraviolet curable adhesive between a polarizer and a protective film, it is also possible to use a method of pressurizing with a roller or the like and spreading it uniformly.
(貼合工程)
上記の方法により紫外線硬化型接着剤を塗布した後は、貼合工程で処理される。この貼合工程では、例えば、先の塗布工程で偏光子の表面に紫外線硬化型接着剤を塗布した場合、そこに保護フィルムが重ね合わされる。また、はじめに保護フィルムの表面に紫外線硬化型接着剤を塗布する方式の場合には、そこに偏光子が重ね合わされる。また、偏光子と保護フィルムの間に紫外線硬化型接着剤を流延させた場合は、その状態で偏光子と保護フィルムとが重ね合わされる。そして、通常は、この状態で両面の保護フィルム側から加圧ローラー等で挟んで加圧することになる。加圧ローラーの材質は、金属やゴム等を用いることが可能である。両面に配置される加圧ローラーは、同じ材質であってもよいし、異なる材質であってもよい。
(Bonding process)
After apply | coating a ultraviolet curable adhesive by said method, it processes by a bonding process. In this bonding step, for example, when an ultraviolet curable adhesive is applied to the surface of the polarizer in the previous application step, a protective film is superimposed thereon. In the case of a method in which an ultraviolet curable adhesive is first applied to the surface of the protective film, a polarizer is superimposed thereon. Moreover, when an ultraviolet curable adhesive is cast between the polarizer and the protective film, the polarizer and the protective film are superposed in that state. In this state, the pressure is usually sandwiched between a pressure roller and the like from both protective film sides. Metal, rubber, or the like can be used as the material of the pressure roller. The pressure rollers arranged on both sides may be made of the same material or different materials.
(硬化工程)
硬化工程では、未硬化の紫外線硬化型接着剤に紫外線を照射して、カチオン重合性化合物(例えば、エポキシ化合物やオキセタン化合物)やラジカル重合性化合物(例えば、アクリレート系化合物、アクリルアミド系化合物等)を含む紫外線硬化型接着剤層を硬化させ、紫外線硬化型接着剤を介して重ね合わせた偏光子と保護フィルム、あるいは偏光子と位相差フィルムとを接着させる。偏光子の片面に保護フィルムを貼合する場合、活性エネルギー線は、偏光子側又は保護フィルム側のいずれから照射してもよい。また、偏光子の両面に保護フィルム及び位相差フィルムを貼合する場合、偏光子の両面にそれぞれ紫外線硬化型接着剤を介して保護フィルム及び位相差フィルムを重ね合わせた状態で、紫外線を照射し、両面の紫外線硬化型接着剤を同時に硬化させるのが有利である。
(Curing process)
In the curing step, an uncured ultraviolet curable adhesive is irradiated with ultraviolet rays, and a cationic polymerizable compound (for example, epoxy compound or oxetane compound) or a radical polymerizable compound (for example, acrylate compound, acrylamide compound, etc.) The ultraviolet curable adhesive layer that is included is cured, and the polarizer and the protective film, or the polarizer and the retardation film that are superposed via the ultraviolet curable adhesive are bonded. When bonding a protective film to the single side | surface of a polarizer, you may irradiate an active energy ray from either a polarizer side or a protective film side. In addition, when a protective film and a retardation film are bonded to both sides of a polarizer, ultraviolet rays are irradiated in a state where the protective film and the retardation film are superposed on both sides of the polarizer via an ultraviolet curable adhesive, respectively. It is advantageous to cure the UV curable adhesive on both sides simultaneously.
紫外線の照射条件は、本発明に適用する紫外線硬化型接着剤を硬化しうる条件であれば、任意の適切な条件を採用できる。紫外線の照射量は積算光量で50~1500mJ/cm2の範囲内であることが好ましく、100~500mJ/cm2の範囲内であるのがさらに好ましい。 Any appropriate conditions can be adopted as the ultraviolet irradiation conditions as long as the ultraviolet curable adhesive applied to the present invention can be cured. Preferably the dose of ultraviolet rays in the range of 50 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2 in accumulated light amount, and even more preferably in the range of within the range of 100 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.
偏光板の製造工程を連続ラインで行う場合、ライン速度は、接着剤の硬化時間によるが、好ましくは1~500m/minの範囲内、より好ましくは5~300m/minの範囲内、さらに好ましくは10~100m/minの範囲内である。ライン速度が1m/min以上であれば、生産性を確保することができ、又は保護フィルムAへのダメージを抑制することができ、耐久性に優れた偏光板を作製することができる。また、ライン速度が500m/min以下であれば、紫外線硬化型接着剤の硬化が十分となり、目的とする硬度を備え、接着性に優れた紫外線硬化型接着剤層を形成することができる。 When the polarizing plate production process is performed in a continuous line, the line speed depends on the curing time of the adhesive, but is preferably in the range of 1 to 500 m / min, more preferably in the range of 5 to 300 m / min, and still more preferably. It is within the range of 10 to 100 m / min. If the line speed is 1 m / min or more, productivity can be ensured, or damage to the protective film A can be suppressed, and a polarizing plate having excellent durability can be produced. If the line speed is 500 m / min or less, the ultraviolet curable adhesive is sufficiently cured, and an ultraviolet curable adhesive layer having a desired hardness and excellent adhesiveness can be formed.
≪液晶表示装置≫
上記本発明に係る保護フィルムを貼合した偏光板を液晶表示装置に用いることによって、種々の視認性に優れた本発明の液晶表示装置を作製することができる。
≪Liquid crystal display device≫
By using the polarizing plate on which the protective film according to the present invention is bonded to a liquid crystal display device, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention having various visibility can be manufactured.
本発明の偏光板は、STN、TN、OCB、HAN、VA(MVA、PVA)、IPS、OCBなどの各種駆動方式の液晶表示装置に用いることができる。好ましくはVA(MVA,PVA)型液晶表示装置である。 The polarizing plate of the present invention can be used for liquid crystal display devices of various driving systems such as STN, TN, OCB, HAN, VA (MVA, PVA), IPS, OCB. A VA (MVA, PVA) type liquid crystal display device is preferable.
液晶表示装置には、通常視認側の偏光板とバックライト側の偏光板の2枚の偏光板が用いられるが、本発明の偏光板を両方の偏光板として用いることも好ましく、片側の偏光板として用いることも好ましい。特に本発明の偏光板は外部環境に直接触れる視認側の偏光板として用いることが好ましく、その際は、本発明に係るアクリルフィルムが視認側に配置され、本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムが、位相差フィルムとして液晶セル側に配置されることが好ましい。 In the liquid crystal display device, usually two polarizing plates, a polarizing plate on the viewing side and a polarizing plate on the backlight side, are used, but it is also preferable to use the polarizing plate of the present invention as both polarizing plates. It is also preferable to use as. In particular, the polarizing plate of the present invention is preferably used as a polarizing plate on the viewing side that directly touches the external environment. In this case, the acrylic film according to the present invention is arranged on the viewing side, and the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is positioned. The phase difference film is preferably disposed on the liquid crystal cell side.
また、バックライト側の偏光板は本発明以外の偏光板を用いることもでき、その場合は偏光子の両面を、例えば市販のセルロースエステルフィルム(例えば、コニカミノルタタックKC8UX、KC5UX、KC4UX、KC8UCR3、KC4SR、KC4BR、KC4CR、KC4DR、KC4FR、KC4KR、KC8UY、KC6UY、KC4UY、KC4UE、KC8UE、KC8UY-HA、KC2UA、KC4UA、KC6UAKC、2UAH、KC4UAH、KC6UAH、以上コニカミノルタ(株)製、フジタックT40UZ、フジタックT60UZ、フジタックT80UZ、フジタックTD80UL、フジタックTD60UL、フジタックTD40UL、フジタックR02、フジタックR06、以上富士フイルム(株)製等)を貼合した偏光板が好ましく用いられる。 Further, as the polarizing plate on the backlight side, a polarizing plate other than the present invention can also be used. In that case, for example, a commercially available cellulose ester film (e.g. KC4SR, KC4BR, KC4CR, KC4DR, KC4FR, KC4KR, KC8UY, KC6UY, KC4UY, KC4UE, KC8UE, KC8UY-HA, KC2UA, KC4UA, KC6UAKC, 2UAH, KU T60UZ, Fujitac T80UZ, Fujitac TD80UL, Fujitac TD60UL, Fujitac TD40UL, Fujitac R02, Fujitac R06, Fujifilm Polarizing plate stuck to manufacturing, etc.) are preferably used.
また、バックライト側の偏光板として、偏光子の液晶セル側に本発明に係るセルロースアセテートフィルムを用い、反対側の面に上記市販のセルロースエステルフィルム、ポリカーボネートフィルム、又はシクロオレフィンポリマーフィルムを貼合した偏光板も好ましく用いることができる。 Moreover, as the polarizing plate on the backlight side, the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention is used on the liquid crystal cell side of the polarizer, and the above-mentioned commercially available cellulose ester film, polycarbonate film, or cycloolefin polymer film is bonded to the opposite surface. The polarizing plate made can also be used preferably.
本発明の偏光板を用いることで、特に画面が30型以上の大画面の液晶表示装置であっても、表示ムラ、正面コントラストなど視認性に優れた液晶表示装置を得ることができる。 By using the polarizing plate of the present invention, it is possible to obtain a liquid crystal display device excellent in visibility such as display unevenness and front contrast even in the case of a large screen liquid crystal display device having a screen of 30 type or more.
また、本発明の偏光板は液晶表示装置以外にも有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置にも好ましく用いることができる。 Further, the polarizing plate of the present invention can be preferably used for an organic electroluminescence display device as well as a liquid crystal display device.
以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」あるいは「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り「質量部」あるいは「質量%」を表す。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, unless otherwise indicated, "part by mass" or "mass%" is represented.
実施例1
<フィルムA及びフィルムBの作製>
〔フィルムA-101の作製〕
下記の方法に従って、アクリル樹脂を含有するフィルムであるフィルムA-101を作製した。
Example 1
<Production of Film A and Film B>
[Production of Film A-101]
Film A-101, which is a film containing an acrylic resin, was produced according to the following method.
(微粒子分散希釈液の調製)
10質量部のアエロジル972V(日本アエロジル社製、一次平均粒子径:16nm、見掛け比重90g/L)と、90質量部のエタノールとをディゾルバーで30分間撹拌混合した後、高圧分散機であるマントンゴーリンを用いて分散させて、微粒子分散液を調製した。
(Preparation of fine particle dispersion)
10 parts by mass of Aerosil 972V (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd., primary average particle size: 16 nm, apparent specific gravity of 90 g / L) and 90 parts by mass of ethanol were stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 30 minutes, and then high pressure disperser Manton Gorin Was used to prepare a fine particle dispersion.
得られた微粒子分散液に、88質量部のジクロロメタンを撹拌しながら投入し、ディゾルバーで30分間撹拌混合して、希釈した。得られた溶液をアドバンテック東洋社製ポリプロピレンワインドカートリッジフィルターTCW-PPS-1Nで濾過して、微粒子分散希釈液を得た。 Into the obtained fine particle dispersion, 88 parts by mass of dichloromethane was added with stirring, and the mixture was diluted by stirring and mixing with a dissolver for 30 minutes. The obtained solution was filtered through a polypropylene wind cartridge filter TCW-PPS-1N manufactured by Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd. to obtain a fine particle dispersion dilution.
(インライン添加液の調製)
紫外線吸収剤として15質量部のチヌビン928(BASFジャパン社製)と、100質量部のジクロロメタンとを密閉容器に投入し、加熱撹拌して完全に溶解させた後、濾過した。得られた溶液に、36質量部の前記微粒子分散希釈液を撹拌しながら加えて30分間さらに撹拌した後、6質量部のアクリル樹脂:ダイヤナールBR85((三菱レイヨン社製、Mw:280000)を撹拌しながら加えて60分間さらに撹拌した。得られた溶液を、日本精線(株)製ファインメットNFで濾過して、インライン添加液を得た。濾材は、公称濾過精度20μmのものを用いた。
(Preparation of inline additive solution)
15 parts by weight of Tinuvin 928 (manufactured by BASF Japan) and 100 parts by weight of dichloromethane as an ultraviolet absorber and 100 parts by weight of dichloromethane were put into a sealed container, and heated and stirred to completely dissolve, followed by filtration. To the obtained solution, 36 parts by mass of the fine particle dispersion diluted liquid was added with stirring, and further stirred for 30 minutes, and then 6 parts by mass of acrylic resin: Dianal BR85 (Mitsubishi Rayon, Mw: 280000) was added. The mixture was further stirred for 60 minutes with stirring, and the resulting solution was filtered with Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd. to obtain an in-line additive solution. It was.
(ドープ1の調製)
下記成分を密閉容器に投入し、加熱及び撹拌しながら完全に溶解させた。得られた溶液を安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.24で濾過して、主ドープ1を得た。
(Preparation of dope 1)
The following components were put into a sealed container and completely dissolved with heating and stirring. The obtained solution was prepared as Azumi filter paper No. manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. The
〈主ドープ1の組成〉
アクリル樹脂1:ダイヤナールBR85(三菱レイヨン社製、アクリル樹
脂 Mw:280000) 85質量部
糖エステル:BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化4に記載の化合物g-
1~g-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=6.0 10質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステルP1
5質量部
メチレンクロライド 360質量部
エタノール 15質量部
100質量部の主ドープ1と、2.5質量部のインライン添加液とを、インラインミキサー(東レ静止型管内混合機 Hi-Mixer、SWJ)で十分に混合して、ドープ1を得た。
<Composition of
Acrylic resin 1: Dianal BR85 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., acrylic resin Mw: 280000) 85 parts by mass Sugar ester: BzSc (benzyl saccharose: Compound g-
1 to g-4), average ester substitution degree = 6.0 10 parts by mass Polycondensed ester: Polycondensed ester P1 represented by the general formula (1)
5 parts by mass Methylene chloride 360 parts by
(製膜工程)
得られたドープ1を、ベルト流延装置を用いてステンレスバンド支持体上に、ドープ1の液温度35℃、幅1.7mの条件で、最終膜厚が40μmとなる条件で均一に流延させた。ステンレスバンド支持体上で、得られたドープ膜中の有機溶媒を、残留溶媒量が100質量%になるまで蒸発させてウェブを形成した後、ステンレスバンド支持体からウェブを剥離した。得られたウェブを、110℃でさらに10分予備乾燥させた後、ウェブをテンターで、160℃の条件でTD方向の元幅に対して1.5倍に延伸した。延伸開始時のウェブの残留溶剤量は2.0質量%であった。テンターで延伸後、130℃で5分間緩和を行った後、図9で示す乾燥機(ベンディングゾーン106)によって130℃で15分間搬送しながら、次いで冷却ゾーン109で30℃/minの速度で23℃まで冷却した。得られたフィルムを、2.0m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、初期張力220N/m、終張力110N/mで内径15.24cmコアに巻き取り、長さ4000m、膜厚40μmの長尺のアクリル樹脂を含有するフィルムA-101を得た。
(Film forming process)
The obtained
〔フィルムA-102~A-138の作製〕
上記フィルムA-101の作製において、冷却工程の有無、冷却ゾーンにおける冷却速度、及び膜厚を変化させた以外は同様にして、表1及び表2に記載の長尺のアクリル樹脂を含有するフィルムA-102~A-138を得た。
[Production of Films A-102 to A-138]
A film containing the long acrylic resin described in Tables 1 and 2 except that in the production of the film A-101, the presence or absence of a cooling step, the cooling rate in the cooling zone, and the film thickness were changed. A-102 to A-138 were obtained.
〔フィルムB-101の作製〕
(微粒子分散希釈液の調製)
10質量部のアエロジルR812(日本アエロジル社製、一次平均粒子径:7nm、見掛け比重50g/L)と、90質量部のエタノールとをディゾルバーで30分間撹拌混合した後、高圧分散機であるマントンゴーリンを用いて分散させて、微粒子分散液を調製した。
[Production of Film B-101]
(Preparation of fine particle dispersion)
10 parts by weight Aerosil R812 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd., primary average particle size: 7 nm, apparent specific gravity 50 g / L) and 90 parts by weight of ethanol were stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 30 minutes, and then high pressure disperser Manton Gorin Was used to prepare a fine particle dispersion.
得られた微粒子分散液に、88質量部のジクロロメタンを撹拌しながら投入し、ディゾルバーで30分間撹拌混合して、希釈した。得られた溶液をアドバンテック東洋社製ポリプロピレンワインドカートリッジフィルターTCW-PPS-1Nで濾過して、微粒子分散希釈液を得た。 Into the obtained fine particle dispersion, 88 parts by mass of dichloromethane was added with stirring, and the mixture was diluted by stirring and mixing with a dissolver for 30 minutes. The obtained solution was filtered through a polypropylene wind cartridge filter TCW-PPS-1N manufactured by Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd. to obtain a fine particle dispersion dilution.
(インライン添加液の調製)
100質量部のジクロロメタンに、36質量部の前記作製した微粒子分散希釈液を撹拌しながら加えて30分間さらに撹拌した後、6質量部のジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度2.3、Mn=90000、Mw=152000、Mw/Mn=1.7)を撹拌しながら加えて60分間さらに撹拌した。得られた溶液を、日本精線(株)製ファインメットNFで濾過して、インライン添加液を得た。濾材は、公称濾過精度20μmのものを用いた。
(Preparation of inline additive solution)
To 100 parts by mass of dichloromethane, 36 parts by mass of the prepared fine particle dispersion diluted liquid was added with stirring and further stirred for 30 minutes, and then 6 parts by mass of diacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree 2.3, Mn = 90000, Mw = 152000, Mw / Mn = 1.7) was added with stirring, and the mixture was further stirred for 60 minutes. The obtained solution was filtered with Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd. to obtain an in-line additive solution. The filter medium having a nominal filtration accuracy of 20 μm was used.
(ドープ2の調製)
下記成分を密閉容器に投入し、加熱及び撹拌しながら完全に溶解させた。得られた溶液を安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.24で濾過して、主ドープ2を得た。
(Preparation of dope 2)
The following components were put into a sealed container and completely dissolved with heating and stirring. The obtained solution was prepared as Azumi filter paper No. manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. The
〈主ドープ2の組成〉
ジアセチルセルロース1(アセチル基置換度:2.35、Mn=9000
0、Mw=152000、Mw/Mn=1.7) 81質量部
多価アルコールエステル(一般式(2)で表される化合物):例示化合物
2-10 2質量部
糖エステル;BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-
1~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 7質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステル:P8
5質量部
リターデーション調整剤1:下記化合物 3質量部
添加剤A:下記化合物 2質量部
ジクロロメタン 430質量部
メタノール 11質量部
100質量部の主ドープ1と、2.5質量部のインライン添加液とを、インラインミキサー(東レ静止型管内混合機 Hi-Mixer、SWJ)で十分に混合して、ドープ2を得た。
<Composition of
Diacetylcellulose 1 (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.35, Mn = 9000)
0, Mw = 152000, Mw / Mn = 1.7) 81 parts by mass Polyhydric alcohol ester (compound represented by formula (2)): Exemplified compound 2-10 2 parts by mass Sugar ester; BzSc (benzyl saccharose: Compound a- according to
1 to a-4), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 7 parts by mass Polycondensation ester: Polycondensation ester represented by formula (1): P8
5 parts by mass Retardation adjusting agent 1: 3 parts by mass of the following compound Additive A: 2 parts by mass of the following compound Dichloromethane 430 parts by
(製膜工程)
得られたドープ2を、ベルト流延装置を用いてステンレスバンド支持体上に、ドープ2の液温度35℃、幅1.95mの条件で、最終膜厚が40μmとなる条件で均一に流延させた。ステンレスバンド支持体上で、得られたドープ膜中の有機溶媒を、残留溶媒量が100質量%になるまで蒸発させてウェブを形成した後、ステンレスバンド支持体からウェブを剥離した。得られたウェブを、110℃でさらに10分予備乾燥させた後、ウェブをテンターで、160℃の条件でTD方向の元幅に対して1.2倍に延伸した。延伸開始時のウェブの残留溶剤量は2.0質量%であった。テンターで延伸後、130℃で5分間緩和を行った後、その後、図9で示す乾燥機(ベンディングゾーン106)によって140℃の温度に保持し、かつドライヤーゾーン内に、搬送ローラーによって当該ウェブのA面と対向するB面が交互に内側になるように曲げた時の半径をa(mm)としたとき、1/aの値が0.040mm-1となるように搬送ローラーの径及び配置を設定し、80回のベンディングを繰り返して、20m/分の搬送速度でウェブを搬送させた。
(Film forming process)
The obtained
得られたフィルムを、2.0m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、初期張力220N/m、終張力110N/mで内径15.24cmコアに巻き取り、長さ4000m、膜厚40μmの長尺のジアセチルセルロースを含有するフィルムB-101を得た。 The obtained film was slit to 2.0 m width, 10 mm wide and 5 μm knurled at both ends of the film, wound on a core of 15.24 cm in inner diameter with an initial tension of 220 N / m and a final tension of 110 N / m. A film B-101 containing a long diacetyl cellulose having a thickness of 4000 m and a film thickness of 40 μm was obtained.
〔フィルムB-102~B-138の作製〕
上記フィルムB-101の作製において、ジアセチルセルロースのアセチル基置換度(表中DAC置換度と記す。)、ベンディングゾーンにおける上記1/aの値、ベンディング回数、及び膜厚を変化させた以外は同様にして、表1及び表2に記載の長尺のフィルムB-102~B-132を得た。
[Production of Films B-102 to B-138]
In the production of the film B-101, the same except that the acetyl group substitution degree of diacetyl cellulose (referred to as DAC substitution degree in the table), the value of 1 / a in the bending zone, the number of bendings, and the film thickness were changed. Thus, long films B-102 to B-132 shown in Tables 1 and 2 were obtained.
なお、B-133~B138については、下記主ドープ3~8をそれぞれ用いて、B-132の作製と同様にして作製した。
B-133 to B138 were prepared in the same manner as B-132 using the following
〈主ドープ3の組成〉
ジアセチルセルロース1(アセチル基置換度:2.35、Mn=9000
0、Mw=152000、Mw/Mn=1.7) 85質量部
糖エステル;BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-
1~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 10質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステル:P7
2.5質量部
リターデーション調整剤1:下記化合物 2.5質量部
ジクロロメタン 430質量部
エタノール 11質量部
〈主ドープ4の組成〉
ジアセチルセルロース1(アセチル基置換度:2.35、Mn=9000
0、Mw=152000、Mw/Mn=1.7) 86質量部
多価アルコールエステル(一般式(2)で表される化合物):例示化合物
2-1 1質量部
糖エステル;BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-
1~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 10質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステル:P2
2質量部
リターデーション調整剤1:下記化合物 2.2質量部
ジクロロメタン 430質量部
エタノール 11質量部
〈主ドープ5の組成〉
ジアセチルセルロース1(アセチル基置換度:2.35、Mn=9000
0、Mw=152000、Mw/Mn=1.7) 85質量部
多価アルコールエステル(一般式(2)で表される化合物):例示化合物
2-1 1質量部
糖エステル;BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-
1~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 10質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステル:P2
2質量部
リターデーション調整剤1:下記化合物 2.5質量部
ジクロロメタン 430質量部
エタノール 11質量部
〈主ドープ6の組成〉
ジアセチルセルロース1(アセチル基置換度:2.35、Mn=9000
0、Mw=152000、Mw/Mn=1.7) 85質量部
多価アルコールエステル(一般式(2)で表される化合物):例示化合物
2-9 1質量部
糖エステル;BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-
1~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 10質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステル:P2
2質量部
リターデーション調整剤2:下記化合物 2.5質量部
ジクロロメタン 430質量部
エタノール 11質量部
〈主ドープ7の組成〉
ジアセチルセルロース1(アセチル基置換度:2.35、Mn=9000
0、Mw=152000、Mw/Mn=1.7) 87質量部
多価アルコールエステル(一般式(2)で表される化合物):例示化合物
2-9 1質量部
糖エステル;BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-
1~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 10質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステル:P1
2質量部
ジクロロメタン 430質量部
エタノール 11質量部
〈主ドープ8の組成〉
ジアセチルセルロース1(アセチル基置換度:2.35、Mn=9000
0、Mw=152000、Mw/Mn=1.7) 86質量部
糖エステル;BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-
1~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 10質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステル:P2
2質量部
ジクロロメタン 430質量部
エタノール 11質量部
Diacetylcellulose 1 (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.35, Mn = 9000)
0, Mw = 152000, Mw / Mn = 1.7) 85 parts by mass Sugar ester; BzSc (benzyl saccharose: Compound a-
1 to a-4)), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 10 parts by mass Polycondensation ester: polycondensation ester represented by formula (1): P7
2.5 parts by mass Retardation adjusting agent 1: the following compound 2.5 parts by mass dichloromethane 430 parts by
Diacetylcellulose 1 (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.35, Mn = 9000)
0, Mw = 152000, Mw / Mn = 1.7) 86 parts by mass Polyhydric alcohol ester (compound represented by general formula (2)): Exemplified compound 2-1 1 part by mass Sugar ester; BzSc (benzyl saccharose: Compound a- according to
1 to a-4)), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 10 parts by mass Polycondensation ester: Polycondensation ester represented by formula (1): P2
2 parts by mass Retardation adjusting agent 1: Compound shown below 2.2 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by
Diacetylcellulose 1 (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.35, Mn = 9000)
0, Mw = 152000, Mw / Mn = 1.7) 85 parts by mass Polyhydric alcohol ester (compound represented by formula (2)): Exemplified compound 2-1 1 part by mass Sugar ester; BzSc (benzyl saccharose: Compound a- according to
1 to a-4)), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 10 parts by mass Polycondensation ester: Polycondensation ester represented by formula (1): P2
2 parts by mass Retardation adjusting agent 1: the following compound 2.5 parts by mass dichloromethane 430 parts by
Diacetylcellulose 1 (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.35, Mn = 9000)
0, Mw = 152000, Mw / Mn = 1.7) 85 parts by mass Polyhydric alcohol ester (compound represented by formula (2)): Exemplified compound 2-9 1 part by mass Sugar ester; BzSc (benzyl saccharose: Compound a- according to
1 to a-4)), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 10 parts by mass Polycondensation ester: Polycondensation ester represented by formula (1): P2
2 mass parts Retardation adjusting agent 2: The following compound 2.5 mass parts Dichloromethane 430
Diacetylcellulose 1 (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.35, Mn = 9000)
0, Mw = 152000, Mw / Mn = 1.7) 87 parts by mass Polyhydric alcohol ester (compound represented by formula (2)): Exemplified compound 2-9 1 part by mass Sugar ester; BzSc (benzyl saccharose: Compound a- according to
1 to a-4), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 10 parts by mass Polycondensation ester: Polycondensation ester represented by the general formula (1): P1
2 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by
Diacetylcellulose 1 (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.35, Mn = 9000)
0, Mw = 152000, Mw / Mn = 1.7) 86 parts by mass Sugar ester; BzSc (benzyl saccharose: Compound a-
1 to a-4)), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 10 parts by mass Polycondensation ester: Polycondensation ester represented by formula (1): P2
2 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by
<偏光板の作製>
〔偏光子1の作製〕
下記工程によって、薄膜の偏光子を形成するため偏光性積層フィルムを作製し、当該偏光性積層フィルムから、基材フィルムを剥離することによって、薄膜の偏光子を得た。
<Preparation of polarizing plate>
[Production of Polarizer 1]
In order to form a thin film polarizer by the following steps, a polarizing laminated film was prepared, and the base film was peeled from the polarizing laminated film to obtain a thin film polarizer.
(1)基材フィルムの作製
リアクターブレンド法によって、同じ反応容器内で熱可塑性樹脂及びゴム成分を順次調製した。具体的には、チーグラー・ナッタ型触媒を用いて、第一工程としてプロピレンモノマーを気相中でフィードしていき、熱可塑性樹脂であるプロピレン単独重合体を製造した。プロピレンモノマーのフィードを止めて反応を停止させた後、その反応容器にそのまま、第二工程としてエチレンモノマーとプロピレンモノマーを気相中でフィードしていき、ゴム成分であるエチレン-プロピレン共重合体を製造し、ゴム成分であるエチレン-プロピレン共重合体が粒子状で分散されたプロピレン単独重合体を得た。共重合体に占めるエチレンユニットの含有量を重合時の物質収支から求めたところ、35質量%であった。また樹脂全体(熱可塑性樹脂及びゴム成分の合計)に占めるエチレンユニットの含有量を高分子ハンドブック(1995年、紀伊国屋書店発行)の第616頁に記載されている方法に従って求め、この値から樹脂全体に占めるエチレン-プロピレン共重合体の含有量を算出したところ、29質量%であった(すなわち、エチレン-プロピレン共重合体の含有量は熱可塑性樹脂の40.8質量%)。
(1) Production of base film A thermoplastic resin and a rubber component were sequentially prepared in the same reaction vessel by a reactor blend method. Specifically, propylene monomer was fed in the gas phase as a first step using a Ziegler-Natta type catalyst to produce a propylene homopolymer as a thermoplastic resin. After stopping the reaction by stopping the propylene monomer feed, the ethylene monomer and the propylene monomer are fed into the reaction vessel as they are in the gas phase as the second step, and the ethylene-propylene copolymer as the rubber component is fed. Thus, a propylene homopolymer in which an ethylene-propylene copolymer as a rubber component was dispersed in a particulate form was obtained. The ethylene unit content in the copolymer was determined from the material balance during polymerization and found to be 35% by mass. Further, the content of ethylene units in the entire resin (total of thermoplastic resin and rubber component) is determined according to the method described on page 616 of the Polymer Handbook (published by Kinokuniya Shoten in 1995), and the resin is determined from this value. When the content of the ethylene-propylene copolymer in the whole was calculated, it was 29% by mass (that is, the content of the ethylene-propylene copolymer was 40.8% by mass of the thermoplastic resin).
得られた混合樹脂を250℃で溶融混錬した後、Tダイにて280℃の温度で溶融押出を行い、厚さ100μmの基材フィルムを得た。 The obtained mixed resin was melt-kneaded at 250 ° C. and then melt-extruded with a T-die at a temperature of 280 ° C. to obtain a base film having a thickness of 100 μm.
(2)プライマー層の形成
ポリビニルアルコール粉末(日本合成化学工業(株)製「Z-200」、平均重合度1100、平均ケン化度99.5モル%)を95℃の熱水に溶解し、濃度3質量%のポリビニルアルコール水溶液を調製した。得られた水溶液に架橋剤(住友化学(株)製「スミレーズレジン650」)をポリビニルアルコール粉末6質量部に対して5質量部混合した。得られた混合水溶液を、コロナ処理を施した上記基材フィルムのコロナ処理面上にマイクログラビアコーターを用いて塗工し、80℃で10分間乾燥させることにより、厚み0.2μmのプライマー層を形成した。
(2) Formation of primer layer Polyvinyl alcohol powder (“Z-200” manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., average polymerization degree 1100, average saponification degree 99.5 mol%) was dissolved in 95 ° C. hot water, A polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution having a concentration of 3% by mass was prepared. The resulting aqueous solution was mixed with 5 parts by mass of a crosslinking agent (“SUMIREZ RESIN 650” manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) with respect to 6 parts by mass of the polyvinyl alcohol powder. The obtained mixed aqueous solution was applied onto the corona-treated surface of the base film subjected to the corona treatment using a micro gravure coater, and dried at 80 ° C. for 10 minutes to form a primer layer having a thickness of 0.2 μm. Formed.
(3)ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層の形成
ポリビニルアルコール粉末(クラレ(株)製「PVA124」、平均重合度2400、平均ケン化度98.0~99.0モル%)を95℃の熱水に溶解し、濃度8質量%のポリビニルアルコール水溶液を調製した。得られた水溶液を、上記プライマー層上にリップコーターを用いて塗工し、80℃で2分間、70℃で2分間、次いで60℃で4分間の条件下で乾燥させることにより、基材フィルム上にプライマー層を介してポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層が積層された積層フィルムを作製した。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層の厚さは9.8μmであった。
(3) Formation of polyvinyl alcohol resin layer Polyvinyl alcohol powder (“PVA124” manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., average polymerization degree 2400, average saponification degree 98.0 to 99.0 mol%) is dissolved in hot water at 95 ° C. An aqueous polyvinyl alcohol solution having a concentration of 8% by mass was prepared. The obtained aqueous solution was coated on the primer layer using a lip coater, and dried under conditions of 80 ° C. for 2 minutes, 70 ° C. for 2 minutes, and then 60 ° C. for 4 minutes, whereby a base film A laminated film having a polyvinyl alcohol resin layer laminated thereon with a primer layer interposed therebetween was produced. The thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer was 9.8 μm.
(4)延伸フィルムの作製
上記積層フィルムを160℃の延伸温度で5.8倍に自由端縦一軸延伸し、延伸フィルムを得た。得られた延伸フィルムの厚さは28.5μmであり、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層の厚さは5.0μmであった。
(4) Production of stretched film The laminated film was uniaxially stretched 5.8 times at a stretching temperature of 160 ° C. to obtain a stretched film. The obtained stretched film had a thickness of 28.5 μm, and the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer had a thickness of 5.0 μm.
(5)偏光性積層フィルムの作製
上記延伸フィルムを60℃の温浴に60秒間浸漬した後、ヨウ素とヨウ化カリウムとを含む水溶液である30℃の染色溶液に150秒間程度浸漬して、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層の染色を行い、次いで10℃の純水で余分なヨウ素液を洗い流した。次に、ホウ酸とヨウ化カリウムとを含む水溶液である76℃の架橋溶液に600秒間浸漬した。その後、10℃の純水で4秒間洗浄し、最後に50℃で300秒間乾燥させることにより、偏光性積層フィルムを得た。この偏光性積層フィルムのポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を基材フィルムから剥離し、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を偏光子として用いた。
(5) Preparation of polarizing laminated film The stretched film was immersed in a 60 ° C warm bath for 60 seconds, and then immersed in a dyeing solution at 30 ° C, which is an aqueous solution containing iodine and potassium iodide, for about 150 seconds to obtain polyvinyl alcohol. The system resin layer was dyed, and then the excess iodine solution was washed away with pure water at 10 ° C. Next, it was immersed for 600 seconds in the 76 degreeC bridge | crosslinking solution which is the aqueous solution containing a boric acid and potassium iodide. Thereafter, the film was washed with pure water at 10 ° C. for 4 seconds, and finally dried at 50 ° C. for 300 seconds to obtain a polarizing laminated film. The polyvinyl alcohol-type resin layer of this polarizing laminated film was peeled from the base film, and the polyvinyl alcohol-type resin layer was used as a polarizer.
〔紫外線硬化型接着剤液1の調製〕
下記の各成分を混合した後、脱泡して、紫外線硬化型接着剤液1を調製した。なお、トリアリールスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェートは、50%プロピレンカーボネート溶液として配合し、下記にはトリアリールスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェートの固形分量を表示した。
[Preparation of UV curable adhesive solution 1]
After mixing the following components, defoaming was performed to prepare an ultraviolet curable
3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサ
ンカルボキシレート 45質量部
エポリードGT-301(ダイセル化学社製の脂環式エポキシ樹脂)
40質量部
1,4-ブタンジオールジグリシジルエーテル 15質量部
トリアリールスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート 2.3質量部
9,10-ジブトキシアントラセン 0.1質量部
1,4-ジエトキシナフタレン 2.0質量部
〔偏光板101の作製〕
下記の方法に従って、偏光板101を作製した。
3,4-Epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate 45 parts by mass Epolide GT-301 (alicyclic epoxy resin manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries)
40 parts by
A
まず、位相差フィルムとして上記作製したフィルムB-101使用し、その表面にコロナ放電処理を施した。なお、コロナ放電処理の条件は、コロナ出力強度2.0kW、ライン速度18m/分とした。次いで、フィルムB-101のコロナ放電処理面に、上記調製した紫外線硬化型接着剤液1を、硬化後の膜厚が約3μmとなるようにバーコーターで塗工して紫外線硬化型接着剤層を形成した。得られた紫外線硬化型接着剤層に、上記作製した偏光性積層フィルムの偏光子(厚さ5μm)側を貼合し、その後基材フィルムは剥離した。
First, the above-prepared film B-101 was used as a retardation film, and its surface was subjected to corona discharge treatment. The corona discharge treatment was performed at a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a line speed of 18 m / min. Next, the prepared UV curable
次いで、上記作製したフィルムA-101を用い、コロナ放電処理を施した。コロナ放電処理の条件は、コロナ出力強度2.0kW、速度18m/分とした。 Next, the produced film A-101 was subjected to corona discharge treatment. The conditions of the corona discharge treatment were a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a speed of 18 m / min.
次いで、フィルムA-101のコロナ放電処理面に、上記調製した紫外線硬化型接着剤液1を、硬化後の膜厚が約3μmとなるようにバーコーターで塗工して紫外線硬化型接着剤層を形成した。 Next, the UV curable adhesive liquid 1 prepared above is applied to the corona discharge treated surface of the film A-101 with a bar coater so that the film thickness after curing is about 3 μm, and the UV curable adhesive layer is applied. Formed.
この紫外線硬化型接着剤層に、フィルムB-101の片面に貼合された偏光子を貼合して、フィルムA-101/紫外線硬化型接着剤層/偏光子/紫外線硬化型接着剤層/フィルムB-101が積層された積層体を得た。その際に、フィルムA-101及びフィルムB-101の遅相軸と偏光子の吸収軸が互いに直交になるように貼合した。 A polarizer bonded to one side of the film B-101 is bonded to this UV curable adhesive layer, and the film A-101 / UV curable adhesive layer / polarizer / UV curable adhesive layer / A laminate in which film B-101 was laminated was obtained. At that time, the films A-101 and B-101 were bonded so that the slow axis of the film and the absorption axis of the polarizer were orthogonal to each other.
この積層体の両面側から、ベルトコンベヤー付き紫外線照射装置(ランプは、フュージョンUVシステムズ社製のDバルブを使用)を用いて、積算光量が750mJ/cm2となるように紫外線を照射し、それぞれの紫外線硬化型接着剤層を硬化させ、総膜厚が91μmの偏光板101を作製した。
From both sides of this laminate, using a UV irradiation device with a belt conveyor (the lamp uses a D bulb manufactured by Fusion UV Systems), UV light was applied so that the integrated light amount was 750 mJ / cm 2. The UV curable adhesive layer was cured to produce a
〔偏光板102~偏光板138の作製〕
偏光板101と同様にして、フィルムA-102~A-138及びフィルムB-102~B-138を用いて、それぞれ表1及び表2の構成で、フィルムA/紫外線硬化型接着剤層/偏光子/紫外線硬化型接着剤層/フィルムBである、偏光板102~偏光板138を作製した。
[Preparation of Polarizing
In the same manner as the
≪評価1≫
前記「フィルムの寸法変化率の測定」の方法にのっとり、フィルムA-101~フィルムA-138及びフィルムB-101~フィルムB-138について、それぞれL1MD、L1TD、L5MD、L5TD、L30MD、及びL30TDを測定した。測定結果から、(L1MD-L5MD)、(L1TD-L5TD)、(L5MD-L30MD)、及び(L5TD-L30TD)のそれぞれの値(%)を算出した。
≪
The film A-101 to film A-138 and the film B-101 to film B-138 are respectively L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD were measured. From the measurement results, the respective values (%) of (L 1 MD-L 5 MD), (L 1 TD-L 5 TD), (L 5 MD-L 30 MD), and (L 5 TD-L 30 TD) ) Was calculated.
≪評価2≫
(液晶表示装置の作製)
市販のVA型液晶表示装置(SONY製40型ディスプレイKLV-40J3000)を用い、液晶セルの視認側に貼合されていた偏光板を剥離し、上記作製した偏光板101~138を、液晶セル側の面にフィルムBが配置されるように貼合して液晶表示装置101~138を作製した。その際作製した偏光板の吸収軸が、あらかじめ貼合されていた偏光板の吸収軸と同一方向となるように貼り合わせて液晶表示装置を作製し、以下の方法によって表示ムラを評価した。
≪
(Production of liquid crystal display device)
Using a commercially available VA type liquid crystal display device (40 type display KLV-40J3000 manufactured by SONY), the polarizing plate bonded to the viewing side of the liquid crystal cell was peeled off, and the above prepared polarizing
(表示ムラの評価)
得られた液晶表示装置を、50℃・90%RHの恒温恒湿槽に1時間放置した後、23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に置き、常温で液晶表示装置を黒表示させた状態で、表示画面の4頂点付近の輝度と表示画面中央付近の輝度との差(表示ムラ)を目視観察した。以下の基準で表示ムラを評価した。以下の評価において、○か◎が好ましい。
(Evaluation of display unevenness)
The obtained liquid crystal display device was left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber of 50 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment of 23 ° C./55% RH to display the liquid crystal display device in black at room temperature. In the state, the difference (display unevenness) between the luminance near the four vertices of the display screen and the luminance near the center of the display screen was visually observed. Display unevenness was evaluated according to the following criteria. In the following evaluation, ○ or ◎ is preferable.
◎:表示ムラが全くない
○:非常に細かく注意すると僅かに表示ムラが認められる
△:4頂点のうち1か所で表示ムラが認められる
×:4頂点のうち3か所以上で表示ムラが認められる
(偏光子密着性の評価)
得られた液晶表示装置を、80℃・90%RHの恒温恒湿槽に1時間放置した後、23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に1時間置くことを1サイクルとして、これを50サイクル繰り返して、パネル表面の波打ちや膜剥がれを観察し、フィルムA及びフィルムBと偏光子との密着性を評価した。
◎: No display unevenness. ○: Slight display unevenness is observed with very careful attention. △: Display unevenness is observed at one of the four vertices. X: Display unevenness occurs at three or more of the four vertices. Recognized (Evaluation of polarizer adhesion)
The obtained liquid crystal display device was left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH for 1 hour. The cycle was repeated to observe the undulation and film peeling on the panel surface, and the adhesion between the film A and the film B and the polarizer was evaluated.
◎:パネル表面の波打ちや膜剥がれが全くない
○:非常に細かく注意すると僅かにパネル表面に波打ちが認められる
△:パネル表面に明らかに波打ちが認められるが、膜剥がれはない
×:パネル表面に波打ちと膜剥がれが認められる
フィルムA及びフィルムBの構成、偏光板の構成、上記評価結果をまとめて表1及び表2に示す。
◎: There is no undulation or film peeling on the panel surface ○: Slight undulation is observed on the panel surface when very careful, △: Clear undulation is observed on the panel surface, but there is no film peeling ×: On the panel surface Table 1 and Table 2 summarize the configurations of Film A and Film B, the configuration of the polarizing plate, and the evaluation results described above.
表1及び表2より、フィルムAは、アクリル樹脂の種類及び重量平均分子量の選択、糖エステルや重縮合エステル等の可塑剤の採用、及び膜厚を調整することに加えて、ウェブの乾燥工程において、前記ウェブが当該乾燥工程(ドライヤーゾーン)を出た後に、50~100℃/秒の範囲内の速度でウェブを冷却する冷却工程を加えて製膜することによって、本発明の寸法変化率の範囲内に調整することが可能であることが分かる。 From Tables 1 and 2, film A is a web drying step in addition to the selection of the type of acrylic resin and the weight average molecular weight, the use of a plasticizer such as sugar ester or polycondensation ester, and the adjustment of the film thickness. Then, after the web exits the drying step (dryer zone), a film is formed by adding a cooling step of cooling the web at a speed in the range of 50 to 100 ° C./sec. It can be seen that it is possible to adjust within the range.
また、フィルムBはセルロースアセテートのアセチル基置換度及び重量平均分子量の選択、糖エステルや重縮合エステル等の可塑剤の採用、及び膜厚を調整することに加えて、ウェブを乾燥する工程において、130~150℃の範囲内のドライヤーゾーン内に、搬送ローラーによって当該ウェブのA面と対向するB面が交互に内側になるように曲げるベンディング工程において、50回以上120回未満繰り返しながらベンディングを行うことによって、本発明の寸法変化率の範囲内に調整することが可能であることが分かる。 In addition, in addition to adjusting the degree of acetyl group substitution and weight average molecular weight of cellulose acetate, the use of a plasticizer such as a sugar ester or a polycondensed ester, and adjusting the film thickness, the film B is a step of drying the web. In a dryer zone in the range of 130 to 150 ° C., bending is performed by repeating 50 times or more and less than 120 times in a bending process in which the B surface facing the A surface of the web is alternately turned inside by the conveying roller. Thus, it can be seen that adjustment within the range of the dimensional change rate of the present invention is possible.
表1より、本発明の寸法変化率の範囲内に調整されたフィルムA及びフィルムBを用いた偏光板は、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても液晶パネルの表示ムラや、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない偏光板が得られることが明らかである。特に従来になく過酷な温湿度条件でサイクルテストをしても、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない偏光板が得られることが分かった。 From Table 1, the polarizing plate using the film A and the film B adjusted within the range of the dimensional change rate according to the present invention is the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel, the undulation, the film even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment is changed. It is apparent that a polarizing plate can be obtained in which deterioration of the adhesiveness of the polarizer such as peeling is not observed. In particular, it has been found that even when a cycle test is performed under harsh temperature and humidity conditions that have never been seen before, a polarizing plate can be obtained in which deterioration of polarizer adhesion such as undulation and film peeling is not observed.
また、フィルムBのドープを、リターデーション調整剤を含まないドープ7及びドープ8に変更したB-137及びB-138を用いた偏光板は、ドープ2~ドープ6を使用したB-132~B-136を用いた偏光板に比較して、実用上問題はないが視認性(コントラスト)がやや低下していた。
In addition, the polarizing plate using B-137 and B-138 in which the dope of film B is changed to dope 7 and
実施例2
実施例1のフィルムA-104及びフィルムB-104の作製において、フィルムAでは冷却速度を変化させ、フィルムBではベンディング時の乾燥温度及び回数を変化させて、表3に記載のL30MD、L30TDの値を有するフィルムA-201~フィルムA-204及びフィルムB-201~フィルムB-204を作製し、実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製し、表示ムラ及び偏光子密着性の評価を行った。
Example 2
In the preparation of the film A-104 and the film B-104 in Example 1, by changing the cooling rate in the film A, by changing the drying temperature and times when bending the film B, L 30 MD described in Table 3, Film A-201 to film A-204 and film B-201 to film B-204 having a value of L 30 TD were prepared, and a polarizing plate was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1. Display unevenness and polarizer adhesion Was evaluated.
結果を表3に示す。 The results are shown in Table 3.
表3より、フィルムAとフィルムBのL30TDとL30MDが、それぞれ、-0.10~0.10%の範囲内であると、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても液晶パネルの表示ムラや、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない、より優れた偏光板が得られることが分かる。 From Table 3, when L 30 TD and L 30 MD of film A and film B are in the range of −0.10 to 0.10%, respectively, the liquid crystal panel can be used even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes It can be seen that a more excellent polarizing plate can be obtained in which no deterioration of the polarizer adhesion such as display unevenness, wavy, and film peeling is observed.
実施例3
〔フィルムA-301:(TAC/アクリル樹脂2/TAC)フィルム及びフィルムA-302:(TAC/アクリル樹脂3/TAC)フィルムの作製〕
図8に示す共流延ダイを用いて、下記の手順に従って、3層同時流延法(共流延法)により(TAC/アクリル樹脂2/TAC)の3層構成のフィルムA-301及び(TAC/アクリル樹脂3/TAC)の3層構成のフィルムA-302を作製した。
Example 3
[Film A-301: (TAC /
Using the co-casting die shown in FIG. 8, according to the following procedure, a film A-301 having a three-layer structure of (TAC /
(ドープ9の調製)
下記成分を密閉容器に投入し、加熱及び撹拌しながら完全に溶解させた。得られた溶液を安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.24で濾過して、主ドープ9を得た。
(Preparation of dope 9)
The following components were put into a sealed container and completely dissolved with heating and stirring. The obtained solution was prepared as Azumi filter paper No. manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. 24, and the main dope 9 was obtained.
〈主ドープ9の組成〉
アクリル樹脂2:ダイヤナールBR88(三菱レイヨン社製、アクリル樹
脂 Mw:150万) 90質量部
糖エステル:BzScベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-1
~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 10質量部
メチレンクロライド 360質量部
エタノール 15質量部
100質量部の主ドープ9と、実施例1でフィルムA用として作製したインライン添加液2.5質量部とを、インラインミキサー(東レ静止型管内混合機 Hi-Mixer、SWJ)で十分に混合して、ドープ9を得た。
<Composition of main dope 9>
Acrylic resin 2: Dianal BR88 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., acrylic resin Mw: 1,500,000) 90 parts by mass Sugar ester: BzSc benzyl saccharose: Compound a-1 described in
A-4)), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 10 parts by mass Methylene chloride 360 parts by
(ドープ10の調製)
下記成分を密閉容器に投入し、加熱及び撹拌しながら完全に溶解させた。得られた溶液を安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.24で濾過して、主ドープ10を得た。
(Preparation of dope 10)
The following components were put into a sealed container and completely dissolved with heating and stirring. The obtained solution was prepared as Azumi filter paper No. manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. 24, and the
〈主ドープ10の組成〉
アクリル樹脂3:特開2009-157352号公報記載の、一般式(1
)中R1が水素原子、R2及びR3がメチル基であるラクトン環構造を有す
る(メタ)アクリル系樹脂[共重合モノマーの質量比:メタクリル酸メチル
/2-(ヒドロキシメチル)アクリル酸メチル=8/2;ラクトン環化率約
100%]90質量部と、アクリロニトリル-スチレン(AS)樹脂(トー
ヨーAS AS20、東洋スチレン(株)製)10質量部の混合物)
90質量部
糖エステル:BzScベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-1
~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 10質量部
メチレンクロライド 360質量部
エタノール 15質量部
100質量部の主ドープ10と、実施例1でフィルムA用として作製したインライン添加液2.5質量部とを、インラインミキサー(東レ静止型管内混合機 Hi-Mixer、SWJ)で十分に混合して、ドープ10を得た。
<Composition of
Acrylic resin 3: General formula (1) described in JP2009-157352A
) A (meth) acrylic resin having a lactone ring structure in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom and R 2 and R 3 are methyl groups [mass ratio of copolymerization monomer: methyl methacrylate / 2- (hydroxymethyl) methyl acrylate = 8/2; mixture of 90 parts by mass of lactone cyclization rate of about 100%] and 10 parts by mass of acrylonitrile-styrene (AS) resin (Toyo AS AS20, manufactured by Toyo Styrene Co., Ltd.)
90 parts by mass Sugar ester: BzSc benzyl saccharose: Compound a-1 described in
Mixture of a-4), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 10 parts by mass Methylene chloride 360 parts by
(ドープ11の調製)
下記成分を密閉容器に投入し、加熱及び撹拌しながら完全に溶解させた。得られた溶液を安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.24で濾過して、主ドープ11を得た。
(Preparation of dope 11)
The following components were put into a sealed container and completely dissolved with heating and stirring. The obtained solution was prepared as Azumi filter paper No. manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. 24, and the
〈主ドープ11の組成〉
トリアセチルセルロース(TAC:アセチル基置換度2.80、Mn=9
0000、Mw=152000、Mw/Mn=1.7) 86質量部
多価アルコールエステル(一般式(2)で表される化合物):例示化合物
2-10 2質量部
糖エステル;BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-
1~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 7質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステル:P1
5質量部
ジクロロメタン 430質量部
エタノール 11質量部
100質量部の主ドープ11と、実施例1でフィルムB用として作製したインライン添加液2.5質量部とを、インラインミキサー(東レ静止型管内混合機 Hi-Mixer、SWJ)で十分に混合して、ドープ11を得た。
<Composition of
Triacetyl cellulose (TAC: Degree of substitution of acetyl group 2.80, Mn = 9
0000, Mw = 152000, Mw / Mn = 1.7) 86 parts by mass Polyhydric alcohol ester (compound represented by general formula (2)): Exemplified compound 2-10 2 parts by mass Sugar ester; BzSc (benzyl saccharose: Compound a- according to
1 to a-4), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 7 parts by mass Polycondensation ester: Polycondensation ester represented by the general formula (1): P1
5 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by
(製膜工程)
上記ドープ9及びドープ11を用いて、図8に示す流延用金属支持体である無端ベルト16面側より、スキン層(B面)としてドープ11を、コア層としてドープ9を、スキン層(A面)としてドープ11を、同時に共流延ダイ10に供給し、一度の流延操作によって、スキン層(B面)/コア層/スキン層(A面)から構成される積層体である流延膜20を無端ベルト16上に供給した。各ドープの供給量は、最終的に乾燥が完了した後の各層の膜厚が、スキン層(B面)/コア層/スキン層(A面)=3μm/30μm/3μmとなる条件とした。
(Film forming process)
Using the dope 9 and the dope 11, the dope 11 is used as the skin layer (B surface), the dope 9 is used as the core layer, and the skin layer (from the surface of the
流延用金属支持体支持体上で、得られたドープ膜中の有機溶媒を、残留溶媒量が100質量%になるまで蒸発させてウェブを形成した後、ステンレスバンド支持体からウェブを剥離した。得られたウェブを、110℃でさらに10分予備乾燥させた後、ウェブをテンターで、160℃の条件でTD方向の元幅に対して1.3倍に延伸した。延伸開始時のウェブの残留溶剤量は2.0質量%であった。テンターで延伸後、130℃で5分間緩和を行った後、図9で示す乾燥機(ベンディングゾーン106)によって130℃で15分間搬送しながら、次いで冷却ゾーン109で80℃/minの速度で23℃まで冷却した。得られたフィルムを、2.0m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、初期張力220N/m、終張力110N/mで内径15.24cmコアに巻き取り、長さ4000m、膜厚36μmの長尺の3層構成であるフィルムA-301を得た。同様にして、コア層としてドープ10を用いてスキン層としてドープ11を用いて3層構成であるフィルムA-302を得た。
On the metal support for casting, the organic solvent in the obtained dope film was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100% by mass to form a web, and then the web was peeled from the stainless steel band support. . The obtained web was further pre-dried at 110 ° C. for 10 minutes, and then the web was stretched 1.3 times with respect to the original width in the TD direction at 160 ° C. with a tenter. The residual solvent amount of the web at the start of stretching was 2.0% by mass. After stretching with a tenter, relaxation was performed at 130 ° C. for 5 minutes, and then the film was conveyed for 15 minutes at 130 ° C. by the dryer (bending zone 106) shown in FIG. 9 and then 23 ° C. in the
〔フィルムA-303:(アクリル樹脂1/セルロースエステル)フィルムの作製〕
(ドープ12の調製)
下記成分を密閉容器に投入し、加熱及び撹拌しながら完全に溶解させた。得られた溶液を安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.24で濾過して、主ドープ12を得た。
[Film A-303: Production of (
(Preparation of dope 12)
The following components were put into a sealed container and completely dissolved with heating and stirring. The obtained solution was prepared as Azumi filter paper No. manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. 24 to obtain the
アクリル樹脂1:ダイヤナールBR85(三菱レイヨン社製、アクリル樹
脂 Mw:280000) 70質量部
セルロースエステル(セルロースアセテートプロピオネート アシル基総
置換度2.75、アセチル基置換度0.19、プロピオニル基置換度2.5
6、Mw=200000、表中CAPと記載) 30質量部
アクリル微粒子(C1) 2質量部
メチレンクロライド 300質量部
エタノール 40質量部
〈アクリル微粒子(C1)の調製〉
内容積60リットルの還流冷却器付反応器に、イオン交換水38.2リットル、ジオクチルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム111.6gを投入し、250rpmの回転数で攪拌しながら、窒素雰囲気下75℃に昇温し、酸素の影響が事実上無い状態にした。過硫酸アンモニウム(APS)を0.36g投入し、5分間攪拌後にメチルメタクリレート(MMA)を1657g、n-ブチルアクリレート(BA)を21.6g、およびアリルメタクリレート(ALMA)の1.68gからなる単量体混合物を一括添加し、発熱ピークの検出後さらに20分間保持して最内硬質層の重合を完結させた。
Acrylic resin 1: Dianal BR85 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., acrylic resin Mw: 280000) 70 parts by weight Cellulose ester (cellulose acetate propionate acyl group total substitution degree 2.75, acetyl group substitution degree 0.19, propionyl group substitution) Degree 2.5
6, Mw = 200000, described as CAP in the table) 30 parts by mass Acrylic fine particles (C1) 2 parts by mass Methylene chloride 300 parts by
A reactor with a reflux condenser with an internal volume of 60 liters was charged with 38.2 liters of ion-exchanged water and 111.6 g of sodium dioctylsulfosuccinate, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere while stirring at a rotational speed of 250 rpm. The effect of oxygen was virtually eliminated. A single unit consisting of 0.36 g of ammonium persulfate (APS) and stirring for 5 minutes, consisting of 1657 g of methyl methacrylate (MMA), 21.6 g of n-butyl acrylate (BA), and 1.68 g of allyl methacrylate (ALMA) The body mixture was added all at once and held for an additional 20 minutes after detection of the exothermic peak to complete the polymerization of the innermost hard layer.
次に、APSを3.48gを加え、5分間攪拌後にBAを8105g、ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート(PEGDA:分子量200)を31.9g、およびALMAの264.0gからなる単量体混合物を120分間かけて連続的に添加し、添加終了後さらに120分間保持して、軟質層の重合を完結させた。 Next, 3.48 g of APS was added, and after stirring for 5 minutes, a monomer mixture consisting of 8105 g of BA, 31.9 g of polyethylene glycol diacrylate (PEGDA: molecular weight 200), and 264.0 g of ALMA was applied for 120 minutes. The mixture was continuously added and held for an additional 120 minutes after completion of the addition to complete the polymerization of the soft layer.
次に、APSを1.32g投入し、5分間攪拌後にMMAを2106g、BAを201.6gからなる単量体混合物を20分間かけて連続的に添加し、添加終了後さらに20分間保持して最外硬質層1の重合を完結した。
Next, 1.32 g of APS was added, and after stirring for 5 minutes, a monomer mixture consisting of 2106 g of MMA and 201.6 g of BA was continuously added over 20 minutes, and held for another 20 minutes after the addition was completed. Polymerization of the outermost
次いで、APSを1.32g投入し、5分後にMMAを3148g、BAを201.6g、およびn-OMの10.1gからなる単量体混合物を20分間かけて連続的に添加し、添加終了後にさらに20分間保持した。ついで95℃に昇温し60分間保持して、最外硬質層2の重合を完結させた。
Next, 1.32 g of APS was added, and after 5 minutes, a monomer mixture consisting of 3148 g of MMA, 201.6 g of BA, and 10.1 g of n-OM was continuously added over 20 minutes. Later held for another 20 minutes. Next, the temperature was raised to 95 ° C. and held for 60 minutes to complete the polymerization of the outermost
このようにして得られた重合体ラテックスを少量採取し、吸光度法により平粒子径を求めたところ0.10μmであった。残りのラテックスを3質量%硫酸ナトリウム温水溶液中へ投入して、塩析・凝固させ、次いで、脱水・洗浄を繰り返したのち乾燥し、3層構造のアクリル微粒子(C1)を得た。 A small amount of the polymer latex thus obtained was collected, and the flat particle size was determined by the absorbance method, which was 0.10 μm. The remaining latex was put into a 3% by mass sodium sulfate warm aqueous solution, salted out and coagulated, and then dried after repeated dehydration and washing to obtain acrylic fine particles (C1) having a three-layer structure.
100質量部の主ドープ12と、実施例1でフィルムA用として作製したインライン添加液2.5質量部とを、インラインミキサー(東レ静止型管内混合機 Hi-Mixer、SWJ)で十分に混合して、ドープ12を得た。
100 parts by mass of the
(製膜工程)
実施例1のフィルムA-101の作製と同様にして、得られたドープ12を用いて、ベルト流延装置を用いてステンレスバンド支持体上に、ドープ12の液温度35℃、幅1.7mの条件で、最終膜厚が40μmとなる条件で均一に流延させた。ステンレスバンド支持体上で、得られたドープ膜中の有機溶媒を、残留溶媒量が100質量%になるまで蒸発させてウェブを形成した後、ステンレスバンド支持体からウェブを剥離した。得られたウェブを、110℃でさらに10分予備乾燥させた後、ウェブをテンターで、160℃の条件でTD方向の元幅に対して1.5倍に延伸した。延伸開始時のウェブの残留溶剤量は2.0質量%であった。テンターで延伸後、130℃で5分間緩和を行った後、図9で示す乾燥機(ベンディングゾーン106)によって130℃で15分間搬送しながら、次いで冷却ゾーン109で30℃/minの速度で23℃まで冷却した。得られたフィルムを、2.0m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、初期張力220N/m、終張力110N/mで内径15.24cmコアに巻き取り、長さ4000m、膜厚40μmの長尺のアクリル樹脂を含有するフィルムA-303を得た。
(Film forming process)
In the same manner as in the production of the film A-101 of Example 1, the obtained
作製したフィルムA-301、フィルムA-302及びA-303に対向するフィルムBは、フィルムB-111を用いて偏光板301、302及び303を作製した。 For the film B facing the produced films A-301, A-302 and A-303, polarizing plates 301, 302 and 303 were produced using the film B-111.
作製した偏光板301、302及び303を用いて、実施例1の評価条件を以下の評価条件に変えてを実施した。 Using the produced polarizing plates 301, 302, and 303, the evaluation conditions of Example 1 were changed to the following evaluation conditions.
(表示ムラの評価)
得られた液晶表示装置を、50℃・90%RHの恒温恒湿槽に1時間放置した後、23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に1時間置くことを1サイクルとして、これを10サイクル繰り返した後に、常温で液晶表示装置を黒表示させた状態で、表示画面の4頂点付近の輝度と表示画面中央付近の輝度との差(表示ムラ)を目視観察した。以下の基準で表示ムラを評価した。以下の評価において、○か◎が好ましい。
(Evaluation of display unevenness)
The obtained liquid crystal display device was left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber of 50 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment of 23 ° C./55% RH for 1 hour. After repeating the cycle, the difference (display unevenness) between the luminance near the four vertices of the display screen and the luminance near the center of the display screen was visually observed in a state where the liquid crystal display device was black-displayed at room temperature. Display unevenness was evaluated according to the following criteria. In the following evaluation, ○ or ◎ is preferable.
◎:表示ムラが全くない
○:非常に細かく注意すると僅かに表示ムラが認められる
△:4頂点のうち1か所で表示ムラが認められる
×:4頂点のうち3か所以上で表示ムラが認められる
(偏光子密着性の評価)
得られた液晶表示装置を、80℃・90%RHの恒温恒湿槽に1時間放置した後、23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に1時間置くことを1サイクルとして、これを100サイクル繰り返して、パネル表面の波打ちや膜剥がれを観察し、フィルムA及びフィルムBと偏光子との密着性を評価した。
◎: No display unevenness. ○: Slight display unevenness is observed with very careful attention. △: Display unevenness is observed at one of the four vertices. X: Display unevenness occurs at three or more of the four vertices. Recognized (Evaluation of polarizer adhesion)
The obtained liquid crystal display device was left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH for 1 hour. The cycle was repeated to observe the undulation and film peeling on the panel surface, and the adhesion between the film A and the film B and the polarizer was evaluated.
◎:パネル表面の波打ちや膜剥がれが全くない
○:非常に細かく注意すると僅かにパネル表面に波打ちが認められる
△:パネル表面に明らかに波打ちが認められるが、膜剥がれはない
×:パネル表面に波打ちと膜剥がれが認められる
結果を表4に示す。
◎: There is no undulation or film peeling on the panel surface ○: Slight undulation is observed on the panel surface when very careful, △: Clear undulation is observed on the panel surface, but there is no film peeling ×: On the panel surface Table 4 shows the results of waving and film peeling.
表4より、フィルムAを(TAC/アクリル樹脂/TAC)フィルムのような、スキン層にTACを用いた3層構成のフィルムとすることで、より過酷な条件に使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても、液晶パネルの表示ムラや、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない、より優れた偏光板が得られることが分かる。また、当該3層構成のフィルムを用いた液晶パネルはパネルの反りも改善した。また、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステルを混合したA-303のような構成のフィルムも、液晶パネルの表示ムラや、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性に優れていた。 From Table 4, the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes under more severe conditions by making the film A a three-layer film using TAC for the skin layer, such as a (TAC / acrylic resin / TAC) film. Even so, it can be seen that a more excellent polarizing plate can be obtained in which no deterioration of the polarizer adhesion such as display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel, undulation, and film peeling occurs. In addition, the liquid crystal panel using the three-layer film improved the warpage of the panel. In addition, a film having a configuration such as A-303 in which an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester are mixed also has excellent polarizer adhesion such as display unevenness of a liquid crystal panel, undulation, and film peeling.
実施例4
実施例1のフィルムA-104の作製において、TD方向の延伸倍率を表5のように変化させて、フィルムA-401~フィルムA-404を作製し、対向するフィルムBとしてフィルムB-104を用いて、偏光板401~404を作製し、実施例1と同様にして、表示ムラ及び偏光子密着性の評価を行った。
Example 4
In the production of the film A-104 of Example 1, the film A-401 to the film A-404 were produced by changing the stretching ratio in the TD direction as shown in Table 5, and the film B-104 was formed as the opposing film B. Thus, polarizing plates 401 to 404 were produced, and display unevenness and polarizer adhesion were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1.
結果を表5に示す。 The results are shown in Table 5.
表5より、フィルムAは、TD方向の元幅に対して1.05~1.5倍の範囲内で延伸することによって、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても、液晶パネルの表示ムラや、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない、より優れた偏光板が得られることが分かる。 From Table 5, the film A is stretched within the range of 1.05 to 1.5 times the original width in the TD direction, so that even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel In addition, it can be seen that a more excellent polarizing plate can be obtained in which deterioration of the adhesiveness of the polarizer such as waving and film peeling is not observed.
実施例5
実施例1のフィルムB-104の作製において、TD方向の延伸倍率を1.05~1.4倍の範囲内に変化させて、表6に示すリターデーション値を有するフィルムB-501~フィルムB-505を作製し、対向するフィルムAとしてフィルムA-104を用いて、偏光板501~505を作製し、実施例1と同様にして、表示ムラ及び偏光子密着性の評価を行った。なお、リターデーションは前述の方法で測定した。
Example 5
In the production of the film B-104 of Example 1, the stretching ratio in the TD direction was changed within the range of 1.05 to 1.4 times, and the films B-501 to B having the retardation values shown in Table 6 were obtained. -505 was produced, polarizing films 501 to 505 were produced using the film A-104 as the opposing film A, and display unevenness and polarizer adhesion were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The retardation was measured by the method described above.
結果を表6に示す。 The results are shown in Table 6.
表6より、フィルムBはTD方向に延伸することによって、リターデーション値Ro及びRtの値を本発明の好ましい範囲内に調整することができ、かつ使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても、液晶パネルの表示ムラや、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない、より優れた偏光板が得られることが分かる。 From Table 6, by stretching the film B in the TD direction, the retardation values Ro and Rt can be adjusted within the preferred range of the present invention, and even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the use environment changes, It can be seen that a more excellent polarizing plate can be obtained in which no deterioration of the polarizer adhesion such as display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel, undulation, and film peeling is observed.
実施例6
〔フィルムB-601:(TAC/DAC2/TAC)フィルム及びフィルムB-602:(TAC/DAC3/TAC)フィルムの作製〕
図8に示す共流延ダイを用いて、下記の手順に従って、3層同時流延法(共流延法)により(TAC/DAC2/TAC)の3層構成のフィルムB-601及び(TAC/DAC3/TAC)の3層構成のフィルムB-602を作製した。
Example 6
[Film B-601: Production of (TAC / DAC2 / TAC) Film and Film B-602: (TAC / DAC3 / TAC) Film]
Using the co-casting die shown in FIG. 8, according to the following procedure, the three-layer simultaneous casting method (co-casting method) (TAC / DAC2 / TAC) three-layer film B-601 and (TAC / A three-layer film B-602 (DAC3 / TAC) was produced.
(ドープ13の調製)
下記成分を密閉容器に投入し、加熱及び撹拌しながら完全に溶解させた。得られた溶液を安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.24で濾過して、主ドープ13を得た。
(Preparation of dope 13)
The following components were put into a sealed container and completely dissolved with heating and stirring. The obtained solution was prepared as Azumi filter paper No. manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. 24, and the
〈主ドープ13の組成〉
ジアセチルセルロース2(アセチル基置換度:2.40、Mn=8000
0、Mw=136000、Mw/Mn=1.7) 86質量部
特開2012-215817号公報記載の化合物 E-104 2質量部
糖エステル;BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-
1~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 7質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステル:P1
5質量部
ジクロロメタン 30質量部
エタノール 11質量部
100質量部の主ドープ13と、実施例1でフィルムB用として作製したインライン添加液2.5質量部とを、インラインミキサー(東レ静止型管内混合機 Hi-Mixer、SWJ)で十分に混合して、ドープ13を得た。
<Composition of
Diacetyl cellulose 2 (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.40, Mn = 8000)
0, Mw = 136000, Mw / Mn = 1.7) 86 parts by mass Compound E-104 described in JP 2012-215817
1 to a-4), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 7 parts by mass Polycondensation ester: Polycondensation ester represented by the general formula (1): P1
5 parts by
(ドープ14の調製)
下記成分を密閉容器に投入し、加熱及び撹拌しながら完全に溶解させた。得られた溶液を安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.24で濾過して、主ドープ14を得た。
(Preparation of dope 14)
The following components were put into a sealed container and completely dissolved with heating and stirring. The obtained solution was prepared as Azumi filter paper No. manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. 24 to obtain the
〈主ドープ14の組成〉
ジアセチルセルロース3(アセチル基置換度:2.20、Mn=1000
00、Mw=170000、Mw/Mn=1.7) 86質量部
特開2012-215817号公報記載の化合物 E-203 2質量部
糖エステル;BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-
1~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 7質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステル:P8
5質量部
ジクロロメタン 430質量部
エタノール 11質量部
100質量部の主ドープ14と、実施例1でフィルムB用として作製したインライン添加液2.5質量部とを、インラインミキサー(東レ静止型管内混合機 Hi-Mixer、SWJ)で十分に混合して、ドープ14を得た。
<Composition of
Diacetylcellulose 3 (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.20, Mn = 1000
00, Mw = 1700, Mw / Mn = 1.7) 86 parts by mass Compound E-203 described by JP 2012-215817
1 to a-4), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 7 parts by mass Polycondensation ester: Polycondensation ester represented by formula (1): P8
5 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by
(製膜工程)
上記ドープ13と実施例3で作製したドープ11を用いて、図8に示す流延用金属支持体である無端ベルト16面側より、スキン層(B面)としてドープ11を、コア層としてドープ13を、スキン層(A面)としてドープ11を、同時に共流延ダイ10に供給し、一度の流延操作によって、スキン層(B面)/コア層/スキン層(A面)から構成される積層体である流延膜20を無端ベルト16上に供給した。各ドープの供給量は、最終的に乾燥が完了した後の各層の膜厚が、スキン層(B面)/コア層/スキン層(A面)=3μm/30μm/3μmとなる条件とした。
(Film forming process)
Using the dope 13 and the dope 11 produced in Example 3, the dope 11 is doped as the skin layer (B surface) and the core layer is doped from the surface of the
流延用金属支持体支持体上で、得られたドープ膜中の有機溶媒を、残留溶媒量が100質量%になるまで蒸発させてウェブを形成した後、ステンレスバンド支持体からウェブを剥離した。得られたウェブを、110℃でさらに10分予備乾燥させた後、ウェブをテンターで、160℃の条件でTD方向の元幅に対して1.3倍に延伸した。延伸開始時のウェブの残留溶剤量は2.0質量%であった。テンターで延伸後、130℃で5分間緩和を行った後、その後、図9で示す乾燥機(ベンディングゾーン106)によって135℃の温度に保持し、かつドライヤーゾーン内に、搬送ローラーによって当該ウェブのA面と対向するB面が交互に内側になるように曲げた時の半径をa(mm)としたとき、1/aの値が0.040mm-1となるように搬送ローラーの径及び配置を設定し、80回のベンディングを繰り返して、20m/分の搬送速度でウェブを搬送させた。 On the metal support for casting, the organic solvent in the obtained dope film was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100% by mass to form a web, and then the web was peeled from the stainless steel band support. . The obtained web was further pre-dried at 110 ° C. for 10 minutes, and then the web was stretched 1.3 times with respect to the original width in the TD direction at 160 ° C. with a tenter. The residual solvent amount of the web at the start of stretching was 2.0% by mass. After stretching with a tenter, relaxation was performed at 130 ° C. for 5 minutes, and then the temperature was maintained at 135 ° C. by the dryer (bending zone 106) shown in FIG. The diameter and arrangement of the transport rollers so that the value of 1 / a is 0.040 mm −1 when the radius when the B surface facing the A surface is alternately bent inward is a (mm). The web was conveyed at a conveyance speed of 20 m / min by repeating 80 times of bending.
得られたフィルムを、2.0m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、初期張力220N/m、終張力110N/mで内径15.24cmコアに巻き取り、長さ4000m、膜厚40μmの長尺の3層構成であるフィルムB-601を得た。同様にして、コア層としてドープ14を用い、スキン層としてドープ11を用いて3層構成であるフィルムB-602を得た。 The obtained film was slit to 2.0 m width, 10 mm wide and 5 μm knurled at both ends of the film, wound on a core of 15.24 cm in inner diameter with an initial tension of 220 N / m and a final tension of 110 N / m. A film B-601 having a long three-layer structure having a thickness of 4000 m and a film thickness of 40 μm was obtained. Similarly, a film B-602 having a three-layer structure was obtained using the dope 14 as the core layer and the dope 11 as the skin layer.
また、下記ドープ15を用いて、実施例1のフィルムB-116と同様にしてジアセチルセルロースを含有する単層のフィルムB-603を作製した。
Further, a single-layer film B-603 containing diacetylcellulose was produced in the same manner as the film B-116 of Example 1 using the following
(ドープ15の調製)
下記成分を密閉容器に投入し、加熱及び撹拌しながら完全に溶解させた。得られた溶液を安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.24で濾過して、主ドープ15を得た。
(Preparation of dope 15)
The following components were put into a sealed container and completely dissolved with heating and stirring. The obtained solution was prepared as Azumi filter paper No. manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd. 24 to obtain the
〈主ドープ15の組成〉
ジアセチルセルロース1(アセチル基置換度:2.35、Mn=9000
0、Mw=152000、Mw/Mn=1.7) 83質量部
糖エステル;BzSc(ベンジルサッカロース:化3に記載の化合物a-
1~a-4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 7質量部
重縮合エステル:一般式(1)で表される重縮合エステルP8 5質量部
リターデーション調整剤1 3質量部
添加剤A 2質量部
ジクロロメタン 430質量部
エタノール 11質量部
100質量部の主ドープ15と、実施例1でフィルムB用として作製したインライン添加液2.5質量部とを、インラインミキサー(東レ静止型管内混合機 Hi-Mixer、SWJ)で十分に混合して、ドープ15を得た。
<Composition of
Diacetylcellulose 1 (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.35, Mn = 9000)
0, Mw = 152000, Mw / Mn = 1.7) 83 parts by mass Sugar ester; BzSc (benzyl saccharose: Compound a-
1 to a-4), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 7 parts by mass Polycondensed ester: polycondensed ester P8 represented by the general formula (1) 5 parts by mass
作製したフィルムB-601、フィルムB-602及びフィルムB-603に対向するフィルムAは、フィルムA-116を用いて偏光板601~603を作製した。 For the films A facing the produced films B-601, B-602, and B-603, polarizing plates 601 to 603 were produced using the film A-116.
作製した偏光板601~603を用いて、実施例3の評価条件によって、表示ムラ及び偏光子密着性の評価を行った。 Using the produced polarizing plates 601 to 603, display unevenness and polarizer adhesion were evaluated under the evaluation conditions of Example 3.
結果を表7に示す。 The results are shown in Table 7.
表7より、フィルムBを(TAC/DAC/TAC)フィルムのような、スキン層にTACを用いた3層構成のフィルムとすることで、単層のフィルムに比較して、より過酷な条件に使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても、液晶パネルの表示ムラや、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない優れた偏光板が得られることが分かる。 From Table 7, film B is a three-layer film using TAC for the skin layer, such as a (TAC / DAC / TAC) film, so that the conditions are more severe than those of a single layer film. It can be seen that even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, an excellent polarizing plate can be obtained in which the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel, the deterioration of the adhesiveness of the polarizer such as waving and film peeling are not observed.
実施例7
実施例1で用いた偏光性積層フィルムの作製において、偏光子の膜厚を表7の様に変化させて偏光子を作製し、実施例1で作製した偏光板117の構成で偏光板701~705を作製した。
Example 7
In the production of the polarizing laminate film used in Example 1, the polarizer was produced by changing the film thickness of the polarizer as shown in Table 7, and the polarizing plate 117 having the configuration of the polarizing plate 117 produced in Example 1 was used. 705 was produced.
さらに偏光子の違いをみるのに、下記に示す従来のポリビニルアルコール(PVA)フィルムを延伸処理して偏光子を作製して、同様にして偏光板706を作製した。 Further, in order to see the difference in the polarizer, a conventional polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) film shown below was stretched to produce a polarizer, and a polarizing plate 706 was produced in the same manner.
(偏光子2の作製)
厚さ45μmのポリビニルアルコール(PVA)フィルムを、35℃の水で膨潤させた。得られたフィルムを、ヨウ素0.075g、ヨウ化カリウム5g及び水100gからなる水溶液に60秒間浸漬し、さらにヨウ化カリウム3g、ホウ酸7.5g及び水100gからなる45℃の水溶液に浸漬した。得られたフィルムを、延伸温度55℃、延伸倍率5倍の条件で一軸延伸した。この一軸延伸フィルムを、水洗した後、乾燥させて、厚さ9μmの偏光子を得た。
(Preparation of polarizer 2)
A 45 μm thick polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) film was swollen with water at 35 ° C. The obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution composed of 0.075 g of iodine, 5 g of potassium iodide and 100 g of water for 60 seconds, and further immersed in an aqueous solution at 45 ° C. composed of 3 g of potassium iodide, 7.5 g of boric acid and 100 g of water. . The obtained film was uniaxially stretched under conditions of a stretching temperature of 55 ° C. and a stretching ratio of 5 times. This uniaxially stretched film was washed with water and dried to obtain a 9 μm thick polarizer.
作製した偏光板701~706を用いて、実施例1の評価条件によって、表示ムラ及び偏光子密着性の評価を行った。 Using the produced polarizing plates 701 to 706, display unevenness and polarizer adhesion were evaluated under the evaluation conditions of Example 1.
結果を表8に示す。 The results are shown in Table 8.
表8より、偏光性積層フィルム型の偏光子で、かつ膜厚が2~15μmの範囲内の偏光子を用いることで、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても、液晶パネルの表示ムラや、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性の劣化がみられない、より優れた偏光板が得られることが分かる。また、従来のポリビニルアルコール(PVA)フィルムを延伸した偏光子に比べても、液晶パネルの表示ムラや、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性に対してより優れた偏光板が得られることが分かる。 According to Table 8, by using a polarizing laminated film type polarizer and having a film thickness in the range of 2 to 15 μm, even if the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes, the display unevenness of the liquid crystal panel It can be seen that a more excellent polarizing plate can be obtained in which deterioration of polarizer adhesion such as undulation and film peeling is not observed. In addition, compared with a polarizer obtained by stretching a conventional polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) film, it is possible to obtain a polarizing plate that is superior in terms of display unevenness of a liquid crystal panel, polarizer adhesion such as waving and film peeling. I understand.
本発明の偏光板は、偏光子の保護フィルムとしてアクリルフィルムとセルロースエステルフィルムとを用いた偏光板を液晶表示装置に具備したときに、使用環境の温湿度雰囲気が変化しても液晶パネルの表示ムラや、波打ち、膜剥がれ等の偏光子密着性の劣化がみられないため、液晶表示素子等に好適に用いられ、特にVAモード型液晶表示装置に好適である。 The polarizing plate of the present invention is a liquid crystal panel display even when the temperature and humidity atmosphere of the usage environment changes when a polarizing plate using an acrylic film and a cellulose ester film as a protective film for a polarizer is provided in a liquid crystal display device. Since deterioration of polarizer adhesion such as unevenness, undulation, and film peeling is not observed, it is suitably used for liquid crystal display elements and the like, and particularly suitable for VA mode liquid crystal display devices.
1 溶解釜
3、6、12、15 濾過器
4、13 ストック釜
5、14 送液ポンプ
8、16 導管
10 紫外線吸収剤仕込釜
20 合流管
21 混合機
30 加圧ダイ
31 金属ベルト
32 ウェブ
33 剥離位置
34 テンター延伸装置
35 乾燥装置
41 仕込釜
42 ストック釜
43 ポンプ
44 濾過器
50 共流延ダイ
51 口金部分
53、55 層B、層C用スリット
54 層A用スリット
56 金属支持体
57、59 層B、層C用ドープ
58 層A用ドープ
60 多層構造ウェブ
61 層C(スキン層)
62 層A(コア層)
63 層B(スキン層)
100 ダイス
102 金属支持体
103 駆動ローラー
104 剥離点
105 搬送ローラー
106 ベンディングゾーン
107 吸気口
108 排気口
109 冷却ゾーン
DESCRIPTION OF
62 Layer A (core layer)
63 Layer B (skin layer)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 100 Dies 102
Claims (17)
当該フィルムAが、膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であり、下記式(1)~(4)を満たす、アクリル樹脂を含有するアクリルフィルムであり、
当該フィルムBが、膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であり、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.0~2.5の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有し、かつ下記式(1)~(4)を満たすセルロースアセテートフィルムであることを特徴とする偏光板。
(1)0.03(%)≦L1MD-L5MD≦0.30(%)
(2)0.03(%)≦L1TD-L5TD≦0.30(%)
(3)0(%)≦L5MD-L30MD≦0.10(%)
(4)0(%)≦L5TD-L30TD≦0.10(%)
上式において、L1MD、L1TD、L5MD、L5TD、L30MD、及びL30TDは、下記式(a)~(f)によって求められる1分後、5分後、及び30分後のフィルムの寸法変化率を表す。下記式(a)~(f)は、TD方向又はMD方向に一辺が平行となるようにフィルムA及びフィルムBを矩形に採取し、これを23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に24時間置いたフィルムの規定の寸法をMD方向及びTD方向で測り、それぞれL0MD及びL0TDとする。このフィルムを80℃・90%RHの恒温恒湿槽に1時間放置した後、23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に置き、1分後の寸法、5分後の寸法、及び30分後の寸法をMD方向、及びTD方向でそれぞれ測定し、それぞれL1MD′、L1TD′、L5MD′、L5TD′、L30MD′、及びL30TD′とし、下記式(a)~(f)に代入して上記寸法変化率を求める。
1分後の寸法変化率
(式a)L1MD(%)=(L1MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式b)L1TD(%)=(L1TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
5分後の寸法変化率
(式c)L5MD(%)=(L5MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式d)L5TD(%)=(L5TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
30分後の寸法変化率
(式e)L30MD(%)=(L30MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式f)L30TD(%)=(L30TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100 The polarizer is a polarizing plate sandwiched between the film A and the film B through an active ray curable adhesive layer,
The film A is an acrylic film containing an acrylic resin having a thickness in the range of 20 to 60 μm and satisfying the following formulas (1) to (4):
The film B contains cellulose acetate having a film thickness in the range of 20 to 60 μm and an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5, and the following formulas (1) to ( A polarizing plate characterized by being a cellulose acetate film satisfying 4).
(1) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 MD-L 5 MD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(2) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 TD-L 5 TD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(3) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 MD-L 30 MD ≦ 0.10 (%)
(4) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 TD-L 30 TD ≦ 0.10 (%)
In the above formula, L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD are determined by the following formulas (a) to (f) after 1 minute, 5 minutes, And the dimensional change rate of the film after 30 minutes. In the following formulas (a) to (f), the film A and the film B are sampled in a rectangular shape so that one side is parallel to the TD direction or the MD direction, and this is obtained under a temperature and humidity environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. The specified dimensions of the film left over are measured in the MD and TD directions and are designated as L 0 MD and L 0 TD, respectively. This film is left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH, the dimensions after 1 minute, the dimensions after 5 minutes, and 30 minutes. The subsequent dimensions are measured in the MD direction and TD direction, respectively, and are defined as L 1 MD ′, L 1 TD ′, L 5 MD ′, L 5 TD ′, L 30 MD ′, and L 30 TD ′, respectively. Substituting into (a) to (f), the dimensional change rate is obtained.
Dimensional change rate after 1 minute (formula a) L 1 MD (%) = (L 1 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula b) L 1 TD (%) = (L 1 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 5 minutes (formula c) L 5 MD (%) = (L 5 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula d) L 5 TD (%) = (L 5 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 30 minutes (formula e) L 30 MD (%) = (L 30 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula f) L 30 TD (%) = (L 30 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
(5)0.05(%)≦L1MD-L5MD≦0.15(%)
(6)0.05(%)≦L1TD-L5TD≦0.15(%)
(7)0(%)≦L5MD-L30MD≦0.05(%)
(8)0(%)≦L5TD-L30TD≦0.05(%)
上式において、L1MD、L1TD、L5MD、L5TD、L30MD、及びL30TDは、第1項と同義である。 The polarizing plate according to claim 1, wherein the film A and the film B satisfy the following formulas (5) to (8), respectively.
(5) 0.05 (%) ≦ L 1 MD-L 5 MD ≦ 0.15 (%)
(6) 0.05 (%) ≦ L 1 TD-L 5 TD ≦ 0.15 (%)
(7) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 MD-L 30 MD ≦ 0.05 (%)
(8) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 TD-L 30 TD ≦ 0.05 (%)
In the above formula, L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD are synonymous with the first term.
一般式(1)
B3-(G2-A)n-G2-B4
(上記一般式において、B3及びB4は、それぞれ独立に脂肪族又は芳香族モノカルボン酸残基、若しくはヒドロキシ基を表す。G2は、炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール残基、炭素数6~12のアリールグリコール残基又は炭素数が4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール残基を表す。Aは、炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールジカルボン酸残基を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。) The said film A contains sugar ester or the polycondensation ester which has a structure represented by following General formula (1), The polarizing plate as described in any one of Claim 1- Claim 3 characterized by the above-mentioned. .
General formula (1)
B 3- (G 2 -A) n -G 2 -B 4
(In the above general formula, B 3 and B 4 each independently represents an aliphatic or aromatic monocarboxylic acid residue or a hydroxy group. G 2 represents an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, Represents an aryl glycol residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. N represents an integer of 1 or more.)
式(i):Ro=(nx-ny)×d(nm)
式(ii):Rt={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d(nm)
〔式(i)及び式(ii)において、nxは、フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる方向xにおける屈折率を表す。nyは、フィルムの面内方向において、前記方向xと直交する方向yにおける屈折率を表す。nzは、フィルムの厚さ方向zにおける屈折率を表す。dは、フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。測定は、23℃・55%RHの環境下、590nmの測定波長で行う。〕 In the film B, the in-plane retardation value Ro defined by the following formulas (i) and (ii) is in the range of 40 to 60 nm, and the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction is in the range of 100 to 140 nm. It is inside, The polarizing plate as described in any one of Claim 1- Claim 6 characterized by the above-mentioned.
Formula (i): Ro = (n x −n y ) × d (nm)
Formula (ii): Rt = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
In [Equation (i) and Formula (ii), n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film. n y, in-plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x. nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. d represents the thickness (nm) of the film. The measurement is performed at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. ]
一般式(1)
B3-(G2-A)n-G2-B4
(上記式において、B3及びB4は、それぞれ独立に脂肪族又は芳香族モノカルボン酸残基、若しくはヒドロキシ基を表す。G2は、炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール残基、炭素数6~12のアリールグリコール残基又は炭素数が4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール残基を表す。Aは、炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールジカルボン酸残基を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。) The polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the film B contains a sugar ester or a polycondensed ester having a structure represented by the following general formula (1). .
General formula (1)
B 3- (G 2 -A) n -G 2 -B 4
(In the above formula, B 3 and B 4 each independently represents an aliphatic or aromatic monocarboxylic acid residue or a hydroxy group. G 2 represents an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 6 carbon atoms. Represents an aryl glycol residue having 12 to 12 carbon atoms or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. N represents an integer of 1 or more.)
当該フィルムAとして、膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であり、下記式(1)~(4)を満たす、アクリル樹脂を含有するアクリルフィルムを用い、
当該フィルムBが、膜厚が20~60μmの範囲内であり、アセチル基の平均置換度が2.0~2.5の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートを含有し、かつ下記式(1)~(4)を満たすセルロースアセテートフィルムを用いることを特徴とする偏光板の製造方法。
(1)0.03(%)≦L1MD-L5MD≦0.30(%)
(2)0.03(%)≦L1TD-L5TD≦0.30(%)
(3)0(%)≦L5MD-L30MD≦0.10(%)
(4)0(%)≦L5TD-L30TD≦0.10(%)
上式において、L1MD、L1TD、L5MD、L5TD、L30MD、及びL30TDは、下記式(a)~(f)によって求められる1分後、5分後、及び30分後のフィルムの寸法変化率を表す。下記式(a)~(f)は、TD方向又はMD方向に一辺が平行となるようにフィルムA及びフィルムBを矩形に採取し、これを23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に24時間置いたフィルムの規定の寸法をMD方向及びTD方向で測り、それぞれL0MD及びL0TDとする。このフィルムを80℃・90%RHの恒温恒湿槽に1時間放置した後、23℃・55%RHの温湿度環境下に置き、1分後の寸法、5分後の寸法、及び30分後の寸法をMD方向、及びTD方向でそれぞれ測定し、それぞれL1MD′、L1TD′、L5MD′、L5TD′、L30MD′、及びL30TD′とし、下記式(a)~(f)に代入して上記寸法変化率を求める。
1分後の寸法変化率
(式a)L1MD(%)=(L1MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式b)L1TD(%)=(L1TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
5分後の寸法変化率
(式c)L5MD(%)=(L5MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式d)L5TD(%)=(L5TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100
30分後の寸法変化率
(式e)L30MD(%)=(L30MD′-L0MD)/L0MD×100
(式f)L30TD(%)=(L30TD′-L0TD)/L0TD×100 A method for producing a polarizing plate in which films A and B are bonded to both surfaces of a polarizer via an active ray curable adhesive layer,
As the film A, an acrylic film containing an acrylic resin having a thickness in the range of 20 to 60 μm and satisfying the following formulas (1) to (4) is used.
The film B contains cellulose acetate having a film thickness in the range of 20 to 60 μm and an average substitution degree of acetyl groups in the range of 2.0 to 2.5, and the following formulas (1) to ( A method for producing a polarizing plate, comprising using a cellulose acetate film satisfying 4).
(1) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 MD-L 5 MD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(2) 0.03 (%) ≦ L 1 TD-L 5 TD ≦ 0.30 (%)
(3) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 MD-L 30 MD ≦ 0.10 (%)
(4) 0 (%) ≦ L 5 TD-L 30 TD ≦ 0.10 (%)
In the above formula, L 1 MD, L 1 TD, L 5 MD, L 5 TD, L 30 MD, and L 30 TD are determined by the following formulas (a) to (f) after 1 minute, 5 minutes, And the dimensional change rate of the film after 30 minutes. In the following formulas (a) to (f), the film A and the film B are sampled in a rectangular shape so that one side is parallel to the TD direction or the MD direction, and this is obtained under a temperature and humidity environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. The specified dimensions of the film left over are measured in the MD and TD directions and are designated as L 0 MD and L 0 TD, respectively. This film is left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C./90% RH for 1 hour, and then placed in a temperature / humidity environment at 23 ° C./55% RH, the dimensions after 1 minute, the dimensions after 5 minutes, and 30 minutes. The subsequent dimensions are measured in the MD direction and TD direction, respectively, and are defined as L 1 MD ′, L 1 TD ′, L 5 MD ′, L 5 TD ′, L 30 MD ′, and L 30 TD ′, respectively. Substituting into (a) to (f), the dimensional change rate is obtained.
Dimensional change rate after 1 minute (formula a) L 1 MD (%) = (L 1 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula b) L 1 TD (%) = (L 1 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 5 minutes (formula c) L 5 MD (%) = (L 5 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula d) L 5 TD (%) = (L 5 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
Dimensional change rate after 30 minutes (formula e) L 30 MD (%) = (L 30 MD′−L 0 MD) / L 0 MD × 100
(Formula f) L 30 TD (%) = (L 30 TD′−L 0 TD) / L 0 TD × 100
少なくともアクリル樹脂と有機溶媒を含有するドープを流延し金属支持体上でウェブを形成する工程と、
前記形成したウェブを乾燥して金属支持体から剥離する工程と、
前記剥離したウェブを延伸する工程と、
前記延伸したウェブをドライヤーゾーンで乾燥する工程と、
さらに前記ウェブが当該ドライヤーゾーンを出た後に、50~100℃/秒の範囲内の速度でウェブを冷却する冷却工程と、
によって形成することを特徴とする第12項に記載の偏光板の製造方法。 The film A is
Casting a dope containing at least an acrylic resin and an organic solvent to form a web on a metal support;
Drying and peeling the formed web from the metal support;
Stretching the peeled web;
Drying the stretched web in a dryer zone;
A cooling step of cooling the web at a rate in the range of 50-100 ° C./second after the web exits the dryer zone;
13. The method for producing a polarizing plate according to item 12, wherein the polarizing plate is formed by:
少なくともセルロースアセテートと有機溶媒を含有するドープを流延し金属支持体上でウェブを形成する工程と、
前記形成したウェブを乾燥して金属支持体から剥離する工程と、
前記剥離したウェブを延伸する工程と、
前記延伸したウェブをドライヤーゾーンで乾燥する工程と、
によって形成するときに、前記ウェブをドライヤーゾーンで乾燥する工程が、130~150℃の範囲内の温度に保持され、かつ搬送ローラーによって当該ウェブのA面と対向するB面が交互に内側になるように曲げるベンディング工程を有し、当該ベンディング工程が、当該ウェブを曲げた時の半径をa(mm)としたとき、1/aの値が0.035mm-1~0.050mm-1の範囲内とし、かつ、ベンディングを50回以上120回未満繰り返しながら行うことを特徴とする請求項12又は請求項13に記載の偏光板の製造方法。 The film B is
Casting a dope containing at least cellulose acetate and an organic solvent to form a web on a metal support;
Drying and peeling the formed web from the metal support;
Stretching the peeled web;
Drying the stretched web in a dryer zone;
The step of drying the web in the dryer zone is formed at a temperature in the range of 130 to 150 ° C., and the B side facing the A side of the web is alternately turned inside by the conveying roller. has a bending step of bending manner, the bending step, when the radius when bending the web was a (mm), the range value of the 1 / a is 0.035 mm -1 ~ 0.050 mm -1 14. The method for producing a polarizing plate according to claim 12, wherein the bending is performed while repeating bending 50 times or more and less than 120 times.
前記積層フィルムを一軸延伸して延伸フィルムを得る工程と、
前記延伸フィルムの前記ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を二色性色素で染色して、染色フィルムを得る工程と、
前記染色フィルムの前記ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を、架橋剤を含む溶液に浸漬して偏光子層を形成し、架橋フィルムを得る工程と、
前記架橋フィルムを乾燥する工程と、
によって偏光性積層フィルムを形成した後、
当該偏光性積層フィルムの前記ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を基材フィルムから剥離することによって、当該ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を前記偏光子として用いることを特徴とする請求項12から請求項14までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板の製造方法。 Forming a polyvinyl alcohol resin layer on one surface of a base film in which a rubber component is dispersed in a thermoplastic resin to obtain a laminated film;
Uniaxially stretching the laminated film to obtain a stretched film;
Dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer of the stretched film with a dichroic dye to obtain a dyed film;
Immersing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer of the dyed film in a solution containing a crosslinking agent to form a polarizer layer, and obtaining a crosslinked film;
Drying the crosslinked film;
After forming a polarizing laminated film by
The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer is used as the polarizer by peeling off the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer of the polarizing laminated film from the base film. 15. The manufacturing method of the polarizing plate of one term.
Priority Applications (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| KR1020157030484A KR20150136097A (en) | 2013-04-26 | 2014-04-04 | Polarizing plate, method for producing same and liquid crystal display device |
| JP2015513656A JPWO2014175040A1 (en) | 2013-04-26 | 2014-04-04 | Polarizing plate, manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal display device |
| CN201480022942.8A CN105143937A (en) | 2013-04-26 | 2014-04-04 | Polarizing plate, method for producing same and liquid crystal display device |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2013093494 | 2013-04-26 | ||
| JP2013-093494 | 2013-04-26 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2014175040A1 true WO2014175040A1 (en) | 2014-10-30 |
Family
ID=51791621
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2014/059926 Ceased WO2014175040A1 (en) | 2013-04-26 | 2014-04-04 | Polarizing plate, method for producing same and liquid crystal display device |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JPWO2014175040A1 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR20150136097A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN105143937A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2014175040A1 (en) |
Cited By (9)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2016170201A (en) * | 2015-03-11 | 2016-09-23 | 住友化学株式会社 | Manufacturing method of polarizing plate and storage method of polarizing film |
| WO2016152459A1 (en) * | 2015-03-24 | 2016-09-29 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Polyimide-based optical film, process for producing same, and organic electroluminescent display |
| JPWO2017170525A1 (en) * | 2016-03-29 | 2018-10-18 | 日東電工株式会社 | Flexible polarizing film, manufacturing method thereof, and image display device |
| JPWO2017170522A1 (en) * | 2016-03-29 | 2018-10-18 | 日東電工株式会社 | Flexible polarizing film, manufacturing method thereof, and image display device |
| JPWO2017170527A1 (en) * | 2016-03-29 | 2018-10-18 | 日東電工株式会社 | Flexible polarizing film, manufacturing method thereof, and image display device |
| JPWO2017170516A1 (en) * | 2016-03-29 | 2018-10-18 | 日東電工株式会社 | Flexible polarizing film, manufacturing method thereof, and image display device |
| JP2019188898A (en) * | 2018-04-20 | 2019-10-31 | 矢崎総業株式会社 | Cover for vehicle display unit and vehicle display device |
| JPWO2018235532A1 (en) * | 2017-06-21 | 2020-04-23 | 株式会社クラレ | Raw film, method for producing stretched optical film, and stretched optical film |
| JPWO2018235610A1 (en) * | 2017-06-21 | 2020-04-23 | 株式会社クラレ | Raw film, method for producing stretched optical film, and stretched optical film |
Families Citing this family (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2018155812A (en) * | 2017-03-15 | 2018-10-04 | 日東電工株式会社 | Polarizer protective film, polarizing plate, and image display device |
| CN110361804B (en) * | 2018-04-09 | 2022-11-04 | 日东电工株式会社 | Method for manufacturing polarizing plate |
| KR102831259B1 (en) * | 2020-04-02 | 2025-07-09 | 코니카 미놀타 가부시키가이샤 | Method for manufacturing laminated film, polarizing plate, display device and polarizing plate roll |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2009054519A1 (en) * | 2007-10-25 | 2009-04-30 | Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited | Process for producing optical display panel |
| JP2011236258A (en) * | 2010-04-30 | 2011-11-24 | Fujifilm Corp | Method for producing optical film, optical film, polarizing plate and image display device |
| JP2012018341A (en) * | 2010-07-09 | 2012-01-26 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same |
| JP2012228835A (en) * | 2011-04-27 | 2012-11-22 | Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc | Cellulose acetate laminated film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal displaying apparatus |
Family Cites Families (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TWI296727B (en) * | 2001-09-19 | 2008-05-11 | Nitto Denko Corp | Polarizing plate and method of manufacturing the same, and liquid crystal display using the polarizing plate |
| JP2009122641A (en) * | 2007-10-25 | 2009-06-04 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Manufacturing method of optical display panel |
-
2014
- 2014-04-04 JP JP2015513656A patent/JPWO2014175040A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2014-04-04 CN CN201480022942.8A patent/CN105143937A/en active Pending
- 2014-04-04 WO PCT/JP2014/059926 patent/WO2014175040A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2014-04-04 KR KR1020157030484A patent/KR20150136097A/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2009054519A1 (en) * | 2007-10-25 | 2009-04-30 | Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited | Process for producing optical display panel |
| JP2011236258A (en) * | 2010-04-30 | 2011-11-24 | Fujifilm Corp | Method for producing optical film, optical film, polarizing plate and image display device |
| JP2012018341A (en) * | 2010-07-09 | 2012-01-26 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same |
| JP2012228835A (en) * | 2011-04-27 | 2012-11-22 | Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc | Cellulose acetate laminated film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal displaying apparatus |
Cited By (14)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2016170201A (en) * | 2015-03-11 | 2016-09-23 | 住友化学株式会社 | Manufacturing method of polarizing plate and storage method of polarizing film |
| CN105974509A (en) * | 2015-03-11 | 2016-09-28 | 住友化学株式会社 | Method for producing polarizing plate and method for storing polarizing film |
| CN105974509B (en) * | 2015-03-11 | 2020-05-12 | 住友化学株式会社 | Manufacturing method of polarizing plate and storage method of polarizing film |
| WO2016152459A1 (en) * | 2015-03-24 | 2016-09-29 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Polyimide-based optical film, process for producing same, and organic electroluminescent display |
| JPWO2016152459A1 (en) * | 2015-03-24 | 2018-01-25 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | POLYIMIDE OPTICAL FILM, PROCESS FOR PRODUCING THE SAME, AND ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY |
| JPWO2017170527A1 (en) * | 2016-03-29 | 2018-10-18 | 日東電工株式会社 | Flexible polarizing film, manufacturing method thereof, and image display device |
| JPWO2017170522A1 (en) * | 2016-03-29 | 2018-10-18 | 日東電工株式会社 | Flexible polarizing film, manufacturing method thereof, and image display device |
| JPWO2017170516A1 (en) * | 2016-03-29 | 2018-10-18 | 日東電工株式会社 | Flexible polarizing film, manufacturing method thereof, and image display device |
| JPWO2017170525A1 (en) * | 2016-03-29 | 2018-10-18 | 日東電工株式会社 | Flexible polarizing film, manufacturing method thereof, and image display device |
| JPWO2018235532A1 (en) * | 2017-06-21 | 2020-04-23 | 株式会社クラレ | Raw film, method for producing stretched optical film, and stretched optical film |
| JPWO2018235610A1 (en) * | 2017-06-21 | 2020-04-23 | 株式会社クラレ | Raw film, method for producing stretched optical film, and stretched optical film |
| JP7093349B2 (en) | 2017-06-21 | 2022-06-29 | 株式会社クラレ | Raw film, method of manufacturing stretched optical film, and stretched optical film |
| JP7093350B2 (en) | 2017-06-21 | 2022-06-29 | 株式会社クラレ | Raw film, method of manufacturing stretched optical film, and stretched optical film |
| JP2019188898A (en) * | 2018-04-20 | 2019-10-31 | 矢崎総業株式会社 | Cover for vehicle display unit and vehicle display device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN105143937A (en) | 2015-12-09 |
| KR20150136097A (en) | 2015-12-04 |
| JPWO2014175040A1 (en) | 2017-02-23 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2014175040A1 (en) | Polarizing plate, method for producing same and liquid crystal display device | |
| US7704570B2 (en) | Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display apparatus using the same | |
| CN105745561B (en) | Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using same | |
| KR101744381B1 (en) | Polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display | |
| CN101189295B (en) | Cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
| CN101395507A (en) | Polarizing element protective film, polarizing plate and vertical alignment liquid crystal display device | |
| WO2009096071A1 (en) | Film containing acrylic resin, polarizer comprising the same, and liquid-crystal display | |
| JP6428621B2 (en) | Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
| WO2015098491A1 (en) | Cellulose-ester film, manufacturing method therefor, and polarizing plate | |
| WO2015060167A1 (en) | Phase difference film, polarization plate and liquid crystal display device | |
| KR20150115890A (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate containing same and vertical alignment liquid crystal display device | |
| JP6264373B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of optical film | |
| KR101709419B1 (en) | Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
| JPWO2006117981A1 (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate, and transverse electric field switching mode type liquid crystal display device | |
| CN106104330A (en) | Optical film, manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP6324947B2 (en) | Image display device | |
| WO2011055590A1 (en) | Protective film roll for liquid crystal polarization plate and manufacturing method thereof | |
| TW202108356A (en) | Method for manufacturing polarizer and polarizer has enhanced durability in a high temperature and high humidity environment | |
| US20120207976A1 (en) | Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display employing the same | |
| WO2013094263A1 (en) | Ips mode liquid crystal display device | |
| JP2015132661A (en) | Polarizing plate protective film, manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
| WO2013035273A1 (en) | Method for producing acrylic resin-containing film, acrylic resin-containing film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP2015169677A (en) | Manufacturing method of polarizing laminated film and manufacturing method of polarizing plate | |
| JP2013025012A (en) | Retardation film, polarizer and liquid crystal display device | |
| JPWO2010100993A1 (en) | Retardation film |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 201480022942.8 Country of ref document: CN |
|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14787457 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2015513656 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20157030484 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14787457 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |